Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14, 2011

Registration No. 333-          

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  7389
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  95-4856877
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800
Los Angeles, California 90024
(310) 586-5180
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Edward Zinser
Chief Financial Officer
10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800
Los Angeles, California 90024
(310) 586-5180
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Ilan Lovinsky
Elizabeth Wilson
Mike Heath
Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
11682 El Camino Real, Suite 100
San Diego, California 92130
(858) 436-8000

 

Horace Nash
James Evans
Fenwick & West LLP
Silicon Valley Center
801 California Street
Mountain View, California 94041
(650) 988-8500



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.



         If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

  $75,000,000   $8,708

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)
Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.



          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 14, 2011

                  Shares

GRAPHIC

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

Common Stock



        This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling             shares of common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling             shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $             and $             per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "WIFI".

        The underwriters have the option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 8.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Boingo
  Proceeds
to Selling
Stockholders
 
Per share   $     $     $     $    
Total   $     $     $     $    

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about on                                        , 2011.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities

Pacific Crest Securities

 

William Blair & Company

The date of this prospectus is                                        , 2011.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  8

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

  21

USE OF PROCEEDS

  22

DIVIDEND POLICY

  22

CAPITALIZATION

  23

DILUTION

  25

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  27

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  30

BUSINESS

  58

MANAGEMENT

  69

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  75

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  89

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

  90

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  93

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  98

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

  100

UNDERWRITING

  104

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

  110

LEGAL MATTERS

  112

EXPERTS

  112

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  112

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



         You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.


Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

         Until                        , 2011 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under "Risk Factors" and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Boingo," "company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to Boingo Wireless, Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.

Company Overview

        Boingo makes it simple to connect to the mobile Internet.

        We make it easy, convenient and cost effective for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet through high-speed, high-bandwidth Wi-Fi networks globally. Our solution includes easy-to-use software for Wi-Fi enabled devices, such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers, and our sophisticated back-end system infrastructure that detects and enables one-click access to our extensive global Wi-Fi network. Individuals use our solutions to access what we believe is the world's largest commercial Wi-Fi network, consisting of over 211,000 Wi-Fi locations, or hotspots, in over 100 countries at venues such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants.

        With the proliferation of smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other mobile devices, individuals increasingly demand Internet access to facilitate their use, while on-the-go, of data-intensive applications, such as streaming media, online games, social networking and video calling. We believe this demand creates a significant market opportunity that we are uniquely positioned to capture. We have direct customer relationships with over 1.3 million users who have purchased our mobile Internet services in the past 12 months. We also provide solutions to our partners, which include telecom operators, cable companies, technology companies, enterprise software and services companies, and communications companies, allowing their millions of users to connect to the mobile Internet through Wi-Fi hotspots in our network.

        Our primary source of revenue is from individuals who purchase month-to-month subscription plans, which automatically renew, or hotspot specific, single-use access to our network. Our partners pay us usage-based network access and software licensing fees to allow their customers access to our network. We also generate revenue from telecom operators that pay us build-out fees and access fees so that their cellular customers may use our distributed antenna system, or DAS, at locations where we manage and operate the Wi-Fi network. In addition, we generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach visitors to our landing pages with display advertising, sponsored access and other promotional programs.

        We install, manage and operate wireless network infrastructure to provide Wi-Fi services at Boingo managed and operated hotspots, where we have exclusive multi-year agreements. In 2009, these locations had more than 800 million visitors. We extend our network footprint through partnerships with over 125 network operators, such as British Telecommunications, China Telecom, KT Corp. (formerly Korea Telecom Corp.), France Telecom SA and T-Mobile USA Inc. The breadth of our network and functionality of our software provide individuals with a seamless user experience whether they access the mobile Internet through hotspots managed and operated by us or by our global partners.

        We grew revenue from $56.7 million in 2008 to $65.7 million in 2009, an increase of 16%, we grew the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA from $6.9 million to $13.5 million, an increase of 95%, and we reduced the corresponding net loss attributable to common stockholders from $11.2 million to $4.2 million. We grew revenue from $45.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to

1


Table of Contents


$59.0 million for the same period in 2010, an increase of 29%, we grew the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA from $8.1 million to $14.5 million, an increase of 78%, and we improved the corresponding net loss attributable to common stockholders from $4.4 million to net income of $1.5 million. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

Industry Overview

        Data-intensive applications are driving the escalation of Internet data traffic. With the proliferation of smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other Wi-Fi enabled devices, users expect access on-the-go to the same data-intensive applications that they use in the home and office, at similarly high performance levels. The adoption, growth and advancement of Wi-Fi enabled smartphones, tablet computers and application content are key catalysts for the acceleration of high-speed, high-bandwidth mobile Internet usage. The improved computing power, rich graphical user interfaces and Internet capabilities of these devices enable mobile users to make video calls or stream full-length movies, contributing to the vast expansion of the wireless consumption of data.

        To cope with the expected significant increase in mobile Internet data traffic, telecom operators are investing billions of dollars in technologies such as 3G and 4G cellular networks, but these investments are not anticipated to be sufficient to relieve the strain on networks. Verizon has reported that its Long Term Evolution, or LTE, upgrade will increase capacity four times; however, mobile data consumption is expected to increase by 39 times as projected by Cisco's Visual Networking Index.

        Cellular users face service quality issues and high cost of mobile data services. To relieve the network congestion that contributes to these problems, telecom operators offer Wi-Fi solutions to off-load data. Wi-Fi provides higher speed and higher bandwidth per user in high density locations, and is simpler and less expensive to deploy than additional cellular network capacity. Hardware manufacturers have responded to demand for Wi-Fi capability by including Wi-Fi as a standard feature on laptops and tablet computers, and increasingly, smartphones, digital cameras and handheld media devices. Wi-Fi has become the standard protocol for residential and office wireless networks and is increasingly prevalent in public venues, such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants.

        The mobile Internet is a complex and constantly evolving ecosystem, comprised of over a billion mobile Internet enabled devices, from dozens of manufacturers, powered by many different operating systems. Devices use different network technologies and must be configured with the appropriate software to detect and optimize a connection to the mobile Internet. This complexity is amplified as new device models and operating systems are released, new categories of devices become Internet enabled and new network technologies emerge.

The Boingo Solution

        We make it simple to connect to the mobile Internet. Our proprietary software, wholesale and retail billing system, extensive network and customer support services provide an easy, convenient and cost effective way for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet. We are able to deliver highly reliable, high-speed mobile Internet access with minimal capital investment.

        Key elements of our solution include:

2


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

        We believe we are the leading global provider of commercial mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Key elements of our strategy to extend that lead are to:

3


Table of Contents

Risks Affecting Us

        Our business is subject to many risks that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in "Risk Factors" following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

Corporate History and Information

        We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in April 2001 under the name Project Mammoth, Inc. and changed our name to Boingo Wireless, Inc. in October 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024 and our telephone number is (310) 586-5180. Our website address is www.boingo.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

        "Boingo Wireless", "Boingo", "Don't just go. Boingo.", our logo and other trademarks or service marks of Boingo appearing in this prospectus are the property of Boingo. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of ours and of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with these other companies, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by these other companies.

4


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

                          shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

                        shares

Total common stock offered

 

                        shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                        shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In addition, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market trading symbol

 

"WIFI"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 143,406,934 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010, and excludes:



        Except as otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

5


Table of Contents


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The following tables present summary historical financial data for our business. You should read this information together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited financial data reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of our results for those periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period.

        The pro forma per share data give effect to the conversion of all currently outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the indicated fiscal period. For further information concerning the calculation of pro forma per share information, please refer to notes 2 and 18 of our notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 41,240   $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 45,909   $ 59,011  

Costs and operating expenses:

                               
 

Network access

    15,439     22,979     26,430     18,990     23,278  
 

Network operations

    9,431     11,010     11,667     8,755     9,725  
 

Development and technology

    6,333     6,763     7,374     5,342     6,194  
 

Selling and marketing

    4,371     7,549     5,901     4,429     4,288  
 

General and administrative

    6,091     7,945     8,214     5,603     7,137  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,846     5,972     3,848     2,978     1,922  
                       

Total costs and operating expenses

    44,511     62,218     63,434     46,097     52,544  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (3,271 )   (5,507 )   2,281     (188 )   6,467  

Interest and other income (expense), net

   
814
   
200
   
(154

)
 
(86

)
 
17
 
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (2,457 )   (5,307 )   2,127     (274 )   6,484  

Income taxes

    128     272     706     (129 )   806  
                       

Net income (loss)

    (2,585 )   (5,579 )   1,421     (145 )   5,678  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    313     332     394     285     350  
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

    (2,898 )   (5,911 )   1,027     (430 )   5,328  

Accretion on convertible and redeemable stock

    (5,193 )   (5,256 )   (5,259 )   (3,944 )   (3,826 )
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (8,091 ) $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ (4,374 ) $ 1,502  
                       

6


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
   

Basic

  $ (0.29 ) $ (0.39 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ 0.05  
   

Diluted

  $ (0.29 ) $ (0.39 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ 0.04  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
   

Basic

    27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     29,170  
   

Diluted

    27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     143,399  

Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders

             
$

0.01
       
$

0.04
 
                             

Unaudited weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders

                143,236           143,399  
                             

Other Financial Data:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ 4,332   $ 6,942   $ 13,527   $ 8,120   $ 14,474  

Operating cash flows

    11,518     10,922     14,522     3,462     18,191  

Investing cash flows

    (14,847 )   (2,065 )   (3,659 )   (924 )   (5,186 )

Financing cash flows

    (5,389 )   (1,287 )   (974 )   (738 )   (903 )

 

 
  As of September 30, 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 34,731   $ 34,731   $    

Working capital

    10,013     10,013        

Total assets

    115,142     115,142        

Deferred revenue

    35,317     35,317        

Long term capital leases

    117     117        

Total liabilities

    52,424     52,424        

Convertible preferred stock

    121,775            

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (59,057 )   62,718        

(1)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders plus accretion of convertible and redeemable stock, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, interest and other income (expense), net, income taxes, stock-based compensation expense and non-controlling interests expense. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

7


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. The price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

A significant portion of our revenue is dependent on our relationships with our venue and network partners, and if these relationships are impaired or terminated, or if our partners do not perform as expected, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

        We depend on our relationships with venue partners, particularly key airport venue partners, in order to manage and operate Wi-Fi hotspots. These relationships generate a significant portion of our revenue and allow us to generate new retail customers. Our agreements with our venue partners are for defined periods and of varying durations. If our venue partners terminate or fail to renew these agreements, our ability to generate and retain retail customers would be diminished and our network of Wi-Fi hotspots would be reduced, which might result in a significant disruption of our business and adversely affect our operating results.

        We depend on our relationships with network partners to allow users to roam across Wi-Fi networks that we do not manage or operate. A significant portion of our revenue depends on maintaining these relationships with network partners. Some network partners may compete with us for retail customers and may decide to terminate our partnerships and instead develop competing retail products and services. Our network partner agreements are for defined periods and of varying durations. If our network partners terminate these agreements, or fail to renew these agreements, our ability to retain retail customers could be diminished and our network of Wi-Fi hotspots could be reduced, which could result in a significant disruption of our business and adversely affect our operating results.

Worldwide economic conditions, and their impact on travel and consumer spending, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

        Global economic conditions have been weak for a prolonged period of time, and levels of travel and consumer spending have been particularly depressed. Our business is impacted by travel and consumer spending, because users seek to access the mobile Internet while they are on-the-go, and because spending on Internet access is often a consumer discretionary spending decision. Factors that tend to negatively impact levels of travel include high unemployment, high energy prices, low business and consumer confidence, the fear of terrorist attacks, war and other macroeconomic factors. Economic conditions that tend to negatively impact levels of discretionary consumer spending include high unemployment, high consumer debt, reductions in net worth, depressed real estate markets, increased taxation, high energy prices, high interest rates, low consumer confidence and other macroeconomic factors. If the global economic recovery is slower than expected, or if it weakens, our retail customer base, new retail customer acquisition and usage-based revenue could be materially harmed, and our results of operations would be adversely affected.

Our business depends upon demand for mobile Internet services on Wi-Fi networks, market adoption of new technologies and our ability to adapt to such changes.

        Our future success depends upon growing demand for mobile Internet services, which is inherently uncertain. The demand for mobile Internet services may decrease or may grow more slowly than

8


Table of Contents


expected. Any such decrease in the demand or slowing rate of growth could have a material adverse effect on our business. The continued demand for mobile Internet services depends on the continued proliferation of smartphones, tablet computers and other Wi-Fi enabled devices and the rate of evolution of data-intensive applications on the mobile Internet. Historically, we have derived substantially all our retail revenue from laptop users who purchased month-to-month subscriptions or single-use access. We may face challenges as we seek to increase the revenue generated from the usage on smartphones, tablet computers and other mobile devices.

        Our business depends on the continued integration of Wi-Fi as a standard feature in mobile devices. If Wi-Fi ceases to be a standard feature in mobile devices, or if the rate of integration of Wi-Fi on mobile devices decreases or is slower than expected, the market for our services may be substantially diminished.

        Competing technologies pose a risk to the continued use of Wi-Fi as a mobile Internet technology. The introduction and market acceptance of emerging wireless technologies such as 4G, WiMAX and Super Wi-Fi, could cause significant disruption to our business, which may result in a loss of customers, users and revenue. If users find emerging wireless technologies to be sufficiently fast, convenient or cost effective, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to attract or retain users will be impaired. Additionally, one or more of our partners may deploy emerging wireless technologies that could reduce the partner's need to work with us, and may result in significant loss of revenue and reduction of the hotspots in our network.

        We deliver value to our users by providing simple access to Wi-Fi hotspots, regardless of whether we manage and operate the hotspot, or the hotspot is operated by a partner. As a result, our business depends on our ability to anticipate and quickly adapt to changing technological standards and advances. If technological standards change and we fail to adapt accordingly, our business and revenue may be adversely affected. Furthermore, the proliferation of new mobile devices and operating platforms poses challenges for our research and development efforts. If we are unable to create simple solutions for a particular device or operating platform, we will be unable to effectively attract users of these devices or operating platforms and our business will be adversely affected.

Negotiations with prospective wholesale partners can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may cause our operating results to vary.

        Our negotiations with prospective partners to acquire Wi-Fi hotspots to operate, to acquire roaming rights on partners' networks, or for new partners to implement our solutions, can be lengthy, and in some cases can last over 12 months. Because of the lengthy negotiation cycle, the time required to reach a final agreement with a partner is unpredictable and may lead to variances in our operating results from quarter to quarter. Negotiations with prospective partners also require substantial time, effort and resources. We may ultimately fail in our negotiations, resulting in costs to our business without any associated benefits.

We may be unsuccessful in expanding into new venue types, which could harm the growth of our business, operating results and financial condition.

        We are negotiating with existing and prospective partners to expand our managed and operated Wi-Fi network footprint in venue types where we historically have had only a limited presence. Expansion into these venue types, and in particular shopping malls, stadiums and quick service restaurants, may require significantly higher initial capital expenditures than we have historically incurred. We may not be able to execute on our strategy or there may not be returns on these investments in the near future or at all. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

9


Table of Contents


We have a limited operating history and a relatively new business in an emerging market, so an investment in our company involves more risk than an investment in a more mature company in an established industry.

        We have a limited operating history with the mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions that we provide, which were developed in 2001. We currently attract the majority of our retail customers at Boingo managed and operated hotspots that we acquired in 2006. As a result, we have a limited operating history for you to evaluate in assessing our future prospects and it is difficult to forecast our prospects. Also, we derive nearly all of our revenue from mobile Internet services, which are new and highly dynamic businesses, which face significant challenges. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties and difficulties we will encounter as an emerging company in a new and rapidly evolving market. We may not be able to address these risks, uncertainties and difficulties successfully, which could materially harm our business and operating results.

Our operating results may fluctuate unexpectedly, which makes them difficult to predict and may cause us to fail to meet the expectations of investors, adversely affecting our stock price.

        We operate in a highly dynamic industry and our future quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly. Our revenue and operating results may vary from quarter to quarter due to many factors, many of which are not within our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Further, it is difficult to accurately forecast our revenue, margin and operating results, and if we fail to match our expected results or the results expected by financial analysts, the trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

        Factors that contribute to fluctuations in our operating results from quarter-to-quarter include:

        Due to these and other factors, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our historical operating results should not be relied upon as accurate indicators of our future performance.

The growth of free Wi-Fi networks may compete with our paid mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions.

        Some venues, including coffee shops and hotels, offer free mobile Wi-Fi as an incentive or value-added benefit to their customers. Free Wi-Fi may reduce retail customer demand for our services, and put downward pressure on the prices we charge our retail customers. In addition, telecom operators may offer free mobile Wi-Fi as part of a home broadband or other service contract, which also may force down the prices we charge our retail customers. If we are unable to effectively offset this downward pressure on our prices by being a Wi-Fi service provider, or if we are unable to acquire and retain retail customers, we will have lower profit margins and our operating results and financial condition may be adversely impacted.

10


Table of Contents


We may not maintain recent rates of revenue growth.

        Although our revenue has increased substantially over the last few years, we may not be able to maintain historical rates of revenue growth. We believe that our continued growth will depend, among other factors, on successfully implementing our business strategies, including our ability to:

However, we cannot guarantee that we will successfully implement any of these business strategies.

System failures could harm our business.

        Although we seek to reduce the possibility of disruptions or other outages, our business may be disrupted by problems with our technology and systems, such as an access point failure at one of our managed and operated hotspots, or a backhaul disruption. We have experienced system failures from time to time, and any interruption in the ability of users to access our solution could harm our business and reputation.

        Our systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from telecommunications failures, computer denial-of-service attacks, power loss, computer viruses, earthquakes, floods, fires, terrorist attacks and similar events. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for all eventualities. Our systems may also be damaged by break-ins, sabotage, and acts of vandalism. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of the Boingo solution. We do not carry business interruption insurance to compensate us for all losses that may result from service interruptions caused by system failures. If we are unable to resolve service interruptions quickly, our ability to acquire and retain customers will be impaired and our operating results and business could be adversely affected.

We may be unsuccessful in expanding our international operations, which could harm the growth of our business, operating results and financial condition.

        Our ability to expand internationally involves various risks, including the need to invest significant resources in unfamiliar markets, and the possibility that there may not be returns on these investments in the near future or at all. In addition, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur expenses before we generate any material revenue in these new markets. Our expansion plans will require significant management attention and resources. We have limited experience in selling our solutions in international markets or in conforming to local cultures, standards or policies. We may not be able to compete successfully in these international markets. Our ability to expand will also be limited by the demand for mobile Internet in international markets. Different privacy, censorship and liability standards and regulations and different intellectual property laws in foreign countries may cause our business and operating results to suffer.

11


Table of Contents

        Any future international operations may fail to succeed due to risks inherent in foreign operations, including:

        As a result of these obstacles, we may find it difficult or prohibitively expensive to expand internationally or we may be unsuccessful in our attempt to do so, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our industry is competitive and if we do not compete successfully, we could lose market share, experience reduced revenue or suffer losses.

        The market for commercial mobile Wi-Fi solutions is competitive and impacted by technological change, and we expect competition with our current and potential competitors to intensify in the future. In particular, some of our competitors have taken steps or may decide to more aggressively compete against us, particularly in the market for venue build-outs of Wi-Fi and distributed antenna system, or DAS, solutions.

        Our competitors, many of whom are also our partners, include a variety of telecom operators and network operators, including AT&T, T-Mobile, Cablevision, Comcast and local operators. These competitors have developed or may develop technologies that compete directly with our solutions. Many of our competitors are substantially larger than we are and have substantially longer operating histories. We may not be able to fund or invest in certain areas of our business to the same degree as our competitors. Many have substantially greater product development and marketing budgets and other financial and personnel resources than we do. Some also have greater name and brand recognition and a larger base of subscribers or users than we have. In addition, our competitors may provide services that we do not, such as local exchange and long distance services, voicemail, digital subscriber line and subscription television services. Users that desire these services may choose to also obtain mobile Wi-Fi Internet services from a competitor that provides these additional services rather than from us.

        Furthermore, we rely on several of our competitors as partners in roaming agreements. The roaming agreements provide that our retail customers and our wholesale partners' customers may use the Wi-Fi networks of our partners. One or more of our partners may deploy competing technologies that could reduce the partner's need to work with us under a roaming agreement. If our partners decide to terminate our roaming agreements, our network of Wi-Fi hotspots may be reduced, which may result in a significant disruption to our business.

        Competition could increase our selling and marketing expenses and related customer acquisition costs. We may not have the financial resources, technical expertise or marketing and support capabilities to continue to compete successfully. A failure to respond to established and new competitors may adversely impact our business and operating results.

12


Table of Contents


The regulation of Internet communications, products and services is currently uncertain, which poses risks for our business from changes in laws, regulations, and interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations.

        The current regulatory environment for Internet communications, products and services is uncertain. Many laws and regulations were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and related technologies and often do not contemplate or address the specific issues associated with the Internet and related technologies. The scope of laws and regulations applicable to the Internet remains uncertain and is subject to statutory or interpretive change. We cannot be certain that we, our partners or our users are currently in compliance with regulatory or other legal requirements in the numerous countries in which our service is used. Our failure, or the failure of our partners, users and others with whom we transact business, or to whom we license the Boingo solution, to comply with existing or future regulatory or other legal requirements could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Regulators may disagree with our interpretations of existing laws or regulations or the applicability of existing laws or regulations to our business, and existing laws, regulations and interpretations may change in unexpected ways.

        We believe that the Boingo solution is on the forefront of mobile Internet technology, and therefore it may face greater regulatory scrutiny than other communications products and services. We cannot be certain what positions regulators may take regarding our compliance with, or lack of compliance with, current and future legal and regulatory requirements or what positions regulators may take regarding any past or future actions we have taken or may take in any jurisdiction. Regulators may determine that we are not in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and impose penalties, or we may need to make changes to the Boingo solution, which could be costly and difficult. Any of these events would adversely affect our operating results and business.

If we lose key personnel or are unable to attract and retain personnel on a cost effective basis, our business could be harmed.

        Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and our highly qualified team of engineers, many of whom have numerous years of experience and specialized expertise in our business. If we are not successful in hiring and retaining highly qualified engineers, we may not be able to extend or maintain our engineering and technological expertise, and our future product and service development efforts could be adversely affected. If we lose members of our senior management, this may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic objectives and adversely affect our operating results.

        Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled managerial, operations, business development and marketing personnel. We have in the past maintained a rigorous, highly selective and time-consuming hiring process. We believe that our approach to hiring has significantly contributed to our success to date. However, our highly selective hiring process has made it more difficult for us to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees, and, as we grow, our hiring process may prevent us from hiring the personnel we need in a timely manner. Moreover, the cost of living in the Los Angeles area, where our corporate headquarters is located, has been an impediment to attracting new employees in the past, and we expect that this will continue to impair our ability to attract and retain employees in the future. If we fail to attract, integrate and retain the necessary personnel, we may not be able to grow effectively and our business could suffer significantly.

13


Table of Contents


Our failure to properly maintain our customers' confidential information and protect our network against security breaches could harm our business and operating results.

        Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect user transaction data. Any compromises of our security could damage our reputation and brand and expose us to possible liability such as litigation claims, which would substantially harm our business and operating results. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches.

        Many countries, such as European Union member states as a result of the 2006 E.U. Data Retention Directive, are introducing, or have already introduced into local law some form of traffic and user data retention requirements, which are generally applicable to providers of electronic communications services. Retention periods and data types vary from country to country, and the various local data protection and other authorities may implement traffic and user retention requirements regarding certain data in different and potentially overlapping ways. Although the constitutionality of the 2006 E.U. Data Retention Directive has been questioned, we may be required to comply with data retention requirements in one or more jurisdictions, or we may be required to comply with these requirements in the future as a result of changes or modifications to the Boingo solution or changes or modifications to the technological infrastructure on which the Boingo solution is based. Failure to comply with these retention requirements may result in the imposition of costly penalties. Compliance with these retention requirements can be difficult and costly from a legal, operational and technical perspective and could harm our business and operational results.

We rely on a third-party customer support service provider for the majority of our customer support calls. If this service provider experiences operational difficulties or disruptions, our business could be adversely affected.

        We depend on a third-party customer support service provider to handle most of our routine retail customer support cases. While we maintain limited customer support operations in our Los Angeles headquarters, if our relationship with our customer support service provider terminates unexpectedly, or if our customer service provider experiences operational difficulties, we may not be able to respond to customer support calls in a timely manner and the quality of our customer service would be adversely affected. This could harm our reputation and brand image and make it difficult for us to attract and retain users. In addition, the loss of the customer support service provider would require us to identify and contract with alternative sources, which could prove time-consuming and expensive.

Material defects or errors in our software could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell the Boingo solution.

        The software underlying the Boingo solution is inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when the software is first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. We have from time to time found defects or errors in our software, and defects or errors in our existing software may be detected in the future. Any defects or errors that cause interruptions to the availability of our services could result in:

14


Table of Contents

        The costs incurred in correcting any material defects or errors in our software may be substantial and could harm our operating results.

If we fail to cost effectively develop our brand, our financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

        We market our solution under the Boingo brand. We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brand is important to achieving widespread acceptance of the Boingo solution, and is an important element in attracting and retaining customers and partners. Additionally, we believe that developing this brand in a cost effective manner is important in meeting our expected margins. Brand promotion activities may not result in increased revenue, and any increased revenue resulting from these promotion activities may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. If we fail to cost effectively build and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract or retain customers or partners, and our financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology could harm our business.

        In recent years there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in many technology-based industries, including the wireless communications industry. While we have not been specifically targeted, companies similar to us have been subject to patent lawsuits. As we face increasing competition and gain an increasingly high profile, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows. We may be subject to third-party claims in the future. The costs of supporting these litigations and disputes are considerable, and there can be no assurance that a favorable outcome will be obtained. We may be required to settle these litigations and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us, given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. Claims that the Boingo solution infringes third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, could also divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. The terms of any settlements or judgments may require us to:

        Any of these unfavorable outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed, or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

        Our business depends on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We own one patent and have applications for four additional patents pending. Despite our efforts, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent the use or misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of

15


Table of Contents


our intellectual property rights. Our ability to police the use, misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property is uncertain, particularly in countries other than the United States. Further, we do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Even if patents are issued, they may be contested, circumvented, or invalidated in the future. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with complete proprietary protection or any competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies on their own now or in the future. Protecting against the unauthorized use of our solutions, trademarks, and other proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, if the protection of our proprietary rights is inadequate to prevent use or misappropriation by third parties, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished and competitors may be able to more effectively mimic our service and methods of operations. Any of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our use of open source software could limit our ability to commercialize the Boingo solution.

        We have incorporated open source software into the Boingo solution. Although we closely monitor our use of open source software, we are subject to the terms of open source licenses that have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that in the future these licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize the Boingo solution. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties or to re-engineer our software in order to continue offering the Boingo solution, or to discontinue operations, any of which could materially adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

        Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and an active market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The market price of our common stock after this offering will vary from its initial public offering price. Fluctuations in market price and volume are particularly common among securities of technology companies. As a result, you may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial offering price. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to the following factors, among others, many of which are beyond our control:

16


Table of Contents

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

        Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010, upon completion of this offering, we will have             outstanding shares of common stock (or            outstanding shares of common stock assuming exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option in full). All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by "affiliates", as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering. See "Underwriting."

        After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, and based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010, an additional            shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. In addition, shares underlying options that are either subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

        Holders of approximately 114,229,171 shares, or    %, of our common stock, and the holders of preferred stock warrants to purchase shares convertible into              shares of our common stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all            shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the shares for the holders of registration rights and option holders, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements.

        In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If there is no coverage of our company by securities or industry analysts, the trading price for our stock would be negatively

17


Table of Contents


impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of these analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and will be able to influence corporate matters.

        Upon completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately    % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, compared to    % represented by the shares sold in this offering, assuming exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

As a public company, we will be subject to financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy, will raise our costs and may divert resources and management attention from operating our business.

        We have historically operated as a private company and have not been subject to the same financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements as a public company. After this offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We will need to prepare and timely file financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements. We will also be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, which will impose significant new compliance obligations upon us. As a public company we will be required, among other things, to:

        Our management must periodically evaluate the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with the year ending December 31, 2012. In connection with our preparation for our initial public offering, our independent registered public accounting firm recently completed the audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. Upon completion of these audits, adjustments were identified in 2007, which caused us to conclude that there was a material weakness in our internal controls. A 2007 adjustment, which continued through 2009, caused us to conclude that there was a material weakness in 2008 and 2009 as well. If we are unable to appropriately maintain the remediation plan we have recently implemented and maintain any other necessary controls we implement in the future, our management might not be able to certify, and our independent registered public accounting firm might not be able to report on, the adequacy of our

18


Table of Contents

internal controls over financial reporting. Any such failure to maintain adequate internal controls could lead to adverse regulatory consequences, violate NASDAQ listing standards and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

        The changes necessitated by becoming a public company will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight that will increase our costs.

If we need additional capital in the future, it may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

        We have historically relied on private placements of our equity securities and cash flow from operations to fund our operations, capital expenditures and expansion. However, we may require additional capital from equity or debt financing in the future to fund our operations, or respond to competitive pressures or strategic opportunities. We may not be able to secure timely additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of additional financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

We could be the subject of securities class action litigation due to future stock price volatility, which could divert management's attention and adversely affect our results of operations.

        The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of technology companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

        We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law." In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. For example, we anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

19


Table of Contents

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

        Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures, which may in the future include investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. We have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.

        The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $    a share. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. Investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will contribute approximately    % of the total amount we have raised since our inception, but will own only approximately    % of our total common stock immediately following the completion of this offering. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, if outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, or if we issue additional equity securities, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience additional dilution.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

        We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our capital stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

20


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and "Executive Compensation." Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities, potential market opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as "anticipates," "believes," "could," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may," "might," "plans," "possibly," "potential," "predicts," "projects," "seeks," "should," "will," "would" or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

        Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management's beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

        Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

        This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry, including market opportunity, size and growth rates, that are based on industry and government publications, reports, surveys and forecasts, including those generated by Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, Infonetics Research, Inc., or Infonetics Research, International Data Corporation, or IDC, and The Nielsen Company, or Nielsen, and on assumptions that we have made that are based on that data, our review of the purchasing patterns of our existing customers with respect to our current solutions and customer demand for our solutions. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. With respect to information contained in industry and government publications, surveys and forecasts, we have assessed the information in the publications and found it to be reasonable and believe the publications are reliable. While we believe the market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is based on reasonable assumptions, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and the markets we serve are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk, including those described in "Risk Factors."

21


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of            shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay, will be approximately $     million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we expect to pay. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

        We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In addition, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time.

        Pending use of proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common or preferred equity. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

22


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2010 on:

        The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma As Adjusted  
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except for share numbers)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 34,731   $ 34,731   $    
                 

Long term capital lease, net of current obligations

    117     117        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value:

                   
 

Series A convertible preferred stock, 25,262,831 shares authorized; 25,262,831 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $22,074, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    22,074            
 

Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, 5,524,846 shares authorized; 5,524,846 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $6,809, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    6,809            
 

Series B convertible preferred stock, 17,500,000 shares authorized; 17,166,667 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $13,819, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    13,819            
 

Series C convertible preferred stock, 54,957,983 shares authorized; 54,915,963 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $79,073, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    79,073            

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   
 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                   

23


Table of Contents

 
  As of September 30, 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma As Adjusted  
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except for share numbers)
 
 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 174,500,000 shares authorized, 29,172,763 shares outstanding actual; 174,500,000 shares authorized, 143,401,934 shares issued and outstanding pro forma;        shares authorized,        shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

    4     14        
 

Additional paid-in capital

        121,765        
 

Treasury stock

    (4,575 )   (4,575 )      
 

Note receivable from stockholder

    (103 )   (103 )      
 

Accumulated deficit

    (54,559 )   (54,559 )      
               
   

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (59,233 )   62,542        

Accumulated deficit attributed to non-controlling interests

    176     176        
               

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (59,057 )   62,718        
               

Total capitalization

  $ 62,835   $ 62,835   $    
               

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the range set forth of the cover page of this prospectus, would result in an approximately $     million decrease or increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' deficit and total capitalization, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.

        The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 143,401,934 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2010, and excludes the following shares:

24


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

        Our pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2010 was $25.7 million, or $0.18 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock on September 30, 2010, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2010. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2010, after giving effect to the sale by us of        shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, would have been approximately $     million, or $    per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $    per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $    per share to new investors, or approximately    % of the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2010

  $ 0.18        
 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

             
           

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $     million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $    per share and the dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $    per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover pages of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table shows, as of September 30, 2010, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    143,401,934       % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                         
 

Total

          100.0 % $       100.0 %      
                         

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $    , $    and $    , respectively, assuming the number of

25


Table of Contents


shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The sale of        shares of our common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders to        , or    % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares of our common stock held by new investors to        , or     % of the total shares of our common stock outstanding.

        The discussion and tables in this section regarding dilution are based on 143,406,934 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 which reflects the conversion of all of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 114,229,171 shares of our common stock, and excludes:

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the following will occur:

        To the extent that outstanding options or warrants are exercised, you will experience further dilution. If all of our outstanding options and warrants were exercised, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2010 would have been $     million, or $    per share, and the pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $     million, or $    per share, causing dilution to new investors of $    per share.

        In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

26


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables present selected historical financial data for our business. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, these unaudited financial data reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement as to results for those periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period.

        The pro forma per share data give effect to the conversion of all currently outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the indicated fiscal period. For further information concerning the calculation of pro forma per share information, please refer to notes 2 and 18 of our notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                           

Revenue

  $ 8,537   $ 19,590   $ 41,240   $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 45,909   $ 59,011  

Costs and operating expenses:

                                           
 

Network access

    976     6,216     15,439     22,979     26,430     18,990     23,278  
 

Network operations

    1,613     4,004     9,431     11,010     11,667     8,755     9,725  
 

Development and technology

    6,142     6,711     6,333     6,763     7,374     5,342     6,194  
 

Selling and marketing

    2,336     3,314     4,371     7,549     5,901     4,429     4,288  
 

General and administrative

    1,806     3,331     6,091     7,945     8,214     5,603     7,137  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

        1,109     2,846     5,972     3,848     2,978     1,922  
                               

Total costs and operating expenses

    12,873     24,685     44,511     62,218     63,434     46,097     52,544  
                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (4,336 )   (5,095 )   (3,271 )   (5,507 )   2,281     (188 )   6,467  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    189     284     814     200     (154 )   (86 )   17  
                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (4,147 )   (4,811 )   (2,457 )   (5,307 )   2,127     (274 )   6,484  

Income taxes

        51     128     272     706     (129 )   806  
                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (4,147 ) $ (4,862 ) $ (2,585 ) $ (5,579 ) $ 1,421   $ (145 ) $ 5,678  
                               

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

        27     313     332     394     285     350  
                               

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  $ (4,147 ) $ (4,889 ) $ (2,898 ) $ (5,911 ) $ 1,027   $ (430 ) $ 5,328  
                               

Accretion of convertible and redeemable stock

    (1,516 )   (3,338 )   (5,193 )   (5,256 )   (5,259 )   (3,944 )   (3,826 )
                               

27


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (5,663 ) $ (8,227 ) $ (8,091 ) $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ (4,374 ) $ 1,502  
                               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                           
 

Basic

  $ (0.21 ) $ (0.30 ) $ (0.29 ) $ (0.39 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ 0.05  
 

Diluted

  $ (0.21 ) $ (0.30 ) $ (0.29 ) $ (0.39 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ 0.04  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                           
 

Basic

    26,890     27,253     27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     29,170  
 

Diluted

    26,890     27,253     27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     143,399  

Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders

                          $ 0.01         $ 0.04  
                                         

Unaudited weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders

                            143,236           143,399  
                                         

Other Financial Data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (3,893 ) $ (2,264 ) $ 4,332   $ 6,942   $ 13,527   $ 8,120   $ 14,474  

Operating cash flows

    (4,675 )   5,260     11,518     10,922     14,522     3,462     18,191  

Investing cash flows

    2,904     (57,270 )   (14,847 )   (2,065 )   (3,659 )   (924 )   (5,186 )

Financing cash flows

    (315 )   62,813     (5,389 )   (1,287 )   (974 )   (738 )   (903 )

 

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2010
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,085   $ 13,888   $ 5,170   $ 12,740   $ 22,629   $ 34,731  

Working capital

    2,899     13,915     2,310     1,519     4,656     10,013  

Total assets

    6,885     94,539     100,472     100,859     104,401     115,142  

Long-term capital leases

    36     103     136     183     389     117  

Deferred revenue

    1,616     16,322     25,286     27,351     29,739     35,317  

Total liabilities

    3,384     27,639     40,286     45,932     47,675     52,424  

Convertible and redeemable stock

    35,522     106,815     107,434     112,690     117,949     121,775  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (32,021 )   (39,915 )   (47,248 )   (57,763 )   (61,223 )   (59,057 )

(1)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders plus accretion of convertible and redeemable stock, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, interest expense, net, income taxes, stock-based compensation expense and non-controlling interests expense.

28


Table of Contents

        The following provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders to Adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (5,663 ) $ (8,227 ) $ (8,091 ) $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ (4,374 ) $ 1,502  

Accretion of convertible and redeemable stock

    1,516     3,338     5,193     5,256     5,259     3,944     3,826  

Depreciation

    416     1,709     4,139     5,811     6,658     4,806     5,401  

Amortization of intangible assets

        1,109     2,846     5,972     3,848     2,978     1,922  

Interest (income) expense, net

    (189 )   (284 )   (814 )   (200 )   154     86     (17 )

Income taxes

        51     128     272     706     (129 )   806  

Stock-based compensation expense

    27     13     618     666     740     524     684  

Non-controlling interests

        27     313     332     394     285     350  
                               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (3,893 ) $ (2,264 ) $ 4,332   $ 6,942   $ 13,527   $ 8,120   $ 14,474  
                               

29


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, based on current expectations, related to our plans, estimates, beliefs and anticipated future financial performance. These statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth in this section and under "Risk Factors," "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        We believe we are the leading global provider of commercial mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Our software applications and solutions enable individuals to access our extensive global Wi-Fi network of over 211,000 hotspots with devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers. Our offerings provide compelling cost and performance advantages to our customers and partners.

        Our company was formed in 2001 with the vision of making it easy to connect to the mobile Internet. We initially built our roaming network through agreements with Wi-Fi venue operators and other Wi-Fi networks, enabling individuals to roam across a larger Wi-Fi network. We developed our software client and retail customer offering, which included subscription and single-use access. In 2006, we acquired Concourse Communications, which managed and operated Wi-Fi services at 12 airports, including Chicago O'Hare International Airport and John F. Kennedy International Airport. By leveraging these strategic locations, we were able to rapidly expand our network footprint to other locations because other network operators wanted to establish roaming agreements to access our network. These developments allowed us to build both a consumer retail business and a wholesale business, which has grown to over 125 partners, enabling our customers to access their networks and enabling other companies to provide our services to their customers. In 2007 we acquired a Wi-Fi network of seven managed and operated airports and in 2008 we acquired a Wi-Fi network of 25 managed and operated airports and the Washington State Ferries. We continue to enhance our software client and expand our network and global reach.

        We generate revenue primarily from our retail customers and wholesale partners. Our retail customers purchase month-to-month subscription plans that automatically renew, or single-use access to our network. We acquire our retail customers primarily from mobile Internet users passing through our managed and operated locations, where we generally have exclusive multi-year agreements. Some of our wholesale partners license our software and pay usage-based network access fees to allow their customers access to our global Wi-Fi network. Other wholesale partners, that are telecom operators, pay us build-out fees and access fees for our distributed antenna system, or DAS, enabling their cellular customers to access these networks. Some of our wholesale partners pay us to provide Wi-Fi services in their venue locations under a service provider arrangement. Our wholesale partner relationships are generally governed by multi-year contracts. We acquire our wholesale partners through our business development efforts. We also generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach visitors to the landing pages at our managed and operated network locations with online advertising, promotional and sponsored programs.

        We grew revenue from $41.2 million in 2007 to $56.7 million in 2008, an increase of 38%, and to $65.7 million in 2009, an increase of 16%. We grew revenue from $45.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, to $59.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of 29%. We grew Adjusted EBITDA from $4.3 million in 2007 to $6.9 million in 2008, an increase of 60%, and to $13.5 million in 2009, an increase of 95%. We grew Adjusted EBITDA from $8.1 million

30


Table of Contents


in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, to $14.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of 78%. We increased net loss attributable to common stockholders from $8.1 million in 2007 to $11.2 million in 2008, and reduced net loss to $4.2 million in 2009. We improved net loss attributable to common stockholders from $4.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, to net income of $1.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

        Many online consumer and business activities, such as streaming media, social networking, downloading large email attachments and video calling, require high-speed, high-bandwidth Internet access. In addition, the proliferation of smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other Wi-Fi enabled devices has led users to expect access to the same content and information while on-the-go, with the same performance quality they are accustomed to in the home or office setting. These data intensive activities are driving a global surge in mobile Internet data traffic that is expected to increase 39 times between 2009 and 2014, according to Cisco's Visual Networking Index. We believe these trends present us with opportunities to generate significant growth in revenue and profitability.

Key Business Metrics

        In addition to monitoring traditional financial measures, we also monitor our operating performance using the following key performance indicators:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except churn data)
 

Subscribers

    54     74     140     133     191  

Monthly churn

    10.9 %   10.7 %   9.7 %   9.5 %   9.6 %

Connects

    3,213     4,854     5,397     3,975     5,804  

        Subscribers.     This metric represents the number of paying retail customers who are on a month-to-month subscription plan at a given period end.

        Monthly churn.     This metric shows the number of subscribers who canceled their subscriptions in a given month, expressed as a percentage of the average subscribers in that month. The churn in a given period is the average monthly churn in that period. This measure is one indicator of the longevity of our subscribers. Some of our customers who cancel subscriptions maintain accounts for single-use access.

        Connects.     This metric shows how often individuals connect to the Boingo global Wi-Fi network in a given period. These are paid connects from our retail customers and wholesale partners, with which we have usage-based agreements. We count each individual as a single connect regardless of how many times that individual accesses the network at a given venue during their 24 hour period. This measure is an indicator of paid activity throughout the Boingo network.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

        Our revenue consists of retail revenue, wholesale revenue, and advertising and other revenue.

        Retail subscription.     We generate revenue from sales to individuals of month-to-month network access subscriptions that automatically renew, primarily through charge card transactions.

31


Table of Contents

        Retail single-use.     We generate revenue from sales of hourly, daily or other single-use access to individuals primarily through charge card transactions.

        Wholesale.     We generate revenue from wholesale partners that license our software and pay usage-based monthly network access fees to allow their customers to access our global Wi-Fi network, and telecom operator partners that pay us build-out fees and access fees for our DAS networks. Usage-based network access fees may be measured in minutes, connects or megabytes, and in most cases are subject to monthly minimums. Other wholesale partners pay us monthly fees to provide a Wi-Fi infrastructure that we install, manage and operate at their venues for their customers under a service provider arrangement.

        Advertising and other.     We generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach visitors to our landing pages at our managed and operated network locations with online advertising, promotional and sponsored programs. In addition, we receive revenue from kiosk users in some of the airports where we manage and operate the Wi-Fi network.

Costs and Operating Expenses

        We classify our costs and operating expenses as network access, network operations, development and technology, selling and marketing, general and administrative, and amortization of intangible assets. Network access costs consist primarily of payments to venues and network partners in the Boingo network. Other costs and operating expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, costs for contracted labor and development, marketing, legal, accounting and consulting services, and other professional service fees. Personnel costs include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefits. Facilities costs and depreciation expenses are generally allocated based on headcount. Depreciation expenses associated with specifically identifiable assets are allocated to the appropriate expense categories.

        Network access.     Network access costs consist of revenue share payments to venues where our managed and operated hotspots are located, usage-based fees to our roaming network partners for access to their networks, costs of equipment related to network build-out projects in our managed and operated locations, and bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses in our managed and operated locations.

        Network operations.     Network operations expenses consist of costs for our customer service department and for our operations staff that designs, builds, monitors and maintains the network. Also included are expenses for our customer service provider that handles customer care inquiries and expenses for network operations contractors, equipment depreciation and software and hardware maintenance fees.

        Development and technology.     Development and technology expenses consist of costs for our product development and engineering departments, developers and our information systems services staff, equipment depreciation and software and hardware maintenance fees.

        Selling and marketing.     Selling and marketing expenses consist of costs for our business development and marketing employees and executives, travel and entertainment and marketing programs.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist of costs for our executive, finance and accounting, legal and human resources personnel, as well as, legal, accounting, tax and other professional service fees. Also included are other corporate expenses such as charge card processing fees and bad debt expense.

32


Table of Contents

        Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets consists primarily of acquired network contracts.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

        Interest and other income (expense), net, consists of interest income and capital lease obligations.

Income Taxes

        As a result of our net operating losses, our income taxes include only state income taxes and federal alternative minimum tax.

Non-controlling Interests

        Non-controlling interests are comprised of minority holdings by third parties in our subsidiaries Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC. We are required to pay a fixed annual distribution to Detroit and a portion of allocated net profits less capital expenditures of the preceding year to Chicago, to the minority interest holders.

33


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth our results of operations for the specified periods.


Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 41,240   $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 45,909   $ 59,011  
                       

Costs and operating expenses:

                               
 

Network access

    15,439     22,979     26,430     18,990     23,278  
 

Network operations

    9,431     11,010     11,667     8,755     9,725  
 

Development and technology

    6,333     6,763     7,374     5,342     6,194  
 

Selling and marketing

    4,371     7,549     5,901     4,429     4,288  
 

General and administrative

    6,091     7,945     8,214     5,603     7,137  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,846     5,972     3,848     2,978     1,922  
                       

Total costs and operating expenses

    44,511     62,218     63,434     46,097     52,544  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (3,271 )   (5,507 )   2,281     (188 )   6,467  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    814     200     (154 )   (86 )   17  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (2,457 )   (5,307 )   2,127     (274 )   6,484  

Income taxes

    128     272     706     (129 )   806  
                       

Net income (loss)

    (2,585 )   (5,579 )   1,421     (145 )   5,678  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    313     332     394     285     350  
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  $ (2,898 ) $ (5,911 ) $ 1,027   $ (430 ) $ 5,328  
                       

Depreciation expense included in the above line items:

Network access

  $ 2,062   $ 3,374   $ 4,176   $ 3,076   $ 3,309  

Network operations

    1,413     1,428     1,058     791     1,044  

Development and technology

    551     814     1,148     725     786  

Selling and marketing

    13     27     17     13     14  

General and administrative

    100     168     259     201     248  
                       

  $ 4,139   $ 5,811   $ 6,658   $ 4,806   $ 5,401  
                       

Stock-based compensation expense included in the above line items:

Network operations

  $ 152   $ 91   $ 127   $ 97   $ 106  

Development and technology

    128     79     84     59     91  

Selling and marketing

    129     121     114     77     130  

General and administrative

    209     375     415     291     357  
                       

  $ 618   $ 666   $ 740   $ 524   $ 684  
                       

34


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (as a percentage of revenue)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                       

Costs and operating expenses:

                               
 

Network access

    37.4     40.5     40.2     41.4     39.4  
 

Network operations

    22.9     19.4     17.8     19.1     16.5  
 

Development and technology

    15.4     11.9     11.2     11.6     10.5  
 

Selling and marketing

    10.6     13.3     9.0     9.6     7.3  
 

General and administrative

    14.8     14.0     12.5     12.2     12.1  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    6.9     10.5     5.9     6.5     3.3  
                       

Total costs and operating expenses

    108.0     109.6     96.6     100.4     89.1  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (8.0 )   (9.6 )   3.4     (0.4 )   10.9  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    2.0     0.4     (0.2 )   (0.2 )   0.0  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (6.0 )   (9.2 )   3.2     (0.6 )   10.9  

Income taxes

    0.3     0.5     1.1     (0.3 )   1.4  
                       

Net income (loss)

    (6.3 )   (9.7 )   2.1     (0.3 )   9.5  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    0.8     0.6     0.6     0.6     0.6  
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

    (7.1 )%   (10.3 )%   1.5 %   (0.9 )%   8.9 %
                       

35


Table of Contents

Nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010

Revenue

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2009   2010   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except churn data and percentages)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Retail subscription

  $ 13,509   $ 17,281   $ 3,772     27.9  
 

Retail single-use

    13,713     13,397     (316 )   (2.3 )
 

Wholesale

    16,639     25,458     8,819     53.0  
 

Advertising and other

    2,048     2,875     827     40.4  
                     
   

Total revenue

  $ 45,909   $ 59,011   $ 13,102     28.5  
                     

Key business metrics:

                         
 

Subscribers

    133     191     58     43.6  
 

Monthly churn

    9.5 %   9.6 %   0.1 %   1.1  
 

Connects

    3,975     5,804     1,829     46.0  

        Total revenue.     Total revenue increased $13.1 million, or 28.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period.

        Retail subscription.     Retail subscription revenue increased $3.8 million, or 27.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to a 43.6% increase in subscribers. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in average monthly subscriber revenue of 20.4%, due to a declining number of subscribers continuing to pay the historically higher monthly rates in effect prior to our 2008 price reduction and the greater mix of lower priced smartphone subscriptions.

        Retail single-use.     Retail single-use revenue decreased $0.3 million, or 2.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to a 5.6% decrease in single-use connects. We believe that the decrease in single-use connects was due primarily to the increase in new customers that opted for subscriptions. The decrease in single-use connect revenue was partially offset by increased single-use connects in Europe at higher revenue per connect.

        Wholesale.     Wholesale revenue increased $8.8 million, or 53.0%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to $7.5 million from increased usage-based fees, $3.0 million of which were from a Wi-Fi wholesale customer acquired in mid-year 2009, $1.1 million from new DAS build-out projects in our managed and operated locations, and $0.2 million from DAS access and usage fees.

        Advertising and other.     Advertising and other revenue increased $0.8 million, or 40.4%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to a new promotional sponsorship for $0.9 million, partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in kiosk revenue.

36


Table of Contents

Costs and Operating Expenses

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2009   2010   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Costs and operating expenses:

                         
 

Network access

  $ 18,990   $ 23,278   $ 4,288     22.6  
 

Network operations

    8,755     9,725     970     11.1  
 

Development and technology

    5,342     6,194     852     15.9  
 

Selling and marketing

    4,429     4,288     (141 )   (3.2 )
 

General and administrative

    5,603     7,137     1,534     27.4  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,978     1,922     (1,056 )   (35.5 )
                     

Total costs and operating expenses

  $ 46,097   $ 52,544   $ 6,447     14.0  
                     

        Network access.     Network access costs increased $4.3 million, or 22.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period. The change reflects increases of $2.8 million from customer usage at partner venues, $1.4 million from revenue share paid to venues in our managed and operated locations, $0.2 million from equipment depreciation expense from DAS build-out projects and $0.1 million from bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses. The increase was partially offset by $0.2 million of credits not used by a wholesale customer for network access.

        Network operations.     Network operations expenses increased $1.0 million, or 11.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to a $0.5 million increase in hardware depreciation and software maintenance expenses, a $0.2 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.3 million increase in consulting, internet connectivity and travel expenses.

        Development and technology.     Development and technology expenses increased $0.9 million, or 15.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to a $0.7 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.2 million increase in hardware depreciation and software maintenance expenses.

        Selling and marketing.     Selling and marketing expenses decreased $0.1 million, or 3.2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to a $0.4 million decrease in brand marketing program expenses, partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in personnel costs and travel expenses.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million, or 27.4%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to $0.7 million in accounting consultant fees, $0.6 million in legal and accounting fees, $0.3 million in personnel related expenses and $0.4 million in lease, rent and other expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in bad debt expenses.

        Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets expense decreased $1.1 million, or 35.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period. The decrease was due to certain acquired assets being fully amortized during 2010. For future years, amortization expense is expected to be $2.2 million for 2010, $1.5 million for 2011, $0.9 million for 2012, $0.8 million for 2013 and $6.9 million for 2014 and thereafter.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

        Interest and other income (expense), net, improved $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period. The change was due to a reduction of foreign exchange losses of $0.1 million.

37


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

        Income taxes increased $0.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period. The increase was due to increased taxable income in certain states. As a result of our net operating losses, our income taxes include only state income taxes and federal alternative minimum tax.

Non-controlling Interests

        Non-controlling interests payments increased $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the year ago period, due to increased profits at the two applicable managed and operated locations.

Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except churn data and percentages)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Retail subscription

  $ 14,179   $ 18,331   $ 4,152     29.3  
 

Retail single-use

    19,565     18,060     (1,505 )   (7.7 )
 

Wholesale

    19,931     23,955     4,024     20.2  
 

Advertising and other

    3,036     5,369     2,333     76.8  
                     
   

Total revenue

  $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 9,004     15.9  
                     

Key business metrics:

                         
 

Subscribers

    74     140     66     89.2  
 

Monthly churn

    10.7 %   9.7 %   (1.0 )%   (9.4 )
 

Connects

    4,854     5,397     543     11.2  

        Total revenue.     Our total revenue increased $9.0 million, or 15.9%, in 2009 as compared to 2008.

        Retail subscription.     Retail subscription revenue increased $4.2 million, or 29.3%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to an 89.2% increase in subscribers. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in average monthly subscriber revenue of 28.0%, due to the reduction of the monthly subscription price for new laptop customers in 2008.

        Retail single-use.     Retail single-use revenue decreased $1.5 million, or 7.7%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a 19.1% decrease in single-use connects. We believe that the decrease in single-use connects was due primarily to the increase in new customers that opted for subscriptions. The decrease in single-use connect revenue was partially offset by increased single-use connects in Europe at higher revenue per connect.

        Wholesale.     Wholesale revenue increased $4.0 million, or 20.2%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to $3.7 million of greater usage-based fees, of which $3.0 million were from a new Wi-Fi wholesale customer, and $0.5 million of new DAS build-out fees. The revenue increase was partially offset by reduced DAS usage fees.

        Advertising and other.     Advertising and other revenue increased $2.3 million, or 76.8%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a new promotional sponsorship of $2.8 million. The increase was partially offset by $0.5 million of reduced revenue from other advertising customers due to this promotional sponsorship and decreased kiosk revenue.

38


Table of Contents

Costs and Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Costs and operating expenses:

                         
 

Network access

  $ 22,979   $ 26,430   $ 3,451     15.0  
 

Network operations

    11,010     11,667     657     6.0  
 

Development and technology

    6,763     7,374     611     9.0  
 

Selling and marketing

    7,549     5,901     (1,648 )   (21.8 )
 

General and administrative

    7,945     8,214     269     3.4  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    5,972     3,848     (2,124 )   (35.6 )
                     
   

Total costs and operating expenses

  $ 62,218   $ 63,434   $ 1,216     2.0  
                     

        Network access.     Network access costs increased $3.5 million, or 15.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The change reflects increases of $2.7 million from customer usage at partner venues, $0.8 million from equipment depreciation expense from DAS build-out projects, $0.4 million from bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses and $0.1 million from revenue share to venues in our managed and operated locations. The increase was partially offset by $0.5 million of credits not used by a wholesale customer for network access.

        Network operations.     Network operations expenses increased $0.7 million, or 6.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $0.5 million increase in personnel related expenses, a $0.2 million increase in consulting expenses, and a $0.2 million increase in data center expenses. The increase was partially offset by decreases in consulting, travel, depreciation for equipment and hardware and software maintenance expenses.

        Development and technology.     Development and technology expenses increased $0.6 million, or 9.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $0.5 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.1 million increase in depreciation for equipment and hardware and software maintenance expenses.

        Selling and marketing.     Selling and marketing expenses decreased $1.6 million, or 21.8%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $1.9 million decrease in brand marketing program expenses. The decrease was partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in personnel expenses and related facilities costs.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses increased $0.3 million, or 3.4%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $0.6 million increase in bad debt expenses, a $0.4 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.2 million increase in rent and facilities expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease on fees paid on charge card sales, and a $0.5 million decrease in property and use tax expenses, legal and professional expenses, telecommunications and other expenses.

        Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets expense decreased $2.1 million, or 35.6%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $2.4 million decrease in the amortization of intangible assets from acquired assets that were fully amortized in 2008. The decrease was partially offset by a $0.2 million increase in amortization of intangible assets from assets acquired in 2009.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

        Interest and other income (expense), net, decreased $0.4 million in 2009 as compared to 2008. The decrease was due to a decrease in the average yield of our invested assets in 2009 as compared to 2008 and increased interest expenses of $0.1 million.

39


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

        Income taxes increased $0.4 million in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was due to increased taxable income in certain states. As a result of our net operating losses, our income taxes include only state income taxes and federal alternative minimum tax.

Non-controlling Interests

        Non-controlling interests payments increased $0.1 million in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to increased profits at the two applicable managed and operated locations.

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2008

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except churn data and percentages)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Retail subscription

  $ 9,320   $ 14,179   $ 4,859     52.1  
 

Retail single-use

    14,872     19,565     4,693     31.6  
 

Wholesale

    15,709     19,931     4,222     26.9  
 

Advertising and other

    1,339     3,036     1,697     126.7  
                   
   

Total revenue

  $ 41,240   $ 56,711   $ 15,471     37.5  
                   

Key business metrics:

                         
 

Subscribers

    54     74     20     37  
 

Monthly churn

    10.9 %   10.7 %   (0.2 )%   (1.8 )
 

Connects

    3,213     4,854     1,641     51.1  

        Total revenue.     Total revenue increased $15.5 million, or 37.5%, in 2008 as compared to 2007.

        Retail subscription.     Retail subscription revenue increased $4.9 million, or 52.1%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, due to a 37.0% increase in subscribers partially offset by a decrease in average monthly subscriber revenue of 8.9% due to the reduction of the monthly subscription price for new laptop customers.

        Retail single-use.     Retail single-use revenue increased $4.7 million, or 31.6%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, due to a 50.2% increase in single-use connects primarily from seven new managed and operated locations added in late 2007, including lower-priced hourly connects at certain locations.

        Wholesale.     Wholesale revenue increased $4.2 million, or 26.9%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, due to $1.6 million of DAS access and usage fees, $1.6 million of new build-out projects and $1.0 million from increased connects and licensing fees.

        Advertising and other.     Advertising and other revenue increased $1.7 million, or 126.7%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, primarily due to $1.5 million in advertising revenue from a new agreement with an advertising agency.

40


Table of Contents

Costs and Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Costs and operating expenses:

                         
 

Network access

  $ 15,439   $ 22,979   $ 7,540     48.8  
 

Network operations

    9,431     11,010     1,579     16.7  
 

Development and technology

    6,333     6,763     430     6.8  
 

Selling and marketing

    4,371     7,549     3,178     72.7  
 

General and administrative

    6,091     7,945     1,854     30.4  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,846     5,972     3,126     109.8  
                     
   

Total costs and operating expenses

  $ 44,511   $ 62,218   $ 17,707     39.8  
                     

        Network access.     Network access costs increased $7.5 million, or 48.8%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The change reflects increases of $4.4 million from customer usage at partner venues, $1.4 million from revenue share paid to venues in our managed and operated locations, $1.3 million from equipment depreciation expense from DAS build-out projects, and $0.4 million from bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses.

        Network operations.     Network operations expenses increased $1.6 million, or 16.7%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, due to $1.0 million from a new third-party call center, a $0.3 million increase in data center and internet connectivity expenses, a $0.1 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.2 million increase in facilities overhead, depreciation for equipment and hardware and software maintenance expenses.

        Development and technology.     Development and technology expenses increased $0.4 million, or 6.8%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, due to a $0.5 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.5 million increase in depreciation for equipment and hardware and software maintenance expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in consulting expenses and a $0.2 million decrease in internet connectivity, telecommunications and other expenses.

        Selling and marketing.     Selling and marketing expenses increased $3.2 million, or 72.7%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, due to a $2.2 million increase in marketing program expenses as part of our strategy to more aggressively expand our market share and reach more business travelers, a $0.8 million increase in personnel expenses and a $0.2 million increase in facilities expansion.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million, or 30.4%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, due to a $0.6 million increase in personnel expense, a $0.5 million increase in fees paid on charge cards due to greater sales, a $0.3 million increase in accounting and legal fees, a $0.3 million increase in bad debt expense and a $0.2 million increase in insurance, consulting and other expenses.

        Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets expense increased $3.1 million, or 109.8%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, due to a $3.0 million increase from acquired assets during 2007 and $0.1 million increase from business acquisitions and acquired assets during 2008.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

        Interest and other income (expense), net, decreased $0.6 million in 2008 as compared to 2007. The decrease was due to a decrease in the average yield of our invested assets in 2008 as compared to 2007.

41


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

        Income taxes increased $0.1 million in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase was due to increased taxable income in certain states. As a result of our net operating losses, our income taxes include only state income taxes.

Non-controlling Interests

        Non-controlling interests payments of $0.3 million did not change in 2008 as compared to 2007.

42


Table of Contents

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following table presents our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for the seven fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2010. This information is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, and includes all normal recurring adjustments. This data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to these financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 14,116   $ 15,329   $ 16,464   $ 19,806   $ 18,499   $ 20,298   $ 20,214  

Costs and operating expenses:

                                           
 

Network access

    5,981     6,401     6,608     7,440     7,189     8,347     7,742  
 

Network operations

    3,084     2,844     2,827     2,912     3,317     3,172     3,236  
 

Development and technology

    1,970     1,706     1,666     2,032     2,169     2,047     1,978  
 

Selling and marketing

    1,585     1,362     1,482     1,472     1,398     1,381     1,509  
 

General and administrative

    1,724     2,060     1,819     2,611     2,239     2,344     2,554  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    1,073     1,052     853     870     731     618     573  
                               
   

Total costs and operating expenses

    15,417     15,425     15,255     17,337     17,043     17,909     17,592  
                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (1,301 )   (96 )   1,209     2,469     1,456     2,389     2,622  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    4     (38 )   (52 )   (68 )   24     68     (75 )
                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,297 )   (134 )   1,157     2,401     1,480     2,457     2,547  

Income taxes

    (543 )   (30 )   444     835     181     306     319  
                               

Net income (loss)

    (754 )   (104 )   713     1,566     1,299     2,151     2,228  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    90     108     87     109     111     121     118  
                               

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  $ (844 ) $ (212 ) $ 626   $ 1,457   $ 1,188   $ 2,030   $ 2,110  
                               

Depreciation expense included in the above line items:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, unaudited)
 

Network access

  $ 994   $ 1,025   $ 1,057   $ 1,100   $ 1,103   $ 1,103   $ 1,103  

Network operations

    252     274     265     267     324     325     395  

Development and technology

    277     226     222     423     303     241     242  

Selling and marketing

    4     5     4     4     4     5     5  

General and administrative

    72     65     64     58     71     89     88  
                               

Total

  $ 1,599   $ 1,595   $ 1,612   $ 1,852   $ 1,805   $ 1,763   $ 1,833  
                               

43


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense included in the above line items:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, unaudited)
 

Network operations

  $ 31   $ 33   $ 33   $ 30   $ 42   $ 42   $ 22  

Development and technology

    17     20     22     25     31     32     28  

Selling and marketing

    21     27     29     37     44     45     41  

General and administrative

    94     98     99     124     120     122     115  
                               

Total

  $ 163   $ 178   $ 183   $ 216   $ 237   $ 241   $ 206  
                               

        The following table sets forth our unaudited results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                               

Costs and operating expenses:

                                           
 

Network access

    42.4     41.8     40.1     37.6     38.9     41.1     38.3  
 

Network operations

    21.8     18.6     17.2     14.7     17.9     15.6     16.0  
 

Development and technology

    14.0     11.1     10.1     10.3     11.7     10.1     9.8  
 

Selling and marketing

    11.2     8.9     9.0     7.4     7.6     6.8     7.5  
 

General and administrative

    12.2     13.4     11.0     13.2     12.1     11.5     12.6  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    7.6     6.9     5.2     4.4     4.0     3.0     2.8  
                               
   

Total costs and operating expenses

    109.2     100.7     92.6     87.6     92.2     88.1     87.0  
                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (9.2 )   (0.7 )   7.4     12.4     7.8     11.9     13.0  

Interest and other income (expense), net

   
0.0
   
(0.2

)
 
(0.3

)
 
(0.3

)
 
0.1
   
0.3
   
(0.4

)
                               

Income before income taxes

    (9.2 )   (0.9 )   7.1     12.1     7.9     12.2     12.6  

Income taxes

    (3.8 )   (0.2 )   2.7     4.2     1.0     1.5     1.6  
                               

Net income (loss)

    (5.4 )   (0.7 )   4.4     7.9     6.9     10.7     11.0  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    0.6     0.7     0.5     0.6     0.6     0.6     0.6  
                               

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

    (6.0 )%   (1.4 )%   3.9 %   7.3 %   6.3 %   10.1 %   10.4 %
                               

        The following table sets forth our key business metrics results for the seven fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2010.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, except churn data)
 

Key business metrics:

                                           
 

Subscribers

    96     117     133     140     158     184     191  
 

Monthly churn

    9.0 %   9.4 %   10.1 %   10.3 %   9.2 %   9.5 %   10.2 %
 

Connects

    1,245     1,394     1,336     1,422     1,636     2,142     2,026  

        Our quarterly financial results fluctuate depending on the mix of subscription, single-use, wholesale and advertising revenue. Our subscription revenue generally increases each quarter as we grow our

44


Table of Contents


subscriber base. Our retail single-use revenue varies depending on general economic conditions and business travel seasonality. Our wholesale revenue is affected by changes and additions in wholesale partners and usage by their customers. Our advertising revenue varies depending on the timing of advertising promotional programs. For example, the revenue in the December 31, 2009 quarter included $2.8 million in a specific advertising sponsorship program, and as a result, exceeded both the prior and subsequent quarters. Revenue in the quarter ended September 30, 2010 was essentially flat with the prior quarter due to a restructuring of our arrangement with a managed and operated airport, as well as seasonally lower business travel.

        Costs and operating expenses have increased primarily due to usage-based network access costs. These costs have generally increased each quarter with the exception of the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 reflects lower revenue share payments due to the decrease in revenue as compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The quarter ended September 30, 2010 reflects decreased customer usage at partner venues from seasonally lower business travel. In addition, there has been an increase in personnel related expenses to support business growth. Costs and operating expenses are also influenced by the timing and amount of marketing activities and third party professional services for customer care, product development and accounting. The increase in development and technology expense for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 reflects higher personnel related expenses and higher depreciation for equipment and hardware. The increase in general and administrative expense for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 reflects an increase in the performance-based incentive bonus accrual and bad debt expense. The increases in costs and operating expenses have supported our ability to grow revenue at significant rates resulting in decreased costs and operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue.

        The subscriber metric shows quarterly growth in the subscriber base as new subscribers have more than offset churn, which has averaged approximately 9.5% over the seven quarter period. Connects have generally increased over the same period, although showed some softening in the September 30, 2010 quarter due to the loss of paid connects at a large managed and operated airport as a result of restructuring our arrangement from a retail model to a wholesale fee-based model, as well as lower business travel in the summer.

        As a result of changes in the mix of revenue and fluctuations in costs and operating expenses in a given quarter, our financial results may not show growth sequentially or compared to the prior year quarter.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

        We had cash and cash equivalents of $5.2 million, $12.7 million and $22.6 million at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. We held these amounts primarily in cash or money market funds.

        We hold cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. We do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to investments, as our investments consist primarily of highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We may, however, adopt specific hedging strategies in the future. Any declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future interest income.

45


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We have financed our operations primarily through private placements of preferred equity securities and common stock and cash provided by operating activities. Our primary source of liquidity as of December 31, 2009 consisted of $22.6 million of cash and cash equivalents.

        Our principal uses of liquidity have been to fund our operations, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and acquisitions. We expect that working capital requirements, internal capital expenditures and external capital expenditures for expansion of our managed and operated locations will be our principal needs for liquidity over the near term. Our capital expenditures through the nine months ended September 30, 2010 were $5.9 million.

        We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, working capital and our cash flow from operations, together with the net proceeds we receive from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and size of our managed and operated location expansion efforts, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, the timing of introductions of new solutions and enhancements to existing solutions and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. We may enter into acquisitions of complementary businesses, applications or technologies which could require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all.

        The following table sets forth cash flow data for the periods indicated therein:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 11,518   $ 10,922   $ 14,522   $ 3,462   $ 18,191  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (14,847 )   (2,065 )   (3,659 )   (924 )   (5,186 )

Net cash used in financing activities

    (5,389 )   (1,287 )   (974 )   (738 )   (903 )

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

        In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we generated $18.2 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of net income including non-controlling interests of $5.7 million, depreciation of $5.4 million, amortization of intangibles of $1.9 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million, $0.7 million of unbilled receivables, which are the escalation of monthly access fees for our network, and changes in working capital of $3.8 million. The $3.8 million resulting from the change in working capital was due to the increase in deferred revenue of $5.6 million and the collection of accounts receivable of $1.0 million. These sources of cash were partially offset by the decrease in accrued expenses of $1.7 million and a $1.6 million increase in prepaid expenses. Our deferred revenue resulted from an increase in the number of build-out projects. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we generated $3.5 million in net cash from operating activities.

        In 2009, we generated $14.5 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of net income including non-controlling interests of $1.4 million, depreciation of $6.7 million, amortization of intangibles of $3.8 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million and changes in working capital of $3.0 million. These amounts were partially offset by $1.1 million of unbilled receivables. The $3.0 million resulting from the change in working capital was primarily due to collection of our accounts receivable of $1.3 million, the increase in deferred revenue of $2.4 million and $0.7 million in prepaid expenses, partially offset by $1.5 million in accrued expenses. Our deferred revenue resulted from a greater number of build-out projects.

46


Table of Contents

        In 2008, we generated $10.9 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of a net loss including non-controlling interests of $5.6 million, depreciation of $5.8 million, amortization of intangibles of $6.0 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million and changes in working capital of $4.5 million, partially offset by $0.4 million of unbilled receivables. The $4.5 million resulting from the change in working capital was primarily due to the increase of accrued expenses of $2.5 million and deferred revenue of $2.1 million, partially offset by $0.2 million in prepaid expenses. The accrued expenses increased due to revenue share expenses and increased personnel related expenses. Deferred revenue increased as a result of a greater number of build-out projects.

        In 2007, we generated $11.5 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of a net loss including non-controlling interests of $2.6 million, depreciation of $4.1 million, amortization of intangibles of $2.8 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.6 million and changes in working capital of $6.7 million, partially offset by $0.2 million of unbilled receivables. The $6.7 million from the change in working capital was primarily due to deferred revenue of $9.0 million from build-out projects and $0.4 million in accrued expenses. Partially offsetting deferred revenue was an increase in accounts receivable of $2.3 million and an increase in prepaid expenses of $0.4 million.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

        In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we used $5.2 million in investing activities. Investing activities consisted of purchases of $5.9 million of property and equipment related to build-outs in our managed and operated locations and $0.1 million of payments related to acquisitions, partially offset by the decrease in restricted cash of $0.8 million. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, our investing activities used $0.9 million primarily due to $3.2 million less in property and equipment purchases partially offset by $1.6 million in proceeds from the sale of short-term marketable securities and $0.9 million decrease in restricted cash.

        In 2009, we used $3.7 million in investing activities. Investing activities consisted of purchases of $4.3 million of property and equipment related to build-outs in our managed and operated locations, the purchase of assets acquired of $0.6 million, an increase in restricted cash of $0.3 million and payment for issued patents of $0.1 million, partially offset by $1.6 million in proceeds from the sale of short-term marketable securities.

        In 2008, we used $2.1 million in investing activities. Investing activities consisted of $7.0 million of property and equipment purchases related to build-outs in our managed and operated locations, an increase of $1.4 million in restricted cash, the purchase of acquired assets of $0.9 million and $0.5 million for a network acquisition. These uses of cash were partially offset by net proceeds of $6.1 million from short-term marketable securities and $1.6 million in proceeds from the sale of long-term marketable securities.

        In 2007, we used $14.8 million in investing activities. Investing activities consisted of $10.3 million of property and equipment purchases related to build-outs in our managed and operated locations, the purchase of acquired assets of $2.7 million, net purchases of long-term marketable securities of $1.6 million and the increase of $0.8 million in restricted cash. These uses of cash were partially offset by net proceeds of $0.6 million from short-term marketable securities.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

        In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we used $0.9 million in financing activities. Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to payments for capital leases of $0.5 million and payments to non-controlling interests of $0.4 million. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we used $0.7 million in financing activities.

47


Table of Contents

        In 2009, we used $1.0 million in financing activities. Cash used in financing activities in 2009 was primarily due to payments for capital leases of $0.6 million and payments to non-controlling interests of $0.4 million.

        In 2008, we used $1.3 million in financing activities. Cash used in financing activities in 2008 was primarily due to payments for capital leases of $0.8 million, payments to non-controlling interests of $0.3 million and $0.3 million in repayments of notes payable, partially offset by $0.1 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

        In 2007, we used $5.4 million in financing activities. Cash used in financing activities in 2007 was primarily due to repurchases of common stock of $4.6 million due to the early redemption of 6.3 million shares of common stock that were issued in connection with an acquisition. Additional cash uses were for repayments of notes payable of $0.7 million and payments for capital leases of $0.2 million, partially offset by $0.1 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2009:

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  Years 2-3   Years 4-5   More than 5
years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Venue revenue share minimums(1)

  $ 46,901   $ 3,008   $ 6,152   $ 6,228   $ 31,514  

Operating leases for office space(2)

    4,643     1,553     2,927     162      

Capital leases for equipment and software(3)

    1,013     613     400          
                       

Total

  $ 52,557   $ 5,174   $ 9,479   $ 6,390   $ 31,514  
                       

(1)
Payments under exclusive long-term, non-cancellable contracts to provide wireless communications network access to venues such as airports. Expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

(2)
Office space under non-cancellable operating leases.

(3)
Leased equipment, primarily for data communication and database software, under non-cancellable capital leases.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and we do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management's judgment in its application, while in other cases, management's judgment is required in selecting among alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures require us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and

48


Table of Contents


expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In some instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances results could differ significantly from our estimates. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

        We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, accounts receivable and related allowance for doubtful accounts, business combinations, goodwill, intangible assets, stock-based compensation and income taxes have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we believe the accounting policies discussed below are paramount to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving our management's judgments, assumptions and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue for our services when all of the following conditions are met:

    there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

    the services have been delivered;

    the amount of fees to be paid is fixed or determinable;

    no significant obligations remain; and

    the collectability is reasonably assured.

        We allocate revenue in agreements that contain multiple elements to each qualifying separate unit of accounting based on their relative fair values or the fair value of undelivered elements. Fair value is determined by the prices charged when the element is sold separately or other verifiable objective evidence.

        Our software is licensed by our wholesale customers so that their customers can access our Wi-Fi network. The software can only be used by our wholesale customers during the term of the service arrangements and has no utility to them upon termination of the service arrangements. Accordingly, we are not within the scope of revenue recognition guidance prescribed specifically for software companies.

        Retail Customers.     Subscription fees from retail customers are paid monthly in advance by charge card and revenue is deferred for the portion of monthly recurring subscription fees collected in advance. Subscription fee revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Revenue generated from retail single-use access is recognized when earned.

        Wholesale Partners.     Services provided to wholesale partners under platform service arrangements generally contain several elements including a term license to use our proprietary software to access our Wi-Fi network, access fees for network usage, and professional services for software integration and customization and to maintain the Wi-Fi service. The term license, monthly minimum network access fees and professional services are billed on a monthly basis based upon predetermined fixed rates. Revenue is generally recognized ratably over the term of the platform service arrangement or expected customer relationship, which is generally between two to five years. Revenue for network access fees in excess of the monthly minimum amounts is recognized when earned. All elements within a platform service arrangement are generally delivered and earned concurrently throughout the term of the respective service arrangement.

        Revenue generated from access to our DAS networks consists of build-out fees and recurring access fees under certain long-term contracts with telecom operators. Build-out fees paid upfront are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the respective service arrangement, once the build-out

49


Table of Contents


is complete, as they are not separate units of accounting or the culmination of a separate earnings process. Minimum monthly access fees for usage of the DAS networks are non-cancellable and generally escalate on an annual basis. These minimum monthly access fees are recognized ratably over the term of the wholesale partner arrangement which generally ranges from five to ten years. Revenue from network access fees in excess of the monthly minimums is recognized when earned.

        In instances where the minimum monthly network access fees escalate over the term of the wholesale service arrangement, an unbilled receivable is recognized when performance is within our control and when we have reasonable assurance that the unbilled receivable balance will be collected.

        We may provide professional services for initial implementation service before the commencement of earnings for platform service or DAS arrangements. We defer recognition of any non-refundable upfront fees collected in association with the initial implementation activities as they are not separate units of accounting and recognize them ratably over the remaining term of the wholesale service arrangement once the earnings process commences. We expense the costs associated with initial implementation activities as incurred.

        Advertising and Other Revenue.     Advertising and other revenue is recognized as the services are performed.

Accounts Receivable and Related Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        For our DAS build-out projects, we invoice our telecom operator partners in advance of when the service is provided. We invoice our wholesale partners for monthly minimum payments and usage-based fees after month-end. Our accounts receivable also includes approximately two days of charge card float in-transit from our retail customers. We present accounts receivable net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our partners to make required payments. In doing so, we consider the current financial condition of the customer, the specific details of the customer account, the age of the outstanding balance and the current economic environment. Any change in the assumptions used in analyzing a specific account receivable might result in an increase or decrease in the allowance for doubtful accounts being recognized in the period in which the change occurs.

Business Combinations

        When we acquire businesses, we allocate the total consideration to the fair value of tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price requires management to make significant estimates in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, especially with respect to intangible assets. These estimates are based on the application of valuation models using historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. These estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, the appropriate weighted average cost of capital and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of these estimates.

Goodwill

        We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis. Additionally, we test goodwill in the interim if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The events and circumstances that we consider include the significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in our overall business and/or product strategies, significant changes in the use of acquired assets, significant decline in our reporting fair market value and significant changes in the

50


Table of Contents


regulatory industry and economic environment. We evaluate impairment of goodwill using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a comparison of the fair value and carrying amount of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the fair value of that goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset. If an event occurs that causes us to revise our estimates and assumptions used in analyzing the value of our goodwill, the revision could result in a non-cash impairment charge that could have a material impact on our financial results. To date, we have not recorded any goodwill impairment charges.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of acquired venue contracts, acquired kiosks, non-competition agreements and trade names. We record intangible assets at fair value and amortize those with finite lives over the shorter of the contractual life or the estimated useful life. We estimate the useful lives of acquired intangible assets based on factors that include the planned use of each acquired intangible asset, the expected pattern of future cash flows to be derived from each acquired intangible asset and contractual periods specified in the related agreements. We include amortization of acquired intangibles in the amortization of intangible assets financial statement line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

        We perform an impairment review of long-lived assets held and used including those with finite lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our overall business and/or product strategies and significant industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of these indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. We would then recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset. To date, we have not recorded any long-lived asset impairment charges.

Stock-based Compensation

        To date, stock-based compensation has consisted of stock options and restricted stock awards granted to employees and non-employees. It is recorded as compensation expense based on the grant date fair value of awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We recognize stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock option and restricted stock grants, which requires us to recognize compensation expense equal to the grant date fair value of awards granted to employees on a straight-line basis, net of forfeitures, over the employee requisite service period.

51


Table of Contents

        The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant date fair value of our employee stock option grants for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are as follows:

 
  2007   2008   2009  

Expected term (years)

    6     6     7  

Expected volatility

    64 %   70 %   73 %

Risk-free interest rate

    4 %   3 %   3 %

Dividend yield

    0 %   0 %   0 %

        The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. In estimating the expected term for options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we applied the simplified method from Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, Topic 14, Share-Based Payment , where options are granted at-the-money. Where options were not granted at-the-money, the expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is calculated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior.

        We determined the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public company's common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options in accordance with SAB Topic 14. We will continue to monitor peer companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

        The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates of United States government securities appropriate for the expected term of the employee stock options.

        The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        The stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, and therefore, has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures were estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations. Changes to the underlying assumptions may have a significant impact on the underlying value of the stock options, which could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

52


Table of Contents

Valuation of Common Stock

        In 2009, and in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we granted options to purchase shares of our common stock as follows:

Grant date
  Number of
Shares
  Exercise
Price and
Estimated
Fair Value of
the Shares
at Date of
Grant
  Retrospective
Fair Value(1)
  Intrinsic
Value(2)
 

April 22, 2009

    1,724,800   $ 0.28   $ 0.28      

June 3, 2009

    127,350     0.28     0.28      

September 23, 2009

    267,750     0.28     0.28      

November 18, 2009

    104,500     0.28     0.28      

December 31, 2009

    3,094,000     0.28     0.57   $ 0.29  

April 22, 2010

    133,300     0.57     0.57      

August 4, 2010

    131,000     0.57     0.57      

(1)
Represents our retrospective fair value assessment of our common stock throughout the year ended December 31, 2009 and nine months ended September 30, 2010.

(2)
Represents the difference between the exercise price and the retrospective fair value assessment of our common stock.

Significant Factors in Determining Fair Value

        Because there is no public market for our common stock, determining the fair value of our common stock requires making complex and subjective judgments and there is inherent uncertainty in our estimate of fair value. For all grant dates in 2009 and 2010, we granted employee options at exercise prices equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant, as determined by us and our board of directors. To determine the fair value of our common stock we considered many factors, including:

    our current and historical financial performance;

    our expected future financial performance;

    our financial condition at the grant date;

    the liquidation rights and other preferences of our preferred stock;

    input from management;

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

    the anticipation or likelihood of a potential liquidity event such as a sale of the business or initial public offering;

    the condition of and outlook for our industry;

    the business risks inherent in our business;

    the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies; and

    the United States and global capital market conditions.

53


Table of Contents

Valuation Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value

        To determine the estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date, we conducted a periodic in depth valuation analysis of our common stock prepared with the assistance of an independent valuation firm and also considered the factors noted above. Our valuation analysis followed the guidance set forth by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Technical Practice Aid, "Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation," referred to herein as the AICPA Practice Aid. Based on the guidance of the AICPA Practice Aid, we utilized a combination of valuation methods including an income approach using an analysis of expected future discounted cash flows and a market approach for similar companies with publicly-traded ownership interests (market comparable method). We then weighted these two valuations to calculate an expected business enterprise value which was applied to our capital structure to determine a value per common share.

        The expected future discounted cash flows analysis identifies a level of annual cash flows for a finite number of years and a residual value at the end of the projection period. A discount rate which reflects estimates of investor- required rates of return for similar investments is used to calculate the present value. The market comparable method uses valuation multiples of comparable companies which are applied to our operating statistics to arrive at a value. These two business enterprise values are then equally weighted to determine the total valuation.

        To estimate the value of common shares, we used a dynamic option model to value the various components of our capital structure. These components included common shares, liquidation rights and preferences of our preferred stock, warrants and options on common shares. The total value of these securities was divided by the number of fully converted shares to provide an estimated value of common shares on a marketable, controlling interest. A discount for lack of control and lack of marketability was then applied to yield the value per common share. During the timeframes noted below, key factors considered in determining the lack of marketability discount applied to our common stock included:

    there was no market for our common stock;

    our preferred stockholders had substantial liquidation preferences that in the event of most liquidity events would result in very little of the proceeds going to the common stockholders; and

    an initial public offering was not contemplated and was not a likely near term exit strategy during this timeframe.

Fair Value of Stock Option Grants in 2009 and 2010

        April 2009 through November 2009.     In connection with our stock option grants made in April 2009 through November 2009, we considered the continued downturn in the United States and global markets and its impact on our projected revenue growth. We also noted that no other factors had significantly changed from the assumptions used in the valuation report dated December 31, 2008 which utilized the valuation methodologies described above and accordingly arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $0.28 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $0.28 per share during this period.

        December 2009.     In connection with our stock option grants on December 31, 2009, we considered the factors and prior year valuation report described above, and any changes in the United States and global markets and their impact on our projected revenue growth since the grants in November 2009. We arrived at an initial fair value of our common stock of $0.28 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $0.28 per share. Upon receiving the January 1, 2010 valuation report in April 2010, which utilized the same methodologies as the December 31, 2008 valuation report but with more recent

54


Table of Contents


company and market data, we calculated a retrospective fair value of $0.57 per share and a corresponding intrinsic value of $0.29 per share, which will be charged to earnings over the respective vesting periods of the underlying stock options.

        April 2010.     In connection with our stock option grants in April 2010, we considered the factors and the valuation report of January 1, 2010 described in our December 2009 option grants above, and any changes in the United States and global markets and their impact on our projected revenue growth since the grants in December 2009. We arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $0.57 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $0.57 per share.

        August 2010.     In connection with our stock option grants in August 2010, we considered the factors and the valuation report described in our April 2010 option grants above, and any changes in the United States and global markets and their impact on our projected revenue growth and any changes in our projected operating results noting no significant changes since the grants in April 2010. We also noted that there were no changes in the key factors noted above related to the marketability discounts used to determine the fair value of our common stock Accordingly, we arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $0.57 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $0.57 per share.

        Given the uncertainty associated with valuing a private company, we believe the valuation analysis and factors considered by us and our board of directors was reasonable and sound in determining the fair value of our common stock through September 30, 2010. We did not begin to prepare for this offering until September 2010 and we did not hold our organization meeting until October 20, 2010. In future periods, we will assess the fair value of our common stock option grants taking into consideration the increased possibility of an initial public offering.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are provided based on the liability method, which results in income tax assets and liabilities arising from temporary differences. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. The liability method requires the effect of tax rate changes on current and accumulated deferred income taxes to be reflected in the period in which the rate change was enacted. The liability method also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance unless it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized.

        We may recognize the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is at least more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authorities. Upon our adoption of the related standard, there was no liability for uncertain tax positions due to the fact that there were no material identified tax benefits that were considered uncertain positions.

        We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We evaluate the need for, and the adequacy of, valuation allowances based on the expected realization of our deferred tax assets. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include historical earnings, our latest forecast of taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.

        Our effective tax rates are primarily affected by the amount of our taxable income or losses in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate, the amount of federal and state net operating losses and tax credits, the extent to which we can utilize these net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits and certain benefits related to stock option activity.

55


Table of Contents

        To date, we have not incurred a regular Federal income tax liability as a result of the carry forward of net operating losses. At December 31, 2009, we had a net operating loss carry forward for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $30 million that will begin to expire in 2021. In addition, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets as we have determined that based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Codification

        As of September 30, 2009, we adopted ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , which establishes the Federal Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, as the single source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities. ASC 105 and the codification are effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the codification will become non-authoritative. The FASB will issue Accounting Standards Updates, which will serve only to update the codification, provide background information about the guidance and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the codification. As the codification does not change GAAP, it does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Disclosures about Credit Risk

        In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . This requires enhanced disclosures on a disaggregated basis about: the nature of the credit risk inherent in the portfolio of financing receivables; how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses; and the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. The disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance on disclosures is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures with regard to financing receivables.

Non-controlling Interest

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 810, Consolidation , a clarification of scope with regard to accounting for non-controlling interest in consolidation. We adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2009 via retrospective application of the presentation and disclosure requirements. As a result of the adoption of this guidance, we reclassified the portion of the non-controlling interest relating to common stock to stockholders' deficit during 2009. The provisions of the standard were applied to all non-controlling interests prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which were applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Fair Value Measurements

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , with amended guidance and issued a clarification with regard to disclosure requirements about fair market value measurement. A reporting entity is required to disclose separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. We adopted this guidance beginning on January 1, 2010. The adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

56


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition for Multiple Element Arrangements

        In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements , which amends and replaces the criteria for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements by establishing a selling price hierarchy. The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value if available, third-party evidence if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor third-party evidence is available. It also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. ASU 2009-13 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2010. We expect to adopt ASU 2009-13 on January 1, 2011 and are in the process of assessing the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent Events

        As of June 30, 2009, the company adopted ASC 855, Subsequent Events , which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Specifically, ASC 855 provides: the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements; the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements; and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. ASC 855 is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and has been applied prospectively.

Business Combinations

        In April 2009 and December 2007, the FASB issued guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations , addressing the recognition and accounting for identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in business combinations. We adopted the business combination provisions in September 2009. Adoption did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

57


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        Boingo makes it simple to connect to the mobile Internet.

        We make it easy, convenient and cost effective for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet through high-speed, high-bandwidth Wi-Fi networks globally. Our solution includes easy-to-use software for Wi-Fi enabled devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers, and our sophisticated back-end system infrastructure that detects and enables one-click access to our extensive global Wi-Fi network. Individuals use our solutions to access what we believe is the world's largest commercial Wi-Fi network, consisting of over 211,000 Wi-Fi locations, or hotspots, in over 100 countries at venues such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants.

        We have direct customer relationships with over 1.3 million users who have purchased our mobile Internet services in the past 12 months. We also provide solutions to our partners, which include telecom operators, cable companies, technology companies, enterprise software and services companies, and communications companies to allow their millions of users to connect to the mobile Internet through hotspots in our network. From 2008 to 2009, we grew our subscriber base from 74,000 to 140,000, a growth rate of 89%. As of December 31 2010, we have grown our subscriber base to over 200,000, an increase of 43% over the prior year.

        Individuals who are accustomed to the benefits of broadband performance at home and work are seeking the same applications, performance and availability on-the-go, through smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other devices. We believe that this consumer demand has created a significant market opportunity that we are uniquely positioned to capture.

        We generate revenue from individual users, partners and advertisers. Individual users provide our primary source of revenue, by purchasing month-to-month subscription plans, that automatically renew, or hotspot specific, single-use access to our network. Our partners pay us usage-based network access and software licensing fees to allow their customers access to our network. We also generate revenue from telecom operators that pay us build-out fees and access fees so that their cellular customers may use our distributed antenna system, or DAS, at locations where we manage and operate the Wi-Fi network. We generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach our users with display advertising, sponsored access and other promotional programs. In 2009, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue.

        We install, manage and operate wireless network infrastructure to provide Wi-Fi services at Boingo managed and operated hotspots that had more than 800 million visitors in 2009. We extend our network footprint through partnerships with over 125 network operators, such as British Telecommunications, China Telecom, KT Corp. (formerly Korea Telecom Corp.), France Telecom SA and T-Mobile USA Inc. The breadth of our network and functionality of our software provide individuals with a seamless user experience whether they access the mobile Internet through hotspots managed and operated by us or by our global partners. This also attracts leading communication and technology companies, such as Verizon and Skype, that do not operate Wi-Fi networks but want to leverage our capabilities to provide our mobile Internet services for their customers.

        We grew revenue from $56.7 million in 2008 to $65.7 million in 2009, an increase of 16%, we grew the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA from $6.9 million to $13.5 million, an increase of 95%, and we reduced the corresponding net loss attributable to common stockholders from $11.2 million to $4.2 million. We grew revenue from $45.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to $59.0 million for the same period in 2010, an increase of 29%, we grew the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA from $8.1 million to $14.5 million, an increase of 78%, and we improved the corresponding net loss attributable to common stockholders from $4.4 million to net income of $1.5 million. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

58


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

        Popular business and consumer applications such as streaming media, online games, social networking, cloud storage, software-as-a-service and video calling require high-speed, high-bandwidth Internet access. These data-intensive applications are driving an escalation in Internet data traffic. With the proliferation of smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other Wi-Fi enabled devices, users expect to be able to access the same content and information while on-the-go. Global Internet data traffic on mobile Internet enabled devices is expected to grow to 3.5 exabytes per month by 2014, a 39 times increase compared to 2009, according to Cisco's Visual Networking Index.

        The adoption, growth and advancement of smartphones are key catalysts for the acceleration of high-speed, high-bandwidth, mobile Internet usage. The improved computing power, rich graphical user interfaces and Internet capabilities of these devices enable mobile users to make video calls or stream full-length movies, contributing to the vast expansion of the wireless consumption of data. For example, the average smartphone user generates ten times the amount of data traffic generated by the average non-smartphone user, according to Cisco's Visual Networking Index. In addition, the average iPhone user utilizes five to ten times more data per month than the average smartphone user—roughly 400 megabytes versus the typical 40-80 megabytes, according to Nielsen. Widely-used mobile applications allow individuals to access the same content and services on their smartphones and other mobile devices that they use at their homes or offices. According to Infonetics, the number of phone-based mobile broadband subscribers was 190 million in 2008 and is expected to reach 1.1 billion in 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 35%.

        To cope with the significant increase in expected global mobile Internet data traffic, network operators are rapidly expanding their capacity and investing in technologies such as 3G and 4G cellular networks. IDC estimated that network operators were expected to spend $48.5 billion on capital expenditures in 2010 for their 2G and 3G cellular infrastructures. According to IDC, nearly 300 of these operators have deployed 3G and 4G networks in more than 120 countries. These investments, while necessary, are only a short-term solution not capable of meeting the long-term demand for data usage. To ease the strain of cellular networks by off-loading data, network operators have also been investing in Wi-Fi and emerging technologies such as Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, or WiMAX and Super Wi-Fi, a new technology that has not yet been implemented.

        Wi-Fi provides higher speed and higher bandwidth per user in high density locations, and is simpler and less expensive to deploy than additional cellular network capacity. The benefits of, and consumer demand for, Wi-Fi have led hardware manufacturers to include Wi-Fi as a standard feature on laptops and tablet computers, and increasingly, smartphones, digital cameras and handheld media devices. Shipments of semiconductor chips that enable Wi-Fi connectivity are expected to grow from 454 million in 2009 to 929 million in 2013, according to IDC. Wi-Fi has become the standard protocol for residential and office wireless networks and is increasingly prevalent in public venues, such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants.

Challenges Facing Our Industry

        The mobile Internet is a complex and constantly evolving ecosystem, comprised of over a billion mobile Internet-enabled devices from dozens of manufacturers, which are powered by many different operating systems. Devices use different network technologies and must be configured with the appropriate software to detect and optimize a connection to the mobile Internet. This complexity is amplified as new device models and operating systems are released, new categories of devices become Internet-enabled, and new network technologies emerge.

        The increasing number of mobile Internet-enabled devices in this ecosystem is causing an even more rapid increase in data consumption. Despite spending billions of dollars every year to expand their networks, network and telecom operators still face capacity-strained networks. Innovations in broadband technologies such as 3G and 4G will not be sufficient to relieve the strain on networks.

59


Table of Contents


Verizon has reported that its LTE upgrade will increase capacity four times; however, mobile data consumption is expected to increase by 39 times, as projected by Cisco's Visual Networking Index.

    Challenges facing individuals.

    Poor quality of service for bandwidth intensive mobile applications.   Increasing data traffic is straining existing cellular networks, resulting in service quality issues and increasing user frustration. Inconsistent cellular coverage areas, weak signal strength and network congestion lead to reduced speed and connection reliability of cellular mobile data services. As a result, users experience slower download speeds and dropped data and voice connections.

    Cost of mobile data services.   To access the mobile Internet, cellular service providers require their customers to pay for data plans. In anticipation of continuing dramatic increases in data usage, some cellular service providers are no longer offering unlimited data plans, replacing them with tiered, usage-based pricing data plans. Individuals, therefore, are increasingly seeking more cost effective alternatives for high-bandwidth connectivity.

    Connectivity complexity.   Determining how to connect to the mobile Internet can be difficult. Available mobile Internet connectivity options vary widely based on device capabilities, data plans and network availability. For example, laptops may need special hardware and separate data plans to connect to cellular networks. Although Wi-Fi networks are commonly available, many users find the process of choosing a network, registering and signing on to be frustrating, time-consuming and confusing.

    Challenges facing network operators, telecom operators, technology companies and enterprise software and services companies.

    Service differentiation.   Network operators, telecom operators, technology companies and enterprise software and services companies are under pressure to increase revenue and enhance customer loyalty. As a result, they are searching for new ways to attract new customers, retain existing customers and differentiate themselves by delivering a broader range of value added services. For example, telecom operators and technology companies wishing to provide wireless video or Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, services often require the high-speed, high-bandwidth and reliable mobile Internet connectivity provided by Wi-Fi networks.

    Geographic coverage.   Consumers demand wireless connectivity as they travel to areas outside their local service area. Financial, regulatory and geographic factors may prevent network operators and telecom operators from expanding their coverage areas to provide consistent wide-ranging access. As a result, network operators and telecom operators, wishing to provide seamless wireless connectivity to their customers as they travel outside their local service area, must establish roaming agreements with partners, which can be costly or difficult to achieve on favorable terms.

    Capital intensive infrastructure.   In response to growing demand for mobile Internet access, telecom operators are under increasing pressure to invest in infrastructure. In the United States alone, AT&T and Verizon spent over $12.8 billion on capital expenditures in 2009 to increase their network capacity; however, with mobile data traffic growing exponentially, these improvements may not be sufficient to keep up with demand or offer adequate returns on investment. Additionally, because licensed wireless spectrum is a finite resource in many countries, adding capacity can be prohibitively expensive.

    Challenges facing venue operators.

    Need to offer differentiated services.   Venue operators such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants seek to enhance the customer experience and attract new customers. As a result, venues increasingly offer Wi-Fi to attract

60


Table of Contents

      individuals who seek to access the mobile Internet through smartphones, laptops, tablet computers or other mobile Internet-enabled devices.

    Complexity and cost of providing Wi-Fi services.   Venue operators are often challenged by the complexity of deploying and managing a cost effective Wi-Fi solution. Many venue operators may not have the expertise or experience to provide a consistently high quality of service. Implementation and management of Wi-Fi infrastructure in large, densely populated locations such as airports, arenas, shopping malls, hotels and stadiums pose additional technical and customer care challenges.

The Boingo Solution

        We make it simple to connect to the mobile Internet. Our proprietary software, wholesale and retail billing system, extensive network and customer support services provide an easy, convenient and cost effective way for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet. We are able to deliver highly reliable, high-speed mobile Internet connectivity with minimal capital investment.

        The following summarizes the key benefits of our solution to our constituents:

Constituents   Key Benefits
Individuals  

•        Connect to the mobile Internet with simple one-click access

   

•        Gain access to a global network of over 211,000 hotspots

   

•        Connect at speeds superior to 3G and 4G networks in high density locations

   

•        Avoid high data use charges

   

•        Choose from a variety of access plans



 

 


 
Telecom operators
(for example, Verizon)
 

•        Relieve capacity constraints on cellular networks by offloading traffic to Wi-Fi networks

   

•        Enable bandwidth intensive applications such as video calling

   

•        Improve quality of service for customers

   

•        Reduce the need for capital intensive infrastructure investments

   

•        Improve cellular coverage within buildings and other locations



 

 


 
Network operators
(for example, British Telecommunications)
 

•        Offer their customers access to reliable, high-speed, high-bandwidth mobile Internet



 

 


 
Technology companies and enterprise software and services companies
(for example, Skype and Fiberlink)
 

•        Offer their customers access to reliable, high-speed, high-bandwidth mobile Internet

•        Utilize mobile Internet infrastructure required for service delivery



 

 


 
Venue operators
(for example, Chicago O'Hare International Airport)
 

•        Enhance customer experience

•        Differentiate service offering

•        Add an incremental revenue stream



 

 


 
Advertisers
(for example, Google and American Express)
 

•        Provide additional marketing channel to reach consumers

•        Enable the use of location-based advertising and other mobile marketing initiatives which require individuals to be connected to the mobile Internet

61


Table of Contents

        Key elements of our solution include:

        Simple connectivity.     We have developed a robust software client with an easy-to-use, intuitive interface that allows individuals to connect to any of our over 211,000 hotspots using Wi-Fi enabled devices. Our software client continuously monitors Wi-Fi network availability and notifies users on-screen when a Boingo hotspot is within range. Users can connect to the mobile Internet with a one-click confirmation and access our services within seconds of sign-up.

        Global reach.     We provide our users and partners with access to what we believe is the largest commercial Wi-Fi network in the world. Through Boingo managed and operated hotspots and our strategic partnerships, users have access to over 211,000 hotspots worldwide in venues such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants. We have exclusive agreements to manage and operate Wi-Fi services at airports representing 42% of passenger traffic in North America and 64% of passenger traffic in the United Kingdom, based on the most currently available data.

        Fast and reliable services.     We provide individuals with reliable, high-speed and high-bandwidth mobile Internet services. This enables users to access streaming media, play online games, use social networking applications, send and receive large email attachments, use cloud storage, use software-as-a-service, make video calls and use other data-intensive applications while on-the-go. Wi-Fi is a faster and less expensive mobile Internet connectivity solution than 4G in locations where there are many simultaneous users running high-bandwidth applications. For example, in Chicago O'Hare International Airport, the Boingo Wi-Fi solution provides 100 megabits per second of available throughput, or 640 kilobits per second for each simultaneous user. In comparison, LTE provides 17 megabits per second of available throughput, or 110 kilobits per second for each simultaneous user. A Boingo user at O'Hare would realize speeds that are almost six times faster than LTE. As a result, a Boingo user at O'Hare can stream high definition video, whereas on LTE streaming even standard definition video would be problematic.

        Scalable and adaptable.     We have designed our mobile Internet platform to enable flexible and rapid expansion of our network infrastructure and real-time configuration updates. This allows our wholesale partners to easily deploy Wi-Fi enabled devices and offer services such as streaming video and VoIP on our network, and allows their users to access new hotspots as soon as they are deployed.

        Turn-key solution.     We install, manage and operate the wireless network infrastructure to provide Wi-Fi services at Boingo managed and operated hotspots. As a result, venue operators can easily implement a turn-key Wi-Fi solution with no initial investment or ongoing costs.

        Online marketing platform.     We provide an online marketing platform to our partners. Individuals who visit our landing page at Boingo managed and operated hotspots receive promotions from our partners or advertisers.

        Flexible and affordable payment options.     We offer individuals the ability to purchase access to any of our over 211,000 hotspots under a number of month-to-month plans tailored to fit their needs. Individuals are also able to purchase a variety of hotspot-specific single-use mobile Internet services through web-based sign up. On Apple iOS devices, individuals can purchase Boingo credits in the iTunes store.

Our Strategy

        We believe we are the leading global provider of commercial mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Key elements of our strategy to extend that lead are to:

        Grow the installed base of our software.     Our goal is to have our software installed on as many Wi-Fi enabled devices as possible. We intend to achieve this by acquiring customers through our

62


Table of Contents


managed and operated hotspots, increasing the number of Boingo managed and operated hotspots worldwide and partnering with leading manufacturers of laptops, tablet computers, smartphones and eReaders to make our software available in their online application marketplaces, or their app stores, or to preload it on their devices. We will continue to focus on growing our managed and operated network and pursuing partnerships with technology and communication companies to increase the presence of our software.

        Leverage our neutral-host business model.     We will continue to leverage our position as a neutral-host mobile Internet services provider to venues, network operators, telecom operators and technology and enterprise software and services companies around the world. Venue operators value our neutral-host model because we allow their customers to access the venue's network, unlike our telecom operator competitors that traditionally advantage their own customers. This puts Boingo and venue operators in alignment from both an economic and a customer experience perspective. Our neutral-host model has allowed us to partner with telecom operators that often compete with one another. These telecom operators prefer to partner with Boingo as we do not compete for cellular subscribers.

        Invest in our software to enhance the customer experience.     We will continue to invest in our software to enhance our customer experience and maintain our competitive position as a technology leader. For example, we will focus on allowing our users to connect to free and open networks, integrating our software with leading social networking sites and extending our software further to support foreign languages. We are also focused on monetizing the capabilities of our software platform through location-based services, in-client advertising and e-commerce commissions.

        Expand our network.     We believe that we have the largest commercial Wi-Fi network in the world, and we intend to leverage this strategic advantage. In addition to expanding our managed and operated presence at airports, we are focused on increasing our presence at venues such as shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants to address increasing customers' desire to access the mobile Internet through their smartphones, tablet computers and other mobile devices. For example, in 2010 we launched or signed agreements to launch our Wi-Fi services with three stadiums, one quick service restaurant franchise, four shopping malls and one convention center. We are actively pursuing similar opportunities. We also plan to increase the size of our network through new roaming agreements with other network and hotspot operators globally.

        Grow our business internationally.     We believe that the market for Wi-Fi mobile Internet services will grow rapidly in Europe and Asia as the penetration of smartphones and other Wi-Fi enabled devices increases. In 2010, we signed agreements with the British Airports Authority and Gatwick Airport Limited to exclusively manage and operate Wi-Fi services at seven major airports in the United Kingdom. We launched a Boingo unlimited Wi-Fi plan for the United Kingdom and Ireland in April 2010, and we plan to launch similar flexible, convenient and affordable plans as we expand our managed and operated locations internationally. With the addition of China Telecom and KT Corp. in 2010, we extended our footprint by approximately 80,000 locations. We plan to leverage this momentum to continue to increase our presence throughout Europe and Asia.

        Increase our brand awareness.     We continue to focus on ways to cost effectively increase exposure of the Boingo brand. We view Boingo managed and operated hotspots, where we control the user experience, as critical to building our brand and increasing usage of our solution. We also promote our brand through co-marketing arrangements with our partners and through periodic promotional and sponsorship activities. In addition, we are leveraging the reach of social media to promote our brand and interact with our customers.

63


Table of Contents

Services

        Our solution makes it easy, convenient and cost effective for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet through high-speed, high-bandwidth Wi-Fi networks globally.

        Retail.     We enable individuals to purchase mobile Internet access at Boingo managed and operated hotspots and select partner locations around the world. We offer a selection of month-to-month subscription and single-use access plans. Our most common plans are the $9.95 month-to-month laptop subscription, the $7.95 month-to-month mobile smartphone subscription and the single-use Boingo AsYouGo for laptops at $7.95 per day. Our single-use access plans provide unlimited access to a specific hotspot for a defined period of time, tolled from the time the user first logs on to the network. We intend to launch other flexible plans to meet the evolving needs of our customers.

Retail Plan
  Device   Purchase Method
Subscription:        
  Boingo Unlimited   Laptop   Charge Card
  Boingo Mobile   Smartphone(1)   Charge Card
  Boingo Global   Laptop or Smartphone(1)   Charge Card
  Boingo Wi-Fi Combo   Laptop and Smartphone(1)   Charge Card
  Boingo UK   Laptop   Charge Card

Single-use:

 

 

 

 
  Boingo AsYouGo   Laptop or Smartphone(1)   Charge Card
  Boingo Wi-Fi Credits   Apple iOS devices   Apple iTunes
  Boingo Exhibitor   Laptop or Smartphone(1)   Charge Card

(1)
Includes tablet computers.

        Wholesale.     Our integrated hardware and software platform allows us to provide a range of value-added services to network operators, technology companies, enterprise software and services companies, telecom operators and venue operators.

    Roaming services.   We offer roaming services across our entire network of over 211,000 hotspot locations to our partners who can then provide mobile Internet services to their customers at these locations.

    Platform services.   We license our proprietary software and provide software integration and development services to our platform services partners. This enables them to integrate our mobile Internet solution with their product and service offerings. Our solution includes our proprietary, patented techniques for wireless signal detection, presentation and network aggregation.

    DAS infrastructure.   We offer our telecom operator partners access to our DAS infrastructure at certain Boingo managed and operated hotspot locations. We deploy our DAS infrastructure within airports and other locations that require additional signal strength to improve the quality of cellular services.

    Turn-key solutions.   We offer our venue partners the ability to implement a turn-key Wi-Fi solution, with no initial investment, through a Wi-Fi network infrastructure that we install, manage and operate.

64


Table of Contents

        Advertising.     Our platform provides a valuable opportunity for advertisers to reach a targeted base of visitors to our landing pages with display advertising, sponsored access and other promotional programs. We offer display advertising based on impressions delivered by our platform. We also offer advertisers the opportunity to sponsor free wireless Internet access to individuals.

        In 2009, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue.

Our Network

        In 2006, we acquired Concourse Communications and its network of 12 managed and operated airports, which became the first Boingo managed and operated hotspots. In 2007, we acquired Sprint Spectrum's network of seven managed and operated airports and in 2008 we acquired Opti-Fi Networks and its Wi-Fi hotspots, which included 25 airports and the Washington State Ferries.

        Through Boingo managed and operated hotspots and our strategic partnership arrangements, users have access to over 211,000 hotspots worldwide in venues such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants. We design, build, monitor and maintain the Wi-Fi network at Boingo managed and operated hotspot locations primarily located in the United States and Europe. Our strategic partnership arrangements with over 125 network operators allow us to extend our global network to over 100 countries worldwide.

Boingo hotspot locations by region as of December 31, 2010:

Region
  Airport   Café /
Retail
  Convention
Center
  Hotel   Other(1)   Total  

North America

    282     23,345     49     4,057     2,831     30,564  

South America

    82     1,451     6     151     227     1,917  

EMEA

    215     15,610     326     13,075     32,348     61,574  

Asia

    140     21,304     261     15,536     80,076     117,317  
                           

Total

    719     61,710     642     32,819     115,482     211,372  
                           

(1)
Includes schools and universities, offices, hospitals and public spaces.

Marketing and Business Development

        Our marketing and business development efforts are designed to cost effectively attract and retain new customers, expand our footprint of Wi-Fi hotspot locations and identify business partners that could leverage our network to provide mobile Internet services to their customers. We focus on efficient customer acquisition and brand building through our on-line presence, airport signage, public relations, market research and other promotional activities.

        We seek to maximize customer lifetime value by managing subscriber acquisition cost, extending customer life and determining appropriate pricing. We use information about subscriber behavior to help us retain customers and determine premium offerings. Our segmentation is focused at the product level, so that we provide the right product, plan and price for each customer in each region of the world where we operate. Our plans are available for essentially all Wi-Fi enabled devices and are priced on a month-to-month or per-use basis.

        We issue regular press releases announcing important partnerships and product developments and continually update our website with information about our network and services.

Development

        Our development efforts are focused primarily on increasing the ease of use and functionality of our software client, integrating our software client with our wholesale partners and continuing to adapt

65


Table of Contents


our technology to new operating systems and platforms. Our development model is based on a structured development process that incorporates Agile development practices so any deviations can be promptly corrected to improve reliability in our network and enhance customer satisfaction. We typically deliver product releases and feature enhancement on a semi-annual basis.

Technology

        Over the past 10 years, we have developed proprietary systems that include the Boingo software client; authentication, authorization and tracking systems; mediation and billing systems; and a real-time operational support and software configuration and messaging infrastructure.

    Boingo Software Client

        The Boingo software client is installed on Wi-Fi enabled devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers. The key features of the Boingo software client include:

    Simple user interface.   The Boingo software client provides individuals with an uncomplicated, user-friendly interface designed to streamline the Wi-Fi network connection process. The software monitors the availability of Wi-Fi hotspots in the Boingo network, presents a notification message of the hotspot identified and allows one-click user connections. In some devices, connection to a Boingo Wi-Fi hotspot occurs in the background, providing the user with a notification-free connectivity experience.

    Support for all major operating system platforms.   The Boingo software client supports a wide range of laptop and mobile device operating systems, including Android, BlackBerry OS, iOS, Linux, Mac OS, Symbian, Unix and Windows.

    Automatic updates.   The Boingo software client automatically receives identification information for new hotspot locations as they are added to the Boingo network, including any information needed to automatically identify and login to the network. Location information, allowing a user to find Boingo hotspots from the client, is also automatically updated. On all but embedded platforms, software updates are also automatically offered to a user when available.

    Custom branding and flexible integration alternatives.   We offer wholesale customers the ability to integrate the Boingo software client into their products and services. Additionally, we offer wholesale customers the option to utilize a custom, rebranded reference design of the software client used in our retail customer offering.

    Authentication, Authorization and Tracking System

        Our proprietary authentication, authorization and tracking system enables the reliable, scalable and secure initiation and termination of user Wi-Fi sessions on the Boingo network. This system authenticates our network users across a wide variety of hotspots and network operators, through a normalized authentication protocol. Through the authorization process, custom business rules ensure user access based on specific service parameters such as location, type of device, service plan and account information. Our system also captures duration, data traffic, location, and type of device. We normalize and process this data from disparate providers for our use and for our wholesale partners.

    Mediation and Billing System

        Our mediation and billing system records and analyzes individual usage sessions required to bill for Wi-Fi usage. Users are charged based on variables such as pricing plan, device type, location and time of use. Our system consolidates usage session information, determines the user identity and applies the appropriate aggregation and flagging to ensure proper usage processing. Our system handles exceptions automatically. Exceptions that cannot be solved automatically are brought to the attention of the

66


Table of Contents

operations staff, who rectify any discrepancies. The billing system provides billing based on roaming relationship, user type, device type and account type. Boingo's retail customer mediation and billing is handled by the same infrastructure used for wholesale customer and billing, resulting in efficiencies of scale and operation.

    Software Configuration and Messaging System

        Our software configuration system provides real-time network configuration updates for over 682 networks and 115 detection and login methodologies used by the Boingo software client to access our network. Our software configuration system automatically registers new network definitions and login methodologies to allow individuals to connect to our hotspot locations. All supported platforms use a single configuration, providing a high level of operational and test efficiency. Our messaging system enables real-time customer notification and system interaction at login, based on location, network, user, account type, device and usage. This approach enables Boingo and our partners to deliver custom marketing or service messages.

Operations

        We provide significant operational support for Boingo managed and operated Wi-Fi hotspots and other hotspots in the Boingo network. For Boingo managed and operated Wi-Fi hotspots, we design, build, monitor and maintain the network. For roaming partners, we monitor hotspot uptime and report outages so that they can be quickly remedied. We have service level agreements with our roaming partners specifying minimum network uptime requirements.

        Our Wi-Fi deployments are based on the IEEE 802.11a, b, g and n standards and operate in the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz unlicensed spectrum bands. Our deployments may also include DAS within venues requiring enhanced cellular coverage.

Retail Customer Support Services

        We provide support services to our retail customers 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year, by phone or email. Our website also contains a comprehensive list of responses to frequently asked questions, and we monitor and respond to social media communications regarding our services. We provide support services through our internal customer care department and we rely on a third-party provider for most of our standard customer support.

Competition

        The market for mobile Internet services and solutions is fragmented and competitive. We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the following:

    price;

    ease of access and use;

    quality of service;

    geographic reach;

    bundled service offerings;

    brand name recognition; and

    flexible pricing plans.

        We believe we face no material direct competitors to our service offerings. Indirect competitors include telecom operators, WiMAX operators, cable companies, self-managed venue networks and

67


Table of Contents


smaller wireless Internet service providers. Some of these competitors have substantially greater resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we have. Others offer bundled data services with primary service offerings that we do not offer such as landline and cellular telephone service, cable or satellite television, media and fixed-line Internet. Many of our indirect competitors are also partners from whom we receive revenue when their customers access our network. We believe that we compete favorably based on geographic coverage, network reliability, quality of service, ease of use and cost.

Intellectual Property

        Our ongoing success will depend in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual restrictions.

        We have one issued patent which expires in 2022 and four patent applications pending in the United States, two of which are also pending in the European Patent Office, Canada, Japan, and South Korea. We intend to pursue corresponding patent coverage in additional countries to the extent we believe such coverage is appropriate and cost effective.

        Our registered trademarks in the United States and the European Union include "Boingo Wireless", "Boingo", and "Don't just go. Boingo." We have filed other trademark applications in the United States and other countries.

        In addition to the foregoing protections, we control access to, and use of, our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. Our software is protected by United States and international copyright laws.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2010, we had 135 employees, including 47 in development and technology, 49 in operations, 25 in business development and marketing and 14 in general and administrative. All of our employees are full-time employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and consider relations with our employees to be good. As of December 31, 2010, we also had arrangements with a third-party call center provider in New York that provided us with approximately 44 contractors for retail customer support service and similar functions.

Facilities

        We currently lease approximately 25,100 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Los Angeles, California under a lease agreement that expires in November 2012. We have offices in Chicago, Illinois; Lake Success, New York; McKinney, Texas; Detroit, Michigan; and London, United Kingdom. We believe our current office facilities will be adequate for the foreseeable future.

Legal

        We are not presently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business.

68


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        Our executive officers and directors, and their ages and positions as of December 31, 2010, are set forth below:

Name
  Age   Position
David Hagan     50   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Edward Zinser

 

 

53

 

Chief Financial Officer

Niels Jonker

 

 

38

 

Chief Technology Officer

Colby Goff

 

 

36

 

Senior Vice President of Network Strategy and Business Development

Peter Hovenier

 

 

43

 

Senior Vice President of Finance

Sky Dayton(2)(3)

 

 

39

 

Chairman of the Board

Marc Geller(1)

 

 

65

 

Director

Paul Hsiao(2)(3)

 

 

38

 

Director

Shigeyuki Toya(1)

 

 

42

 

Director

(1)
Member of Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of Compensation Committee.

(3)
Anticipated Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

         David Hagan has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since November 2004. He has also served as our President since 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hagan served as Chief Executive Officer of FirstSource Corp., an e-commerce solutions provider, and as President and Chief Operating Officer of Ticketmaster Online CitySearch, an online ticket retailer and city website manager. Mr. Hagan has over 20 years experience in senior management roles in the telecommunications industry with Sprint in the United States and Canada. Mr. Hagan is Chairman of the Wireless Division of Consumer Electronics Association and a member of the CEA Board of Industry Leaders. He received a B.S. from the University of Kansas and an M.B.A. from Baker University. The board of directors determined that Mr. Hagan should serve as a director based on his position as our Chief Executive Officer and his understanding of the wireless industry.

         Edward Zinser has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Zinser was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of THQ Inc., a developer and publisher of video games, from April 2004 to November 2007. He has also served in senior financial positions with Vivendi Universal, an international media conglomerate; IAC/InterActiveCorp, a media and entertainment conglomerate; and The Walt Disney Company, a media and entertainment conglomerate. He is a member of the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee of Universal Electronics Inc. Mr. Zinser received a B.S. in Management from Fairfield University and an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

         Niels Jonker has served as our Chief Technology Officer since February 2002. He served as our Vice President Engineering from June 2001 to February 2002. Prior to joining us, Mr. Jonker was the chief network architect at EarthLink, an Internet service provider. Before that, he was the director of systems and services at OneMain, an Internet service provider. Prior to OneMain, Mr. Jonker founded and built US Internet, an Internet service provider servicing the southeastern United States. He is the

69


Table of Contents


co-author of A Guide to Operating Systems . Mr. Jonker studied Computer Science at VU University in Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

         Colby Goff has served as our Senior Vice President of Network Strategy and Business Development since June 2005. He served as our Director Business Development from August 2001 to April 2003 and as our Vice President Network Strategy from April 2003 to June 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Goff was a member of the business development team for eCompanies, a start-up incubator. Mr. Goff received a B.A. in economics from Stanford University.

         Peter Hovenier has served as our Senior Vice President Finance since June 2007. He served as our Vice President Finance and Administration from June 2002 to June 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hovenier was Vice President Finance and Administration of Frontera Corporation, an application service provider. Prior to Frontera, he held financial management positions with GeoCities, a web-hosting service; MGM Studios, a media company; and Wyndham Hotels Corporation, a hospitality company. In 1995, Mr. Hovenier became a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Washington. Mr. Hovenier received a B.A. in accounting from Western Washington University.

         Sky Dayton founded Boingo in 2001. He has served as chairman of our board of directors since our inception and as Chief Executive Officer from our inception until 2004. Prior to founding Boingo, Mr. Dayton founded EarthLink, an Internet service provider. He co-founded eCompanies, a start-up incubator; Business.com, a business-focused search engine; JAMDAT Mobile, a mobile games company; and Helio, a wireless carrier. Mr. Dayton also helped finance and build LowerMyBills, a consumer finance lead generation company; and Neopets, an online games company. Mr. Dayton is a member of the Warren Bennis Leadership Circle of the Center for Public Leadership at the Kennedy School at Harvard University. The board of directors determined that Mr. Dayton should serve as a director based on his long history with the company and experience with other growth companies.

         Marc Geller has served as a member of our board of directors since 2003. Mr. Geller is Managing Director of Sternhill Partners, and he serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies. Prior to co-founding Sternhill Partners, he was a general partner with GC Technology Fund, L.P. He began his career at Coopers & Lybrand, before starting his own consulting practice that focused on investment and tax planning. He has been managing venture capital funds since 1995. He holds a B.A. from American University, J.D. from Suffolk University Law School and Master of Law degree from Boston University Law School. The board of directors determined that Mr. Geller should serve as a director based on his extensive experience in venture capital as well as his relationship with Sternhill Partners, one of our largest stockholders.

         Paul Hsiao has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Hsiao joined New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, in 2003 and is a partner in NEA's Menlo Park office. As a partner with NEA, Mr. Hsiao serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies. Prior to joining NEA, Mr. Hsiao co-founded Mazu Networks, a provider of network optimization solutions, which was acquired by Riverbed Technology. He began his career at Medtronic, Inc., a medical technology company, and McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm. He received a B.S. in engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. The board of directors determined that Mr. Hsiao should serve as a director based on his extensive experience in venture capital as well as his relationship with NEA, one of our largest stockholders.

         Shigeyuki Toya has served as a member of our board of directors since 2009. Mr. Toya has been a general manager of the private equity department of Mitsui USA since 2009. He has over 15 years experience in financial business with Mitsui & Co., which has involved global asset and liability financial risk management, as well as experience with turnaround projects for companies affiliated with Mitsui. Currently, Mr. Toya focuses on buyout and growth capital investments. He is a graduate of the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The board of directors

70


Table of Contents


determined that Mr. Toya should serve as a director based on his extensive experience in finance as well as his relationship with Mitsui, one of our largest stockholders.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors currently consists of five members. However, we anticipate that Shigeyuki Toya will resign from the board of directors prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and that the number of our directors will be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Seven directors are currently authorized.

Independent Directors

        In January 2011, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Dayton, Geller, Hsiao and Toya, representing four of our five directors, are "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, and constitute a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Selection Arrangements

        Our current directors were elected pursuant to a voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common and preferred stock. This agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Board Leadership

        Our board of directors is led by our chairman. The chairman of the board chairs all meetings of our board of directors, including executive sessions. The chairman of the board also acts as liaison between the independent directors and management. We believe that having different people serving in the roles of chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer is an appropriate and effective organizational structure for our company at this time. Separating these positions allows our chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management, while enabling our Chief Executive Officer to focus his time on our day-to-day business. The board of directors further recognizes the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors' oversight responsibilities continue to grow, as well as the time, effort and energy that our Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position. However, we also recognize that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times, and that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as having one person serving as both the chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer, might become appropriate. Accordingly, the board of directors anticipates periodically reviewing its leadership structure.

Compensation Risk Assessment

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we anticipate reviewing our compensation policies and practices for all employees, including our named executive officers, and determining whether they are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

71


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and, prior to the completion of this offering, will have a nominating and governance committee, each of which has or will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

    selecting and hiring our independent auditors;

    approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

    evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results;

    preparing the audit committee report and in our annual proxy statement;

    reviewing and monitoring actual and potential conflicts of interest of members of our board of directors and officers; and

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.

        Our audit committee is currently composed of Messrs. Geller and Toya. Mr. Geller has been appointed the chairman of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We anticipate that Shigeyuki Toya will resign from our audit committee prior to this offering and two new directors will be appointed to the audit committee, one of whom it is anticipated will be the chairman of our audit committee and one of whom it is anticipated will be an audit committee financial expert.

        Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter. We believe that the composition of our audit committee prior to the offering, and our audit committee's charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.boingo.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attn: Investor Relations.

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

    reviewing and approving the following for our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers: annual base salaries, annual incentive bonuses, including the specific goals and amounts,

72


Table of Contents

      equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control arrangements and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

    reviewing the succession planning for our executive officers;

    reviewing and recommending compensation goals and bonus and stock compensation criteria for our employees;

    reviewing and recommending compensation programs for directors;

    preparing the compensation discussion and analysis and compensation committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

    administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans; and

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.

        Our compensation committee is currently composed of Messrs. Dayton and Hsiao, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Hsiao has been appointed to serve as the chairman of our compensation committee. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect that our compensation committee will be composed of Messrs. Geller and Hsiao. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Geller and Hsiao is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations, is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee, and our compensation committee's charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our compensation committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.boingo.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attn: Investor Relations.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Our nominating and governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

    assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management;

    recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors;

    reviewing and monitoring our code of business conduct and ethics; and

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.

        Our nominating and governance committee will be composed of Messrs. Dayton and Hsiao. Mr. Dayton has been appointed the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our board

73


Table of Contents

of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and governance committee is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

        Prior to the offering, our board of directors will adopt a nominating and governance committee charter. We believe that the composition of our nominating and governance committee, and our nominating and governance committee's charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our nominating and governance committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.boingo.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attn: Investor Relations.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

        Prior to the offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of ethics and business conduct that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The code of ethics and business conduct will apply to all of our employees, officers, and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of ethics and business conduct will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.boingo.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attn: Investor Relations. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our codes of ethics and business conduct, or waivers of such provisions, at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation

        Our directors do not currently receive any cash compensation for their services as members of our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors, however we have a policy of reimbursing directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board or committee meetings. We have not yet determined the director compensation for 2011.

74


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        This compensation discussion and analysis reviews and discusses our compensation programs and policies for the executive officers named in our Summary Compensation Table. This compensation discussion and analysis, which should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures included below, contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding our compensation decisions and programs.

        The executive officers named in our Summary Compensation Table, referred to as our named executive officers, are: David Hagan, Chief Executive Officer; Edward Zinser, Chief Financial Officer; Niels Jonker, Chief Technology Officer; Colby Goff, Senior Vice President, Network Strategy & Business Development; and Peter Hovenier, Senior Vice President, Finance.

        Historically, our compensation programs have aimed to conserve cash while attracting and retaining executive officers who are highly motivated to grow our business in the long term. As with other emerging companies in the wireless industry and the technology sector generally, we sought to emphasize equity compensation, primarily in the form of stock options, with less emphasis on base salaries and cash bonuses. Our board of directors sought to align the interests of management and stockholders by motivating the management team to grow the business in the long term.

        We recognize that our success depends to a great degree on the integrity, knowledge, imagination, skill, diversity and teamwork of our employees. To this end, we designed, and intend to modify as necessary, our compensation and benefits program and philosophy in order to attract, retain and motivate talented, highly qualified and committed executive officers who share our business goals and corporate values. In doing so, we strive to reward clear, easily measured performance goals that keep our executive officers focused on accomplishing our long-term business objectives, while offering sufficient fixed compensation to remain competitive within our industry and geography. We expect to continue to emphasize this approach in the future.

        The principal objectives of our executive compensation programs are:

        As we prepared for this offering in late 2010, our board of directors took a number of steps to assess our executive officer compensation programs so that they would appropriately motivate and retain our management team as we transitioned to being a public company. We engaged an independent compensation consultant to help our board of directors and compensation committee evaluate our compensation programs. This evaluation has not been completed, and the compensation committee made no changes in 2010 to either base salaries or bonus targets for our named executive officers.

        We intend to review our executive compensation programs annually and make adjustments to individual compensation as appropriate, although we may make off-cycle adjustments if our compensation committee determines such changes are appropriate.

75


Table of Contents

        Our compensation decisions have generally been made by our board of directors based upon recommendations from our compensation committee. Currently, Messrs. Dayton and Hsiao serve as the committee members. The compensation committee has overall responsibility for overseeing and, together with input from the full board of directors as the committee deems appropriate, approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers. For more information about our compensation committee, see "Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Compensation Committee."

        We anticipate that our Chief Executive Officer will continue to make recommendations to our compensation committee regarding compensation for other executive officers. However, while our compensation committee will consider our Chief Executive Officer's recommendations, it need not adopt these recommendations and may adjust them as it deems appropriate together with input from the full board of directors. The committee has authority to approve all compensation decisions regarding our executive officers, although our board of directors also retains concurrent authority. After this offering, the committee will primarily be responsible for compensation decisions. The committee may from time to time refer matters to the entire board of directors in order to obtain input from other directors prior to making a decision and, if appropriate, may submit matters for approval by the full board of directors.

        Our compensation committee has the authority to engage the services of outside consultants to assist it in making decisions regarding our executive compensation programs. In late 2010, as part of a comprehensive review of our executive compensation programs in preparation for this offering, our compensation committee retained Radford as its independent compensation consultant to advise the committee in matters regarding the compensation of our executive officers and our board of directors. Neither the company nor our board of directors had previously worked with Radford, which was selected in part because of its experience providing independent advice regarding compensation matters to boards of directors of companies in the technology sector.

        The compensation committee believes that recruiting talented executives in the wireless industry generally is competitive, and in our segment of this industry, it is particularly challenging to identify, recruit and retain experienced executives with the expertise we require. The compensation committee is focused on retaining our current executive team in light of these competitive conditions, because losing key management in the period following this offering could have an adverse effect on our business.

        The compensation committee instructed Radford to provide relevant market data against which to evaluate our existing executive compensation arrangements, assist it in that evaluation with the goal of harmonizing our compensation programs for executive officers with our overall compensation philosophy and strategic directives and develop recommendations for Chief Executive Officer, executive officer and director compensation.

        The compensation committee has begun its analysis of executive officer compensation for 2011. Radford is currently helping the committee identify peer group companies in our industry that share similar revenue, income, growth rate, and market capitalization.

76


Table of Contents

        Our executive compensation program currently includes the following components:

        The weight of each of these components has not to date been determined by any particular formula, although our overall mix of total compensation has emphasized stock options for their long-term incentive and retention value. The specific mix of components has been and will continue to be within the discretion and business judgment of our board of directors and the compensation committee, which have placed greater emphasis on considerations specific to the individual holding a particular executive position than on general market data.

        We provide a base salary to our named executive officers to compensate them for services rendered on a day-to-day basis during the year and to provide sufficient fixed cash compensation to allow them to focus on their ongoing responsibilities. The base salaries of all executive officers are reviewed annually and adjusted when necessary to reflect individual roles and performance as well as market conditions. The annual base salary for each of our named executive officers in 2010 was as follows: Mr. Hagan—$374,400; Mr. Zinser—$311,220; Mr. Jonker—$238,493; Mr. Goff—$234,520; and Mr. Hovenier—$214,200.

        We use annual cash incentive bonuses to reward our named executive officers for the achievement of company performance goals. Each year, we adopt a management incentive plan to motivate and reward our senior executives, including our named executive officers, to attain specific short-term performance objectives that, in turn, further our long-term business objectives. These objectives are based upon corporate targets, rather than individual objectives. In setting target payout levels under our annual management incentive compensation plan, our board of directors and compensation committee considered historical payouts, the total cost to the company should performance objectives be achieved and our retention needs. The compensation committee retains discretion to reduce or eliminate payment under our management incentive plan.

        Our 2010 management incentive plan included two components, one based on achievement of specified corporate financial objectives, which we refer to as the financial component, and the other based upon achievement of enumerated strategic initiatives, which we refer to as the strategic

77


Table of Contents


component. The financial component includes four financial targets, each with an established threshold and maximum achievement level. The relative weighting of each element is as follows:

Financial Objective
  % Relative
Weighting
  2010 Target Level
Achievement ($)
  Actual 2010
Achievement
 

Revenue

    60   79.3 million        

Free cash flow(1)

    20   9.7 million        

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

    15   19.3 million        

Net income

    5   8.1 million        

(1)
Free cash flow is calculated as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment.

(2)
For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

        The plan provides for payment for performance below each of the financial target levels only if performance is above a specified threshold, as well as payment for performance above each of the financial target levels in the event of overachievement. For each financial target, achievement of the target equates to 100% of the bonus payout and for up to 120% of the target, there is a bonus payout of 170%. With respect to the revenue objective, underachievement at the floor of 90% of the financial target results in a bonus payout of 30% for the objective, while with respect to the three other financial objectives, underachievement at the floor of 70% of the financial target results in 30% of the bonus payout for the objective. Below the floor levels of each of the financial targets, there is no target payout. In the event of any under- or over-achievement, straight-line interpolation is applied from target levels.

        The strategic component includes three objectives, which relate to major wholesale or retail distribution, expansion of our managed and operated network and establishment of a service provider business model. A named executive officer must achieve any two of these objectives in order to achieve the full target-level bonus payout. While this strategic component permits a discretionary payout in the event of under-achievement, it does not incorporate any over-achievement potential.

        Target bonuses for our named executive officers under the 2010 plan were as follows:

 
  Fiscal 2010 Bonus Potential  
Executive Officer
  % Bonus
Financial
Component(1)
  % Bonus
Strategic
Component(1)
  Target
Bonus ($)
 

David Hagan

    60     20   $ 299,520  

Edward Zinser

    50     20   $ 217,854  

Niels Jonker

    35     20   $ 131,171  

Colby Goff

    35     20   $ 128,986  

Peter Hovenier

    35     20   $ 117,810  

(1)
Bonus targets are expressed as a percentage of the executive's base salary.

78


Table of Contents

The board of directors met in January 2011 and determined that all three of the strategic objectives applicable under our 2010 management incentive plan had been achieved. They based this determination on the following developments that occurred during the year:

Objective   Achievement
Major wholesale or retail distribution   Agreement with a major retailer

Expansion of managed and operated network

 

Agreements with various parties

Establishment of service provider business model

 

Agreement with a major airport

        As a result of these achievements, the board of directors determined that all named executive officers would receive payment of the full amount of their 2010 bonus as it related to the strategic component, as follows: Mr. Hagan—$74,880; Mr. Zinser—$62,244; Mr. Jonker—$47,699; Mr. Goff—$46,904; and Mr. Hovenier—$42,840. These amounts were paid in January 2011. We expect that our board of directors will meet before the end of February 2011 to determine the achievement of the financial component applicable under the 2010 management incentive plan and that any amounts earned will be paid before the end of that month.

        In addition to the 2010 management incentive plan bonuses, in January 2011, the compensation committee and board of directors considered the outstanding promissory note that we had accepted from our Chief Executive Officer when he purchased 1,450,000 shares of our common stock in January 2002 and determined to forgive the outstanding principal and accrued interest. As of the date of forgiveness, the aggregate principal and accrued interest totaled approximately $103,000. Mr. Hagan paid the applicable withholding taxes owed in connection with forgiveness of the note by delivering a check to us for the full amount. The committee and the board of directors determined that it was appropriate to forgive the amount outstanding under the note, in part in recognition of Mr. Hagan's performance over the prior years, and in part because a law enacted after issuance of the note requires that the note be paid in full many months prior to the date on which there will be a public trading market for our common stock.

        We anticipate that our compensation committee and board of directors will approve a 2011 management incentive plan that is consistent with our prior years' plans, and we anticipate that it will include both a financial component and a strategic component.

    Stock Options

        We believe that equity-based awards encourage our named executive officers to focus on the long-term performance of our business. Our board of directors grants equity awards to executives and other employees in order to enable them to participate in the long-term appreciation of our stock price. Additionally, we believe our equity awards provide an important retention tool for our named executive officers, as they are subject to multi-year vesting. To date, we have not adopted stock ownership guidelines for our named executive officers.

        Our equity incentive plan has been the principal method for our named executive officers to acquire equity or equity-based interests in the company. We historically granted equity-based awards in the form of stock options, including options granted at the commencement of employment and additional awards, generally each year. For information regarding vesting acceleration provisions applicable to the options held by our named executive officers, see "Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control."

        The size of the initial option grant made to each named executive officer upon joining our company is primarily based on competitive conditions applicable to the named executive officer's specific position. We also consider the number of shares underlying options granted to other executives in comparable positions within our company using a model that considers options awarded as a

79


Table of Contents


percentage of shares outstanding. For subsequent option grants to our named executive officers, our compensation committee receives input from our Chief Executive Officer and expects to receive input from its compensation consultants in the future.

        In recent years, our named executive officers have received a new hire option grant that vests with respect to 25% of the shares when the holder completes 12 months of continuous service after the initial vesting date and with respect to the balance in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter. In the event we are acquired before the holder's service with us terminates, an additional 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option vest. If the holder's service terminates under certain circumstances within 12 months following the date of an acquisition, then the shares subject to the option will be 100% vested as of the date of the termination of service. We refer to this as our standard vesting schedule. Subsequent grants are generally made on an annual basis, or in recognition of a promotion or extraordinary performance, and generally vest on our standard vesting schedule. In order to retain and motivate employees, we attempt to ensure that our executives have a sufficient number of unvested options that will help the individual remain focused on our long-term objectives. All options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors. For more information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

        We do not have, nor do we plan to establish, any program, plan or practice to time stock option grants in coordination with releasing material non-public information, nor do we have any established grant schedule. However, we generally grant options to existing employees in connection with our annual compensation review cycle.

    Severance and Change of Control Benefits

        We have entered into an employment agreement that provides specified benefits to Mr. Hagan, including salary continuation and vesting acceleration of equity awards in the event that he experiences an involuntary termination of employment under specified circumstances prior to and following a change of control. Likewise, our employment agreement with Mr. Zinser provides for salary continuation and partial vesting acceleration of stock options in the event that he experiences an involuntary termination of employment without cause. The terms of these agreements are described below in "—Severance or Employment Agreements." Our board of directors believes that it is necessary to offer senior members of our executive team benefits provided under these agreements to ensure that they remain focused on executing our strategic plans, including in the event of a proposed or actual acquisition.

    Perquisites

        We do not provide any perquisites or other personal benefits to our named executive officers.

    Benefits

        We provide the following benefits, which we believe are typical of the companies with which we compete for employees, to our named executive officers on the same basis provided to all of our employees:

    health, dental and vision insurance;

    life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance;

    a 401(k) plan;

    an employee assistance plan;

80


Table of Contents

    short and long-term disability insurance;

    a medical and dependent care flexible spending account; and

    a health savings account.

    Tax Considerations

        We have not provided any executive officer or director with a gross-up or other reimbursement for tax amounts the executive might pay pursuant to Section 280G or Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, or code. Section 280G of the code provides that executive officers, directors who hold significant stockholder interests and other specified service providers could be subject to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds certain limits, and that we or our successor could lose a deduction on the amounts subject to the additional tax. Section 409A of the code also imposes additional significant taxes should an executive officer, director or other service provider receive deferred compensation that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A.

        Section 162(m) of the code disallows a deduction for any publicly-held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year for the Chief Executive Officer and certain other highly compensated officers, unless the compensation is performance based, as defined by Section 162(m). In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the excess of the current market price over the option price, or option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an officer's total compensation to exceed $1.0 million. Option spread compensation from options that meet specified requirements will not be subject to the $1.0 million cap on deductibility, and in the past we have granted options that we believe met those requirements. Additionally, under a special Section 162(m) exception, any compensation paid pursuant to a compensation plan in existence before the effective date of this public offering will not be subject to the $1.0 million limitation until the earliest of the expiration of the plan, a material modification of the plan, issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation provided for by the plan, or the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the close of the third calendar year following the year in which this offering occurs. While our compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to maintain an approach to executive compensation that strongly links pay to performance. In addition, while the compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our named executive officers, the compensation committee intends to consider tax deductibility under Section 162(m) as a factor in future compensation decisions.

    Effect of Financial Restatement on Certain Compensation

        The compensation committee has not adopted a policy as to whether or not we will make retroactive adjustments to or require recovery of any cash or equity-based incentive compensation paid to the named executive officers (or others) where the payment was predicated upon the achievement of financial results that were subsequently the subject of a restatement. We will comply with applicable laws and regulations requiring any such adjustments to or recovery of incentive compensation in connection with a financial restatement.

81


Table of Contents

2010 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information concerning the compensation paid to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and our next three most highly compensated executive officers during 2010. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(1)
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

David Hagan
Chief Executive Officer

    2010     374,400                    

Edward Zinser
Chief Financial Officer

   
2010
   
311,220
                   

Niels Jonker
Chief Technology Officer

   
2010
   
238,493
                   

Colby Goff
Senior Vice President, Network Strategy and Business Development

   
2010
   
234,520
                   

Peter Hovenier
Senior Vice President, Finance

   
2010
   
214,200
                   

(1)
In January 2011, our board of directors determined that all named executive officers would receive payment of the full amount of the strategic component of their 2010 bonus as follows: Mr. Hagan—$74,880; Mr. Zinser—$62,244; Mr. Jonker—$47,699; Mr. Goff—$46,904; and Mr. Hovenier—$42,840. These amounts were paid in January 2011. We expect that our board of directors will meet before the end of February 2011 to determine the achievement of the financial component applicable under the 2010 management incentive plan and that any amounts earned will be paid before the end of that month.

82


Table of Contents

2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

        The following table sets forth each plan-based award granted to our named executive officers during 2010. We did not grant any equity awards to our named executive officers during 2010.

 
   
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
 
Name
  Grant
Date(1)
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
 

David Hagan:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     67,392     224,640     381,888  
 

Strategic component

    2010     74,880     74,880     74,880  

Edward Zinser:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     46,683     155,610     264,537  
 

Strategic component

    2010     62,244     62,244     62,244  

Niels Jonker:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     25,042     83,473     141,903  
 

Strategic component

    2010     47,699     47,699     47,699  

Colby Goff:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     24,625     82,082     139,539  
 

Strategic component

    2010     46,904     46,904     46,904  

Peter Hovenier:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     22,491     74,970     127,449  
 

Strategic component

    2010     42,840     42,840     42,840  

(1)
Amounts represent awards granted under our 2010 management incentive compensation plan, which were based on the achievement of certain financial and strategic objectives in 2010. These columns show the awards that were possible at the threshold, target and maximum levels of performance. The column titled "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table shows the actual awards earned in 2010 by our named executive officers under our 2010 management incentive compensation plan. These amounts were paid in 2011. For more information about our 2010 management incentive plan, see "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis."

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Year-End

        The following table sets forth information regarding each unexercised option held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2010. The vesting schedule applicable to each outstanding award is described in the footnotes to the table below. For information regarding the vesting acceleration provisions applicable to the options held by our named executive officers, see "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control" below.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Date of
Grant
  Initial
Vesting
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

David Hagan

    07/01/02 (1)   07/01/02     290,000         0.15     07/01/12  

    11/18/03 (1)   11/18/03     764,569         0.15     11/18/13  

    03/02/04 (1)   01/01/04     348,000         0.15     03/02/14  

    12/21/04 (1)   11/11/04     1,794,000         0.15     12/21/14  

    03/07/07 (1)   08/31/06     1,943,216         0.28     03/07/17  

    08/21/07 (3)   06/15/07     2,424,506     1,039,074     0.28     08/21/17  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     55,000     165,000     0.28     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09         220,000     0.28     12/31/19  

83


Table of Contents

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Date of
Grant
  Initial
Vesting
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Edward Zinser

    02/26/08 (1)   01/28/08     1,871,990     695,310     0.28     02/26/18  

    04/22/09 (1)   11/18/08     122,396     112,604     0.28     04/22/19  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     50,000     150,000     0.28     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09         200,000     0.28     12/31/19  

Niels Jonker

   
05/07/02

(1)
 
02/13/02
   
150,000
   
   
0.15
   
05/07/12
 

    07/01/02 (1)   07/01/02     94,000         0.15     07/01/12  

    03/02/04 (1)   01/01/04     112,800         0.15     03/02/14  

    08/25/04 (1)   08/25/04     138,200         0.15     08/25/14  

    08/16/05 (1)   08/16/05     250,000         0.15     08/16/15  

    03/07/07 (1)   08/31/06     445,500         0.28     03/07/17  

    08/21/07 (1)   06/15/07     229,758     32,822     0.28     08/21/17  

    04/22/09 (1)   11/18/08     119,792     110,208     0.28     04/22/19  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     43,750     131,250     0.28     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09         175,000     0.28     12/31/19  

Colby Goff

   
07/01/02

(1)
 
07/01/02
   
50,000
   
   
0.15
   
07/01/12
 

    02/19/03 (1)   02/19/03     100,000         0.15     02/19/13  

    03/02/04 (1)   01/01/04     40,000         0.15     03/02/14  

    08/25/04 (1)   08/25/04     160,000         0.15     08/25/14  

    08/16/05 (1)   06/01/05     477,000         0.15     08/16/15  

    03/07/07 (1)   08/31/06     367,000         0.28     03/07/17  

    08/21/07 (1)   06/15/07     462,945     66,135     0.28     08/21/17  

    04/22/09 (1)   11/18/08     119,792     110,208     0.28     04/22/19  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     43,750     131,250     0.28     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09         175,000     0.28     12/31/19  

Peter Hovenier

   
07/01/02

(1)
 
06/03/02
   
200,000
   
   
0.15
   
07/01/12
 

    07/01/02 (1)   07/01/02     40,000         0.15     07/01/12  

    03/02/04 (1)   01/01/04     48,000         0.15     03/02/14  

    08/25/04 (1)   08/25/04     62,000         0.15     08/25/14  

    10/31/05 (1)   10/31/05     150,000         0.15     10/31/15  

    03/07/07 (1)   08/31/06     209,000         0.28     03/07/17  

    08/21/07 (1)   06/15/07     388,065     55,437     0.28     08/21/17  

    04/22/09 (1)   11/18/08     119,792     110,208     0.28     04/22/19  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     25,000     75,000     0.28     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09         100,000     0.28     12/31/19  

(1)
Shares underlying each option vest with respect to 25% of the shares when the holder completes 12 months of continuous service after the initial vesting date and with respect to the balance in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter. In the event we are acquired before the holder's service with us terminates, an additional 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option vest. If the holder's service terminates under certain circumstances within 12 months following the date of an acquisition, then the shares subject to the option will be 100% vested as of the date of the termination of service.

(2)
Subject to continuous service, 100% of the shares subject to the option vest on the earliest of the nine year anniversary of the initial vesting date, the one year anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or when we are acquired.

(3)
Shares underlying each option vest with respect to 20% of the shares when the holder completes 12 months of continuous service after the initial vesting date and with respect to the balance in a

84


Table of Contents

    series of 48 successive equal monthly installments thereafter. In the event we are acquired before the holder's service with us terminates, an additional 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option vest. If the holder's service terminates under certain circumstances within 12 months following the date of an acquisition, then the shares subject to the option will be 100% vested as of the date of the termination of service.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested at 2010 Year-End

        None of our named executive officers exercised stock options or held any stock awards that vested during 2010.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        We do not provide a pension plan for our employees, and no named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during 2010.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

        The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon termination of employment of each named executive officer, as if each officer had terminated employment on December 31, 2010. See the section titled "—Severance or Employment Agreements."

Name
  Benefit(1)   Termination Other
Than For Cause or
Voluntary Resignation
for Good Reason
($)
  Termination Other
Than for Cause or
Voluntary Resignation
for Good Reason within
12 Months after
a Change of Control
($)
 

David Hagan(2)(3)

  Cash Severance     336,960     374,400  

  Vesting of Options              

  Total Value              

Edward Zinser(4)

 

Severance

   
155,610
   
155,610
 

  Vesting of Options              

  Total Value              

Niels Jonker

 

Severance

   
   
 

  Vesting of Options          

  Total Value          

Colby Goff

 

Severance

   
   
 

  Vesting of Options          

  Total Value          

Peter Hovenier

 

Severance

   
   
 

  Vesting of Options          

  Total Value          

(1)
The value of vesting of stock options shown above assumes that the executive's qualifying termination of employment and change of control (if applicable) occurred on December 31, 2010, and was calculated by multiplying the number of unvested option shares that will accelerate by the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2010 (assuming that the fair market value of our common stock on that date was $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) over the applicable exercise price per share.

85


Table of Contents

(2)
If a qualifying termination of employment occurs prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, Mr. Hagan is entitled to six months of base salary, pro rata payment of any accrued bonus, and six months of vesting credit under his outstanding stock awards. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Hagan on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $0.28 per share, and six months of vesting credit would result in the accelerated vesting of 428,858 option shares.

(3)
If a qualifying termination of employment occurs within 12 months following a change of control, Mr. Hagan is entitled to 12 months of base salary and full vesting of his outstanding stock awards. All 1,421,348 outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Hagan on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $0.28 per share.

(4)
If a qualifying termination of employment occurs, Mr. Zinser is entitled to six months of base salary and six months of vesting credit under his outstanding stock options. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Zinser on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $0.28 per share, and six months of vesting credit would result in the accelerated vesting of 425,288 option shares.

Severance or Employment Agreements

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hagan, our Chief Executive Officer, on August 23, 2001. Mr. Hagan's employment agreement was amended in December 2008 to comply with certain technical requirements imposed by Section 409A. Under his agreement, if Mr. Hagan is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason prior to, or more than 12 months following, a change of control, he will receive six months of base salary, a pro rata payment of any accrued bonus, and six months of vesting credit under his outstanding stock awards. If Mr. Hagan is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, he will receive 12 months of base salary and full vesting of his outstanding stock awards.

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Zinser, our Chief Financial Officer, on January 22, 2008. Mr. Zinser's employment agreement was amended in December 2008 to comply with certain technical requirements imposed by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Under his agreement, if Mr. Zinser is terminated without cause, he will receive six months of base salary and six months of vesting credit under his outstanding stock options.

Equity Plans

2001 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2001 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in June 2001, last amended in August 2007. Following the completion of this offering, no further awards will be made under our 2001 Plan, and it will be terminated. Options outstanding under the 2001 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

        Share Reserve.     We have reserved 31,920,700 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2001 Plan. If stock awards under the 2001 Plan are forfeited or repurchased thereafter, then shares subject to those stock awards will not become available for future awards. As of December 31, 2010, options to purchase 26,438,147 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $0.57 per share, or a weighted average exercise price of $0.25 per share, remained outstanding under the 2001 Plan. An aggregate of 2,664,874 shares of restricted stock have been granted under the 2001 Plan. As of December 31, 2010, 1,034,989 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance.

        Administration.     Our board of directors has complete discretion to make all decisions relating to the 2001 Plan. Our board of directors may re-price outstanding options and modify outstanding awards in other ways, subject to the provisions of the 2001 Plan.

86


Table of Contents

        Eligibility.     Employees, members of our board of directors, and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2001 Plan.

        Types of Awards.     Our 2001 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and restricted stock.

        Options.     The exercise price for incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2001 Plan may not be less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price of options by using cash or, with the consent of the plan administrator, tendering shares of common stock that the optionee already owns, or pursuant to a "same day sale" cashless exercise program through a broker.

        In general, the terms of options granted under the 2001 Plan may not exceed 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionee's option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionee's service relationship with us ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionee may exercise the vested portion of any option for three months after the date of termination. If an optionee's service relationship with us terminates by reason of disability, the optionee generally may exercise the vested portion of any option for six months after the date of such termination. If an optionee's service relationship with us terminates by reason of death, a personal representative generally may exercise the vested portion of any option for 12 months after the date of such termination. If an optionee's service relationship with us terminates for cause, the option will terminate immediately. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term. Options generally vest over a four-year period following the date of grant.

        Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock may be awarded under the 2001 Plan in return for such consideration as is determined by our board of directors.

        Change in Control.     In the event that a change of control occurs, a surviving entity in the transaction may assume or substitute similar stock awards for the outstanding options granted under the 2001 Plan. If the surviving entity does not assume or substitute for outstanding options granted under the 2001 Plan, options will accelerate in full and terminate in connection with the change of control.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

        Our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2011 Plan, will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

        Share Reserve.     We will reserve        shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2011 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan will be increased automatically on January 1st of each year by a number equal to the least of:

                % of the shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the prior year;

                shares of common stock; or

    the number of shares determined by our board of directors.

No more than        shares of common stock plus the additional shares added to the 2011 Plan each year may be issued upon exercise of incentive stock options. In general, if awards granted under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan are forfeited, repurchased, expire or are settled in cash, then the corresponding shares will again become available for awards under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Administration.     The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2011 Plan, unless our board of directors decides to administer the 2011 Plan directly. Subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan, the plan administrator has the complete discretion to make all decisions relating to our 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan may also be administered with respect to employees and consultants who are not

87


Table of Contents


executive officers by a secondary committee comprised of one or more members of our board of directors or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, one or more officers.

        Eligibility.     Employees, members of our board of directors, and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2011 Plan.

        Types of Award.     Our 2011 Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares of our common stock, and stock units.

        Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.     The exercise price of options, and the base price of stock appreciation rights, granted under the 2011 Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The settlement value of the stock appreciation right may be paid in cash or shares of common stock. Optionees may pay the exercise price of options by using cash or, with the consent of the plan administrator, tendering shares of common stock that the optionee already owns, or pursuant to a "same day sale" cashless exercise program through a broker. Options and stock appreciation rights vest at the times determined by the plan administrator. Options and stock appreciation rights expire not more than 10 years after they are granted. They will generally expire earlier if the participant's service terminates earlier. No participant may receive options or stock appreciation rights under the 2011 Plan covering more than    shares in one fiscal year, except that an employee may receive options or stock appreciation rights covering up to    shares in the fiscal year in which his or her employment begins. The plan administrator determines all of the other terms of options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan allows the plan administrator to re-price options and stock appreciation rights. The plan administrator may also approve programs in which options and stock appreciation rights are exchanged for cash or other equity awards on such terms as the plan administrator determines.

        Restricted Shares and Stock Units.     Restricted shares and stock units may be awarded under the 2011 Plan in return for such form of payment as the compensation committee determines, including cash or services already provided or to be provided to us. Each award of restricted shares and stock units may or may not be subject to vesting and vesting, if any, shall occur upon satisfaction of the conditions specified by the plan administrator. Settlement of vested stock units may be made in the form of cash, shares of common stock or a combination of both.

        Transferability of Awards.     Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, an award will generally not be transferable other than by beneficiary designation, a will or the laws of descent and distribution.

        Changes in Capital Structure.     In the event of certain changes in our capital structure, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares reserved under the 2011 Plan, the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year and the limit on incentive stock options, the maximum number of options, stock appreciation rights and performance-based restricted share and stock units awards that can be granted in a fiscal year, and the number of shares and exercise price or strike price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards under the 2011 Plan.

        Change in Control.     The administrator may determine that an award under the 2011 Plan will vest on an accelerated basis if a change in control occurs or if the participant is subject to an involuntary termination after the change in control. In addition, if the company is subject to a merger or change in control all outstanding options or awards will generally fully vest unless the awards are continued or the surviving company assumes the award or substitutes a comparable award.

        Amendments or Termination.     Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2011 Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends the 2011 Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law. The 2011 Plan will continue in effect for 10 years from its adoption date, unless our board of directors decides to terminate the plan earlier.

88


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and named executive officers and the registration rights described elsewhere in this prospectus, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2007 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

        All of the transactions set forth below were approved by a majority of our board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of our board of directors. We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third-parties.

Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements

        We intend to enter into employment agreements with each of our executive officers that include, among other things, compensation terms, provisions regarding payments upon termination in certain circumstances and confidentiality and non-competition provisions as described under "Executive Compensation—2010 Summary Compensation Table" and "Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control."

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees. The form of agreement that we anticipate adopting provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our amended and amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. In addition, we anticipate that the form agreement will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees in connection with a legal proceeding.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        As provided by our audit committee charter to be effective upon completion of this offering, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. Prior to the effectiveness of such audit committee charter, related party transactions were approved by our board of directors. Neither the board of directors nor the audit committee has adopted specific policies or guidelines relating to the approval of related party transactions. The members of our board of directors determine whether to approve a related party transaction in the exercise of their fiduciary duties as directors.

Loan Forgiveness

        On January 11, 2011, we forgave $103,000 owed to us by Mr. Hagan pursuant to a promissory note that he executed in January 2002 to acquire 1,450,000 shares of our common stock.

89


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table provides information concerning beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2010, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock being sold in this offering, by:

        The following table lists the number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned based on 143,406,934 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010. The table also lists the applicable percentage beneficial ownership based on            shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and generally includes voting power and/or investment power with respect to the securities held. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010, are deemed outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options for purposes of computing the number of shares and percentage beneficially owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons or entities named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

90


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering if
Over-Allotment
Option is
Exercised in Full
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Number of
Shares
Subject
to Over-
Allotment
Option
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
 
 
  Number of
Shares
Offered
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage   Shares   Percentage  

5% or Greater Stockholders

                                                 

Entities affiliated with
Mitsui & Co. (U.S.A.), Inc.(1)
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10166

    33,564,332     23.40 %                                    

Entities affiliated with
New Enterprise Associates, Inc.(2)
1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600
Timonium, MD 21093-4135

   
32,206,476
   
22.46
                                     

Entities affiliated with
Sky Dayton(3)

   
21,708,117
   
15.14
                                     

Entities affiliated with
Steelpoint Capital LP(4)
420 Stevens Avenue, Suite 370
Solana Beach, CA 92075

   
15,790,132
   
11.01
                                     

Entities affiliated with
Sternhill Partners(5)
777 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 250
Houston, TX 77056

   
9,187,288
   
6.41
                                     

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                                                 

Sky Dayton(3)

    21,708,117     15.14                                      

Marc Geller(5)

    9,187,299     6.41                                      

David Hagan(6)

    9,251,636     6.12                                      

Paul Hsiao

        *                                      

Shigeyuki Toya(1)

    33,564,424     23.40                                      

Colby Goff(7)

    1,920,646     1.32                                      

Peter Hovenier(8)

    1,283,323     *                                      

Niels Jonker(9)

    1,937,084     1.34                                      

Edward Zinser(10)

    2,169,480     1.49                                      

All current directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)

   
81,021,906
   
56.11
                                     

(1)
Represents 16,740,395 shares held by Mitsui & Co. (U.S.A.), Inc., 12,605,000 shares held by Corporate Development Fund of Mitsui & Co., Ltd., 4,135,395 shares held by MCVP Holding, Inc. and 83,542 shares held by Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners, Inc. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein.

(2)
Represents (a) 32,164,809 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership ("NEA 10") and (b) 41,667 shares held by NEA Ventures 2001, L.P. ("Ven 2001"). The shares directly held by NEA 10 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership ("NEA Partners 10"), the sole general partner of NEA 10, and each of the individual general partners of NEA Partners 10. The individual general partners (collectively, the "Individual NEA 10 GPs") of NEA Partners 10 are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, C. Richard Kramlich, Charles W. Newhall III, Mark W. Perry and Scott D. Sandell. The shares directly held by Ven 2001 are indirectly held by Pamela J. Clark, the general partner of Ven 2001, who has sole voting and dispositive power over such shares. NEA 10, NEA Partners 10, and the Individual NEA 10 GPs share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares directly held by NEA 10. All indirect holders of

91


Table of Contents

    the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein.

(3)
Represents 20,000,000 shares held by The Dayton Family Trust of 1999 d/t/d 11/3/99 and 1,708,117 shares held by The Dayton Children's Trust d/t/d 3/11/02.

(4)
Represents 15,538,884 shares held by Steelpoint Capital LP and 251,302 shares held by Steelpoint Co-Investment Fund LLC, both of which are managed by Steelpoint Capital Advisors LLC. The managing member of Steelpoint Capital Advisors LLC is James Caccavo. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein.

(5)
Represents 8,783,422 shares held by Sternhill Partners I, L.P. and 403,877 shares held by Sternhill Affiliates I, L.P., both of which are managed by Sternhill Venture Management I, L.P., which is in turn managed by Sternhill, Inc. The sole stockholders, officers and directors of Sternhill, Inc. are Robert Stearns and Marc Geller. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein.

(6)
Represents 1,450,000 shares held by David Hagan and 7,801,636 shares issuable to Mr. Hagan upon exercise of options.

(7)
Represents 50,218 shares held by Colby Goff and 1,870,428 shares issuable to Mr. Goff upon exercise of options.

(8)
Represents shares issuable to Peter Hovenier upon exercise of options.

(9)
Represents 320,000 shares held by Niels Jonker and 1,617,084 shares issuable to Mr. Jonker upon exercise of options.

(10)
Represents shares issuable to Edward Zinser upon exercise of options.

92


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, please see the form of amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the form of amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                        shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                        shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Common Stock

        As of December 31, 2010, there were 143,406,934 shares of common stock outstanding, as adjusted to reflect:

        There will be                        shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and assuming no exercise after                         , 2010 of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock to the public offered in this prospectus.

        The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the closing of this offering, outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock will be converted into 25,262,831 shares of common stock, outstanding shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock will be converted into 5,900,746 shares of common stock, outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred stock will be converted into 17,166,667 shares of common stock and outstanding

93


Table of Contents


shares of Series C convertible preferred stock will be converted into 65,898,927 shares of common stock.

        Our board of directors will be authorized to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of such shares and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock.

Warrants

        As of December 31, 2010, there were outstanding warrants to purchase up to 131,610 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.33 per share. As of December 31, 2010, there were outstanding warrants to purchase up to 129,682 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.60 per share.

Registration Rights

        We have entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated June 27, 2006, or the Investor Rights Agreement, with some of our stockholders. Subject to the terms of this agreement, the holders of an aggregate of 114,229,171 shares of common stock and the holders of warrants to purchase            shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of shares under the Securities Act of 1933. These rights include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

        The following description of the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Investor Rights Agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Demand registration rights.     Under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, the holders of the securities eligible to be registered thereunder may make a written request to us for the registration of the offer and sale of all or part of the shares having registration rights, or registrable securities, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered has an aggregate market value, based upon the offering price to the public, equal to at least $10.0 million. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the Investor Rights Agreement.

        Short-form registration rights.     If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor form with similar "short-form" disclosure requirements, the holders of registrable securities under the Investor Rights Agreement have unlimited rights to request registration of their shares on Form S-3 provided that the registrable securities to be registered have an aggregate market value, based upon the offering price to the public, equal to at least $1.0 million. We are not required to effect more than two short form registrations in any 12-month period.

        Piggyback registration rights.     If we register the offer and sale of any of our securities (other than on Form S-8) either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of the registrable securities under the Investor Rights Agreement are entitled to include their registrable securities in the registration subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The managing underwriters of any underwritten offering may limit the number of registrable securities included in the underwritten offering if the underwriters believe that including these shares would materially adversely affect the offering.

94


Table of Contents

        Expenses.     All fees, costs and expenses of registrations pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement will be borne by us except for the underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of the registrable securities, which shall be borne by the holders selling such registrable securities in the registration.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law

        Provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

        Undesignated preferred stock.     Our board of directors will have the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

        Limits on ability of stockholders to act by written consent or call a special meeting.     Our stockholders will not be able to act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

        In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our president (in the absence of our Chief Executive Officer) or our board of directors. We expect our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit a stockholder from calling a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

        Requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors. However, our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

        Classified board of directors.     Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See "Management—Board Composition."

        Board vacancies filled only by majority of directors then in office.     Vacancies and newly created seats on our board of directors may be filled only by our board of directors. Only our board of directors may determine the number of directors on our board of directors. The inability of stockholders to determine the number of directors or to fill vacancies or newly created seats on our board of directors makes it

95


Table of Contents


more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors, but these provisions promote a continuity of existing management.

        No cumulative voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

        Directors removed only for cause.     We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause.

        Amendment of charter provisions.     We expect that the amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

        Delaware anti-takeover statute.     We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 generally prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        The provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

96


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                        . Its telephone number is                        .

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

        We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "WIFI".

97


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have                shares of common stock outstanding assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock, and the issuance upon the closing of this offering of                shares of common stock upon the assumed exercise of all outstanding warrants. Of these                shares, the                shares (                shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of outstanding common stock are "restricted shares" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Number of Shares   Date
    On the date of this prospectus

 

 

After 90 days from the date of this prospectus

 

 

After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations)

 

 

At various times after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations)

 

 

 

Lock-up Agreements

        All of our directors and executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. See "Underwriting."

Rule 144

        In general, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted common shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person has not been deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has

98


Table of Contents


held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted common shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such persons would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

        Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract prior to this offering may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares. All Rule 701 shares are, however, subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the contractual lock-up agreements. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. may, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.

Registration Rights

        Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 114,229,171 shares of our common stock and the holders of preferred stock warrants to purchase shares convertible into             shares of our common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in those shares becoming tradeable pursuant to the registration statement without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Form S-8 Registration Statements

        Prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2001 Stock Plan and 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the lock-up agreements described above and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.

99


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of certain material United States federal tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-United States holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently, so as to result in United States federal tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

        This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-United States, state or local jurisdiction or under United States federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

        In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

100


Table of Contents

         You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the United States federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the United States federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-United States or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-United States Holder Defined

        For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-United States holder if you are any holder other than:

        If you are an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes all the days present in the current year, one third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to United States federal income tax as if they were United States citizens.

Distributions

        We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for United States tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock. See "—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock."

        Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to United States withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-United States holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-United States holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-United States holder's behalf, the non-United States holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners

101


Table of Contents


or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners' or other owners' documentation to us or our paying agent.

        Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such dividend is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-United States holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        You generally will not be required to pay United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as United States real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period that is specified in the Code.

        If you are a non-United States holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale under the same graduated United States federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits, and corporate non-United States holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-United States holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by United States source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

        Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will

102


Table of Contents


generally be includable in the decedent's gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

        Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-United States status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a United States person.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the United States income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Recently Enacted Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

        Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a United States federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a foreign financial institution unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United States government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the United States tax authorities substantial information regarding United States account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners). The legislation also will generally impose a United States federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect United States owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-United States stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

        Prospective investors and stockholders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

         The preceding discussion of United States federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the particular United States federal, state and local and non-United States tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

103


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                        , 2011 we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

       

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

       

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

       
       
 

Total

       
       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to                additional shares from us and an aggregate of                additional outstanding shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $            per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by us

                         

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by selling stockholders

                         

Expenses payable by the selling stockholders

                         

        The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the

104


Table of Contents


representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        Our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and options have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We will apply to list the shares of common stock on NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol "WIFI".

        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

105


Table of Contents

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        From time to time, the underwriters may perform investment banking and advisory services for us for which they may receive customary fees and expenses.

        The shares of common stock are offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

        Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the shares of common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time,

106


Table of Contents

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of Shares to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

        Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

Notice to Residents of Japan

        The underwriters will not offer or sell any of our common stock directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese person" means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Residents of Hong Kong

        The underwriters and each of their affiliates have not (i) offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, our common stock other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or (ii) issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common stock which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the

107


Table of Contents


public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Notice to Residents of Singapore

        This prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore, and the common stock will be offered in Singapore pursuant to exemptions under Section 274 and Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Securities and Futures Act. Accordingly our common stock may not be offered or sold, or be the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor or other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, (b) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.

Notice to Residents of Germany

        Each person who is in possession of this prospectus is aware of the fact that no German sales prospectus (Verkaufsprospekt) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act, Wertpapier-Verkaufsprospektgesetz, or the Act, of the Federal Republic of Germany has been or will be published with respect to our common stock. In particular, each underwriter has represented that it has not engaged and has agreed that it will not engage in a public offering in (offentliches Angebot) within the meaning of the Act with respect to any of our common stock otherwise than in accordance with the Act and all other applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Notice to Residents of France

        The shares of common stock are being issued and sold outside the Republic of France and that, in connection with their initial distribution, it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock to the public in the Republic of France, and that it has not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributed to the public in the Republic of France this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, and that such offers, sales and distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of France only to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét no. 98-880 dated 1st October, 1998.

Notice to Residents of the Netherlands

        Our common stock may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from the Netherlands as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal entities situated in the Netherlands who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, collective investment institution, central governments, large international and supranational organizations, other institutional investors and other parties, including treasury departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities (hereinafter, the Professional Investors), provided that in the offer,

108


Table of Contents


prospectus and in any other documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of our common stock is publicly announced (whether electronically or otherwise) in the Netherlands it is stated that such offer is and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors. Individual or legal entities who are not Professional Investors may not participate in the offering of our common stock, and this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock may not be considered an offer or the prospect of an offer to sell or exchange our common stock.

Notice to Residents of Italy

        No prospectus has or will be registered in the Republic of Italy with the Italian Stock Exchange Commission ( Commissione Nazionale per le Societá di Borsa ), or Consob, pursuant to the Prospectus Directive and Italian laws and regulations on financial products. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered, sold or delivered in the Republic of Italy, and copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the common stock may not be distributed in the Republic of Italy, except to (a) qualified investors ( investori qualificati ), or the Qualified Investors, pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decree no. 58 dated February 24, 1998, as amended, or the Financial Act, as defined in Article 34- ter of Consob Regulation no. 11971 dated May 14. 1999, as amended, Regulation no. 11971; or (b) in circumstances where there is an exemption from the rules governing an offer to the public of financial products pursuant to Article 94 et seq. of the Financial Act, and to Regulation no. 11971. Any offer, sale or delivery of the common stock in the Republic of Italy must be (a) made by an investment firm, a bank or financial intermediary authorized to engage in such activities in Italy, in compliance with the Financial Act and with Legislative Decree no. 385 dated September 1, 1993, as amended and Consob Regulation no. 16190 dated October 29, 2007, as amended, and any other applicable law and regulation; and (b) in compliance with any applicable Italian laws and regulations and any other condition or limitation that may be imposed by Consob, the Bank of Italy ( Banca d'Italia ) and any other relevant Italian authorities.

Notice to Residents of Switzerland

        The common stock may not and will not be publicly offered, distributed or re-distributed in or from Switzerland and neither this prospectus nor any other solicitation for investments in the common stock may be communicated or distributed in Switzerland in any way that could constitute a public offering within the meaning of Articles 652a and 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. This prospectus may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to others without the prior written consent of the international underwriters. This prospectus is not a prospectus within the meaning of Articles 652a and 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus according to the Listing Rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and may not comply with the information standards required thereunder. We will not apply for a listing of our common stock on any Swiss stock exchange or other Swiss regulated market and this prospectus may not comply with the information required under the relevant listing rules.

109


Table of Contents


NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

        Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

110


Table of Contents

Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

111


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the common stock being offered will be passed upon for the company by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, San Diego, California. Certain legal maters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. This prospectus contains all information about us and our common stock that may be material to an investor in this offering. The registration statement includes exhibits to which you should refer for additional information about us.

        You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.boingo.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

112


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-7

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Boingo Wireless, Inc.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Boingo Wireless, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California
January 14, 2011

F-2


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,   September 30,  
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (Pro forma
stockholders'
equity
unaudited)

 

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,740   $ 22,629   $ 34,731        
 

Restricted cash (Note 2)

    1,650     1,967     1,119        
 

Marketable securities

    1,644                
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $260, $617 and $592, respectively

    7,286     5,940     4,923        
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    400     552     1,590        
                     
     

Total current assets

    23,720     31,088     42,363        

Property and equipment, net

    30,908     30,058     31,466        

Goodwill

    25,512     25,512     25,512        

Other intangible assets, net

    16,805     13,234     11,507        

Other assets

    3,914     4,509     4,294        
                     
     

Total assets

  $ 100,859   $ 104,401   $ 115,142        
                     

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

                         

Current liabilities:

                         
 

Accounts payable

  $ 2,927   $ 3,158   $ 4,853        
 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    9,778     10,441     8,383        
 

Deferred revenue

    8,923     12,247     18,688        
 

Current portion of capital leases

    573     586     426        
                     
     

Total current liabilities

    22,201     26,432     32,350        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    18,428     17,492     16,629        

Capital leases, net of current portion

    183     389     117        

Other liabilities

    5,120     3,362     3,328        
                     
     

Total liabilities

    45,932     47,675     52,424        

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

                         

Convertible preferred stock:

                         
 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,263 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009, liquidation preference of $21,505 and $22,074 at December 31, 2009, and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively

    20,747     21,505     22,074      
 

Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,525 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009, liquidation preference of $6,631 and $6,809 at December 31, 2009, and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively

    6,393     6,631     6,809      
 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 17,500 shares authorized, and 17,167 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009, liquidation preference of $13,433 and $13,819 at December 31, 2009, and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively

    12,918     13,433     13,819      
 

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 54,958 shares authorized, 54,916 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009, liquidation preference of $76,623 and $79,073 at December 31, 2009, and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively

    72,632     76,380     79,073      
                   
     

Total convertible preferred stock

    112,690     117,949     121,775      

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                         
 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 174,500 shares authorized, 34,963, 35,449 and 35,456 shares issued, 28,680, 29,166 and 29,173 shares outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited) respectively, 143,402 shares outstanding proforma (unaudited)

    4     4     4   $ 14  
 

Additional paid-in capital

                121,765  
 

Treasury stock at cost, 6,283 shares

    (4,575 )   (4,575 )   (4,575 )   (4,575 )
 

Note receivable from stockholder

    (100 )   (103 )   (103 )   (103 )
 

Accumulated deficit

    (53,293 )   (56,746 )   (54,559 )   (54,559 )
                   
     

Total common stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (57,964 )   (61,420 )   (59,233 )   62,542  
     

Non-controlling interests

    201     197     176     176  
                   
     

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (57,763 )   (61,223 )   (59,057 ) $ 62,718  
                   
     

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 100,859   $ 104,401   $ 115,142        
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 41,240   $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 45,909   $ 59,011  

Costs and operating expenses:

                               
 

Network access

    15,439     22,979     26,430     18,990     23,278  
 

Network operations

    9,431     11,010     11,667     8,755     9,725  
 

Development and technology

    6,333     6,763     7,374     5,342     6,194  
 

Selling and marketing

    4,371     7,549     5,901     4,429     4,288  
 

General and administrative

    6,091     7,945     8,214     5,603     7,137  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,846     5,972     3,848     2,978     1,922  
                       
   

Total costs and operating expenses

    44,511     62,218     63,434     46,097     52,544  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (3,271 )   (5,507 )   2,281     (188 )   6,467  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    814     200     (154 )   (86 )   17  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (2,457 )   (5,307 )   2,127     (274 )   6,484  

Income taxes

    128     272     706     (129 )   806  
                       

Net income (loss)

    (2,585 )   (5,579 )   1,421     (145 )   5,678  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    313     332     394     285     350  
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

    (2,898 )   (5,911 )   1,027     (430 )   5,328  

Accretion of convertible and redeemable stock

    (5,193 )   (5,256 )   (5,259 )   (3,944 )   (3,826 )
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (8,091 ) $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ (4,374 ) $ 1,502  
                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
 

Basic

  $ (0.29 ) $ (0.39 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ 0.05  
 

Diluted

  $ (0.29 ) $ (0.39 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ 0.04  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
 

Basic

    27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     29,170  
 

Diluted

    27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     143,399  

Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

              $ 0.01         $ 0.04  
                             

Unaudited weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

                143,236           143,399  
                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
(In thousands)

 
  Convertible preferred stock    
   
  Total
Preferred
and
Redeemable
Common
Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Redeemable
Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A   Series A-2   Series B   Series C   Common Stock    
   
  Note
Receivable
from
Stockholder
   
   
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
  Additional-
Paid-In
Capital
  Teasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Non-
controlling
interest
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2006

    25,263   $ 19,233     5,525   $ 5,918     17,167   $ 11,887     54,916   $ 65,144     6,283   $ 4,633   $ 106,815     27,532   $ 3   $   $   $ (91 ) $ (40,105 ) $ 278   $ (39,915 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                                487         123                     123  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

                                                181         2                     2  

Accretion of redeemable common stock

                                        200     200             (200 )                   (200 )

Reclassification upon early redemption of redeemable common stock

                                    (6,283 )   (4,833 )   (4,833 )   6,283     1     4,833                     4,834  

Purchase of common stock

                                                (6,283 )           (4,575 )               (4,575 )

Stock-based compensation
expense

                                                        618                     618  

Common stock warrants issued in connection with capital leases

                                                        14                     14  

Interest accrued on note receivable from stockholder

                                                                (5 )           (5 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

        758         237         515         3,742             5,252             (5,252 )                   (5,252 )

Non-controlling interest distribution

                                                                        (307 )   (307 )

Net income (loss)

                                                                    (2,898 )   313     (2,585 )
                                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

    25,263     19,991     5,525     6,155     17,167     12,402     54,916     68,886             107,434     28,200     4     138     (4,575 )   (96 )   (43,003 )   284     (47,248 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                                480         73                     73  

Stock-based compensation
expense

                                                        666                     666  

Interest accrued on note receivable from stockholder

                                                                (4 )           (4 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

        756         238         516         3,746             5,256             (877 )           (4,379 )       (5,256 )

Non-controlling interest distribution

                                                                        (415 )   (415 )

Net income (loss)

                                                                    (5,911 )   332     (5,579 )
                                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

    25,263   $ 20,747     5,525   $ 6,393     17,167   $ 12,918     54,916   $ 72,632       $   $ 112,690     28,680   $ 4   $   $ (4,575 ) $ (100 ) $ (53,293 ) $ 201   $ (57,763 )

F-5


Table of Contents

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) (Continued)

(In thousands)

 
  Convertible preferred stock    
   
  Total
Preferred
and
Redeemable
Common
Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Redeemable
Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A   Series A-2   Series B   Series C   Common Stock    
   
  Note
Receivable
from
Stockholder
   
   
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
  Additional-
Paid-In
Capital
  Teasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Non-
controlling
interest
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2008

    25,263   $ 20,747     5,525   $ 6,393     17,167   $ 12,918     54,916   $ 72,632       $   $ 112,690     28,680   $ 4   $   $ (4,575 ) $ (100 ) $ (53,293 ) $ 201   $ (57,763 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                                131         36                     36  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

                                                355         3                     3  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                        740                     740  

Interest accrued on note receivable from stockholder

                                                                (3 )           (3 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

        758         238         515         3,748             5,259             (779 )           (4,480 )       (5,259 )

Non-controlling interest distribution

                                                                        (398 )   (398 )

Net income

                                                                    1,027     394     1,421  
                                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2009

    25,263   $ 21,505     5,525   $ 6,631     17,167   $ 13,433     54,916   $ 76,380       $     117,949     29,166   $ 4   $   $ (4,575 ) $ (103 ) $ (56,746 ) $ 197   $ (61,223 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                                7         1                     1  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                        684                     684  

Interest accrued on note receivable from stockholder

                                                                             

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

        569         178         386         2,693             3,826             (685 )           (3,141 )       (3,826 )

Non-controlling interest distribution

                                                                        (371 )   (371 )

Net income

                                                                    5,328     350     5,678  
                                                                               

Balance at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    25,263   $ 22,074     5,525   $ 6,809     17,167   $ 13,819     54,916   $ 79,073       $   $ 121,775     29,173   $ 4   $   $ (4,575 ) $ (103 ) $ (54,559 ) $ 176   $ (59,057 )
                                                                               

Assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

    (25,263 )   (22,074 )   (5,525 )   (6,809 )   (17,167 )   (13,819 )   (54,916 )   (79,073 )           (121,775 )   114,229     10     121,765                     121,775  
                                                                               

Balance at September 30, 2010, proforma (unaudited)

      $       $       $       $       $   $     143,402   $ 14   $ 121,765   $ (4,575 ) $ (103 ) $ (54,559 ) $ 176   $ 62,718  
                                                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                               
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (2,585 ) $ (5,579 ) $ 1,421   $ (145 ) $ 5,678  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) including non-controlling interests to net cash provided by operating activities:

                               
   

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    4,139     5,811     6,658     4,806     5,401  
   

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,846     5,972     3,848     2,978     1,922  
   

Stock-based compensation

    632     666     740     524     684  
   

Interest on note receivable from stockholder

    (5 )   (4 )   (3 )   (2 )    
   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

    (8 )   (12 )   46          
   

Unbilled receivables

    (190 )   (405 )   (1,140 )   (363 )   739  
   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:

                               
     

Accounts receivable

    (2,263 )   127     1,346     (3,073 )   1,017  
     

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (380 )   (194 )   710     (1,647 )   (1,562 )
     

Accounts payable

    (216 )   (55 )   49     171     421  
     

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    583     2,531     (1,541 )   (1,711 )   (1,687 )
     

Deferred revenue

    8,965     2,064     2,388     1,924     5,578  
                       
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    11,518     10,922     14,522     3,462     18,191  
                       

Cash flows from investing activities

                               
 

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

    (848 )   (1,374 )   (317 )   894     848  
 

Purchases of short-term marketable securities

    (13,684 )   (3,268 )            
 

Proceeds from sale of short-term marketable securities

    14,334     9,350     1,644     1,644      
 

Purchases of long-term marketable securities

    (2,158 )                
 

Proceeds from sale of long-term marketable securities

    587     1,571              
 

Purchases of property and equipment

    (10,340 )   (6,956 )   (4,321 )   (3,204 )   (5,896 )
 

Purchase of acquired assets

    (2,738 )   (915 )   (350 )        
 

Payments for patents

            (99 )   (99 )    
 

Payments for business acquisition, net of cash acquired

        (473 )   (62 )   (62 )    
 

Contractual payments related to business acquisition

            (154 )   (97 )   (138 )
                       
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (14,847 )   (2,065 )   (3,659 )   (924 )   (5,186 )
                       

Cash flows from financing activities

                               
 

Purchase of redeemable common stock

    (4,575 )                
 

Repayments of notes payable

    (690 )   (300 )            
 

Payments of capital leases

    (249 )   (753 )   (596 )   (447 )   (505 )
 

Payments to non-controlling interests

        (307 )   (417 )   (329 )   (399 )
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and common stock warrants

    125     73     39     38     1  
                       
       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (5,389 )   (1,287 )   (974 )   (738 )   (903 )
                       
       

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (8,718 )   7,570     9,889     1,800     12,102  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    13,888     5,170     12,740     12,740     22,629  
                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 5,170   $ 12,740   $ 22,629   $ 14,540   $ 34,731  
                       

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                               
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 71   $ 112   $ 57   $ 47   $ 23  
 

Cash paid for taxes

    134     389     134     94     1,027  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

                               
 

Service usage credits issued in connection with acquired assets

    2,613     350              
 

Additional purchase price for acquired assets in accrued expenses and other liabilities

        350              
 

Contractual payments related to business acquisition in accrued expenses and other liabilities

            77     57     57  
 

Acquisition of software and equipment under capital leases

    726     769     595     95     73  
 

Acquisition of software licenses under capital lease

            220          
 

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

    5,252     5,256     5,259     3,383     3,826  
 

Accretion of redeemable common stock

    200                  
 

Property and equipment in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    617     985     1,171     754     2,011  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The business

        Boingo Wireless, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively "we, us or our") is a leading global provider of mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Our solutions enable individuals to access our extensive global Wi-Fi network with devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers. Boingo Wireless, Inc. was incorporated on April 16, 2001 in the State of Delaware. On June 27, 2006, we purchased the capital stock of Tego Communications, Inc., a 49% owner of the membership interests in Concourse Holdings Co., LLC, ("Holdings") and the remaining 51% of the membership interests in Holdings. As a result, we own all the membership interest in Holdings, which includes Concourse Communications Group, LLC ("Concourse") and its subsidiaries. Concourse is a leader in the design, deployment and operation of neutral host wireless networks within airports and large commercial venues in North America. On November 1, 2008, we acquired Opti-Fi Networks, LLC ("Opti-Fi"), an operator of neutral host wireless networks at various locations in North America (see Note 7).

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and our majority-owned subsidiaries. We consolidate our 70% ownership of Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC and our 70% ownership of Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC. Other parties' interests in consolidated entities are reported as non-controlling interests. The results of operations for the acquisition of companies accounted for under the purchase method have been included in the consolidated statements of operations beginning on the closing date of the acquisition. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

        In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued updates to guidance in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 810, Consolidation that addressed the accounting and reporting framework for non-controlling interests by a parent company. This guidance became effective for us January 1, 2009. See Recent accounting pronouncements of this note for further discussion of the changes resulting from this guidance.

Unaudited interim consolidated financial statements

        The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the interim consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of our financial position as of September 30, 2010 and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the nine month periods are unaudited. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010 or for any other future year or interim period.

F-8


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Unaudited pro forma information

        The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 114,229 shares of common stock on a 1:1 basis for the Series A and B convertible preferred stock, 1:1.07 for the Series A-2 convertible preferred stock and 1:1.2 for the Series C convertible preferred stock upon the completion of an initial public offering at a share price equal to at least $3.57 with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $30 million ("qualified offering"), or upon the written election of the holders, and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital for certain Series B preferred stock warrants that convert to common stock upon the completion of an initial public offering.

        The pro forma basic and diluted net per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 reflect the conversion upon a qualified offering of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.

        The table below sets forth the computation of our pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2009
  Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

             

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:

  $ (4,232 ) $ 1,502  

Pro forma adjustment to reverse mark-to-market adjustment of preferred stock warrant liability(1)

    72     72  

Pro forma adjustment to reverse accretion of convertible preferred stock

    5,259     3,826  
           

Net income used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ 1,099   $ 5,400  
           

Denominator:

             

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    29,007     29,170  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock(1)

    114,229     114,229  
           

Weighted average common shares outstanding for pro forma net income (loss) per share

    143,236     143,399  
           

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ 0.01   $ 0.04  
           

(1)
The pro forma adjustment assumes the exercise and conversion of Series B preferred stock warrants to purchase up to 130 shares upon completion of our initial public offering but excludes the common share amounts as net settlement is anticipated.

F-9


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Use of estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Assets and liabilities which are subject to significant judgment and the use of estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts, recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, useful lives associated with property and equipment, intangible assets and the valuation and assumptions underlying stock-based compensation and other equity instruments. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. In addition, we regularly engage the assistance of valuation specialists in concluding fair value measurements in connection with stock-based compensation and other equity instruments.

Concentrations of credit risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, marketable securities and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and marketable securities with institutions with high credit ratings. We extend credit based upon the evaluation of the customer's financial condition and generally collateral is not required. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon expected collectability of accounts receivable. We estimate our allowance for doubtful accounts based on a specific review of significant outstanding accounts receivable. No single customer accounted for greater than 10% of revenue. At December 31, 2008, three customers accounted for 38%, 13%, and 11% of the total accounts receivable, respectively. At December 31, 2009, three customers accounted for 29%, 22%, and 9% of the total accounts receivable, respectively.

Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with maturities of three months or less when acquired. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash, money market funds, certificates of deposit and corporate securities.

Marketable securities

        Our marketable securities consist of available-for-sale securities with original maturities exceeding three months. In accordance with FASB ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, we have classified securities, which have readily determinable fair values and are highly liquid, as short-term because such securities are expected to be realized within our normal operating cycle. At December 31, 2008, short-term and long-term marketable securities consisted primarily of corporate securities. At December 31, 2009, there were no short-term or long-term marketable securities.

        Marketable securities are reported at fair value with the related unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of stockholders' deficit until realized or until a determination is made

F-10


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred . Factors considered by us in assessing whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include the nature of the investment, whether the decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting the investment, the financial condition of the investee, the severity and the duration of the impairment and whether we have the ability to hold the investment to maturity. When it is determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the investment is written down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. The cost of marketable securities sold is based upon the specific identification method. Any realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are reflected as a component of interest and other income (expense), net.

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we had no significant gross realized or unrealized holding gains or losses from investments in marketable securities classified as available-for-sale.

Restricted cash

        Restricted cash consists of letters of credit with our landlords or municipalities for which we have operating agreements and restricted cash by our charge card processor under an agreement which expires in 2011. Our charge card processor withholds 3% of our sales for future refunds for a period of six months from the month of activity. The reserve amount is subject to credit evaluations and biannual reviews. At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, we had approximately $540, $482 and $559 of charge card reserve in short-term restricted cash, respectively.

        Letters of credit are supported by cash deposits made by us and invested into bank certificates of deposit. At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, we had $1,110, $1,485 and $560 classified as short-term restricted cash, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, we had $664, $0 and $0, respectively, classified as long-term restricted cash, which are included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Fair value of financial instruments

        Our financial and non-financial instruments are measured and reported on a fair value basis in accordance with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820"). Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal, or most advantageous market in which it would transact, and we consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

        The accounting guidance for fair value measurement also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the

F-11


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

    Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

        The carrying amount reflected in the balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

Property and equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Additions and improvements are capitalized while routine repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Computer equipment   2 to 5 years
Software   2 to 5 years
Office equipment   3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements   The shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining term of the lease agreements, ranging from 3 to 15 years

        Leasehold improvements are principally comprised of network equipment located at various managed and operated locations, primarily airports, under exclusive, long-term, non-cancellable contracts to provide wireless communication network access. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining term of the related lease agreements.

Equipment under capital lease

        We lease certain data communications equipment, other equipment and software under capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under capital lease are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

F-12


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Software development costs

        Expenses related to preliminary project assessment, research and development, re-engineering, training and application maintenance are expensed as incurred. Costs that qualify for capitalization are included in property and equipment and consist primarily of purchased software and consulting fees.

Long-lived assets

        In the normal course of business, we acquire tangible and intangible assets, which are recorded at fair value. Intangible assets consist of acquired airport venue contracts, acquired kiosks, non-competition agreements and trade names. We record intangible assets at fair value and amortize these finite-lived assets over the shorter of the contractual life or the estimated useful life. We estimate the useful lives of acquired intangible assets based on factors that include the planned use of each acquired intangible asset, the expected pattern of future cash flows to be derived from each acquired intangible asset and contractual periods specified in the related agreements. We include amortization of acquired intangibles in amortization of intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        We perform an impairment review of long-lived assets held and used including finite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to: significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our overall business and product strategies and significant industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of these indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate or other indices of fair value. We would then recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset.

        We use our best judgment based on current facts and circumstances related to our business, when making these estimates. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used in calculating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material.

        During the fourth quarter of 2008 and 2009, we performed our annual impairment analysis of intangible assets held throughout the year. Based on this testing, there was no impairment identified of our long-lived assets at December 31, 2008 and 2009.

Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Concourse in June 2006.

        We test goodwill for impairment in accordance with guidance provided by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"). Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be

F-13


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


impaired. Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

        The testing for a potential impairment of goodwill involves a two-step process. The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of our reporting unit with its respective book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may require valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. We have elected to test for goodwill impairment annually during the fourth quarter, and at December 31, 2008 and 2009, no impairment was identified.

        Currently, we have one reporting unit, one operating segment and one reportable segment in accordance with FASB ASC 350. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, all of the goodwill was attributed to our reporting unit.

Revenue recognition

        We generate revenue from several sources including: (i) retail customers under subscription plans for month-to-month network access that automatically renew, and retail single-use access from sales of hourly, daily or other single-use access plans, (ii) platform service arrangements with wholesale customers that provide software licensing, network access, and professional services fees and (iii) wholesale customers that are telecom operators under long-term contracts for access to our distributed antenna system ("DAS") at our managed and operated locations. Software licensed by our wholesale platform services customers can only be used during the term of the service arrangements and has no utility to them upon termination of the service arrangement.

        We recognize revenue when an arrangement exists, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain related to the earned fees and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. We allocate revenue in arrangements with multiple deliverables to each qualifying separate unit of accounting based on their relative fair values or the fair value of undelivered elements. Fair value is determined by the prices charged when the element is sold separately or other verifiable objective evidence.

        Subscription fees from retail customers are paid monthly in advance by charge card and revenue is deferred for the portions of monthly recurring subscription fees collected in advance. Subscription fee revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Revenue generated from retail single-use access is recognized when earned.

        Services provided to wholesale partners under platform service arrangements generally contain several elements including: (i) a term license to use our software to access our Wi-Fi network,

F-14


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


(ii) access fees for network usage, and (iii) professional services for software integration and customization and to maintain the Wi-Fi service. The term license, monthly minimum network access fees and professional services are billed on a monthly basis based upon predetermined fixed rates. Once the term license and professional services for integration and customization are delivered, the fees from the arrangement are recognized ratably over the remaining term of the platform service arrangement, which is generally between two to five years. Revenue for network access fees in excess of the monthly minimum amounts is recognized when earned. All elements within a platform service arrangement are generally delivered and earned concurrently throughout the term of the respective service arrangement.

        Revenue generated from access to our DAS networks consists of build-out fees and recurring access fees under certain long-term contracts with telecom operators. Build-out fees paid upfront are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the respective service arrangement, once the build-out is complete, as they are not separate units of accounting or the culmination of a separate earnings process. Minimum monthly access fees for usage of the DAS networks are non-cancellable and generally escalate on an annual basis. These minimum monthly access fees are recognized ratably over the term of the wholesale partner arrangement which generally range from five to ten years. Revenue from network access fees in excess of the monthly minimums is recognized when earned.

        In instances where the minimum monthly network access fees escalate over the term of the wholesale service arrangement, an unbilled receivable is recognized when performance is within our control and when we have reasonable assurance that the unbilled receivable balance will be collected.

        For platform service or DAS arrangements, we may provide professional services for initial implementation service before the commencement of earnings. We defer recognition of any non-refundable upfront fees collected in association with the initial implementation activities as they are not separate units of accounting. Once the earnings process commences, we recognize these fees ratably over the remaining term of the wholesale service arrangement.

        Advertising and other revenue is recognized when the services are performed.

Network access

        Network access expense consists primarily of revenue share payments to venues, fees paid to network roaming partners for access to their networks and expenses associated with computer equipment that is sold as part of network build-outs.

Network operations

        Network operations expense consists of compensation and benefits for network operations, customer support consulting, co-location costs, depreciation of network equipment and overhead costs.

Development and technology

        Development and technology expense consists of compensation and benefits for development and product personnel, consulting, expenses associated with computer equipment used in technology development and overhead costs.

F-15


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Selling and marketing

        Selling and marketing expense consists of compensation and benefits for business development and marketing personnel, advertising, promotion expenses and overhead costs. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses totaled $862, $2,310 and $1,296 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

General and administrative

        General and administrative expense consists of compensation and benefits for general and administrative personnel, legal and accounting expenses, charge card processing fees and bad debt expense and overhead costs.

Stock-based compensation

        To date, our stock-based compensation has consisted of stock options and restricted stock awards granted to employees and non-employees.

        We recognize stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock option and restricted stock grants in accordance with guidance provided by FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). We measure stock-based compensation cost at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognize the cost on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the employee requisite service period. We estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The option pricing model requires input of assumptions regarding expected term, expected volatility, dividend yield, and a risk-free rate. The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant date fair value of our employee stock option grants for the following periods:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2010
 
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Expected term (years)

    6     6     7     6  

Expected volatility

    64 %   70 %   73 %   68 %

Dividend yield

    0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

Risk-free rate

    4 %   3 %   3 %   2 %

        The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. In estimating the expected term for options granted to employees, we applied the simplified method from Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic ("SAB Topic 14"), Share-Based Payment , where options are granted at-the-money. Where options were not granted at-the-money, the expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is calculated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior.

        We determined the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public companies' common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options in

F-16


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


accordance with guidance in ASC 718 and SAB Topic 14. We will continue to monitor peer companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

        The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on the United States government securities appropriate for the expected term of our employee stock options.

        The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts for which no cash dividends have been declared or paid on our common stock, and for which none are anticipated in the foreseeable future.

        As stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, the amount has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations.

        Compensation expense for non-employee stock-based awards is recognized in accordance with ASC 718 and FASB ASC 505, Equity . Stock option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. We record compensation expense based on the then-current fair value of the stock options at each financial reporting date. Compensation recorded during the service period is adjusted in subsequent periods for changes in the stock options' fair value until the earlier of the date at which the non-employee's performance is complete or a performance commitment is reached, which is generally when the stock award vests. There was no stock-based compensation expense recognized for non-employee stock-based awards for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine-months ended September 30, 2010.

        For purposes of financial accounting for stock-based compensation, we have determined the fair value of our options based in part on the work of third-party valuation specialists. The determination of stock-based compensation is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If we had made different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense, and net income (loss) including non-controlling interests could have been significantly different.

Income taxes

        We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes ("ASC 740 ")— an interpretation of FASB Statement No.109 ("FIN 48"), which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of the deferred items is based on enacted tax laws. In the event the future consequences of differences between financial reporting bases and the tax bases of our assets and liabilities result in a deferred tax asset, ASC 740 requires an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset. A valuation allowance related to a deferred tax asset is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income tax expense in each of

F-17


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


the jurisdictions in which we operate. We also assess temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting differences. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized.

        ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement methodology to recognize and measure an income tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position is based on a two-step approach. The first step requires an entity to evaluate whether the tax position would "more likely than not" be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority. The second step requires the tax position be measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. In addition, previously recognized benefits from tax positions that no longer meet the new criteria would no longer be recognized.

        We have filed, or are in the process of filing, tax returns that are subject to audit by the respective tax authorities. Although the ultimate outcome would be unknown, we believe that any adjustments that may result from tax return audits are not likely to have a material, adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Non-controlling interests

        Non-controlling interests are comprised of minority holdings in Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC ("Detroit") and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC ("Chicago"). Under the terms of the LLC agreements, we are required to distribute annually to the Chicago minority interest holders 30% of allocated net profits less capital expenditures of the preceding year. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, amounts due and payable to the Chicago minority interest holders amounted to $332 and $394, respectively. For Detroit, an annual distribution of $53 and $85 was payable in 2008 and 2009. In 2008, an additional $30 was due and payable as a result of a contract extension amongst the members.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued updates to guidance in FASB ASC 810, Consolidation that addressed the accounting and reporting framework for non-controlling interests by a parent company. The guidance clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary should be accounted for as a component of equity separate from the parent company's equity. It also requires the presentation of both net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests and net income (loss) attributable to us on the face of the consolidated statements of operations. We adopted the updates on January 1, 2009 on a prospective basis, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which were applied retrospectively as follows:

    we reclassified non-controlling interests previously reported on our consolidated statements of operations as a component of net income (loss) to a separate line below net income (loss) including non-controlling interests; and

    we reclassified non-controlling interests previously reported on our consolidated balance sheets as a component between total liabilities and temporary equity in the mezzanine section to a component of equity.

F-18


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Convertible preferred stock

        We present our convertible preferred stock (see Note 10) as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity ("ASC 480"). Accretion of related issuance costs and dividends are recorded as a charge against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings by charges against additional paid-in capital until fully depleted, then against the accumulated deficit. We accrete issuance costs and dividends to the earliest redemption date.

Warrants exercisable into convertible preferred stock

        In accounting for preferred stock warrants, we apply the provisions of FASB ASC 480. ASC 480 requires freestanding warrants and other similar instruments on shares that are redeemable (either puttable or mandatorily redeemable) to be classified as liabilities. We have issued warrants which are exercisable into the Series B convertible preferred stock (see Note 11) in connection with our capital lease arrangements. We have determined that the preferred stock warrants contain puttable features as a result of the redemption provisions and deemed liquidation preferences upon a change-in-control. Accordingly, the warrants have been recorded as a non-current liability and are carried at their fair value at date of issuance with decreases or increases in fair value at each reporting date recorded as other income or expense. The warrants are exercisable either through cash payment of the exercise price or through net-share settlement at the option of the holder.

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the potential dilution that could occur if stock options, common stock warrants, Series B convertible preferred stock warrants and the convertible preferred stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive dividends as disclosed in Note 10 and are not contractually obligated to share in our net income (loss) with common stockholders. The common stockholders are not entitled to receive any dividends. Diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock is the same as basic net income (loss) per share of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine-month period in the year ended September 30, 2009 (unaudited), since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive for the periods presented.

Segment and geographical information

        We operate in one reporting unit, one operating and reportable segment; a service provider of mobile Wi-Fi solutions across our managed and operated network and aggregated network for mobile devices such as laptops, smartphones and tablets. This single segment is consistent with the internal organization structure and the manner in which operations are reviewed and managed by our Chief Executive Officer, the chief operating decision maker.

F-19


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        Revenue is predominately generated and all significant long-lived tangible assets are held in the United States of America. International revenue represents less than five percent of total revenue.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        As of July 1, 2009, we adopted FASB ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , formerly FASB Statement No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("ASC 105"). ASC 105 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("Codification") as the single source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principals ("GAAP") recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of the federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. ASC 105 and the Codification are effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification will become non-authoritative. Following ASC 105, the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions, or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, the FASB will issue Accounting Standards Updates, which will serve only to: (a) update the Codification; (b) provide background information about the guidance; and (c) provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the Codification. As the Codification does not change U.S. GAAP, it does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Previous references made to U.S. GAAP literature in the notes to our consolidated financial statements have been updated with references to the new Codification.

        In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses ("ASU 2010-20"). ASU 2010-20 is an update of FASB ASC 310, Receivables . This update requires enhanced disclosures on a disaggregated basis about:

    The nature of the credit risk inherent in the portfolio of financing receivables;

    How that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses; and

    The changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses.

        The disclosures required in accordance with ASU 2010-20 as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. Disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance on disclosures is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures with regard to financing receivables.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-02, Consolidation, Topic 810, Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification . Pursuant to the transition provisions, we adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2009 via retrospective application of the presentation and disclosure requirements. Non-controlling interests of $284, $201, and $197 at January 1, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were reclassified from the liabilities section to the equity section in the consolidated balance sheets. As a result of the adoption of this guidance, we reclassified the portion of the minority interest relating to common stock to stockholders' equity during 2009. The components of

F-20


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


the minority interest are referred to as a "non-controlling interest" in the consolidated financial statements. The provisions of the standard were applied to all non-controlling interests prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which were applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC 820 with amended guidance and issued a clarification with regard to disclosure requirements about fair market value measurement. A reporting entity is required to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, for measurements utilizing significant unobservable inputs, a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. We adopted this guidance beginning on January 1, 2010. The adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-14, Software-Topic 985-Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements . This guidance amends the scope of existing software revenue recognition accounting. Tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality would be scoped out of the accounting guidance on software and accounted for based on other appropriate revenue recognition guidance. The new accounting guidance is effective for us on January 1, 2011, and may be applied prospectively for new or materially modified arrangements. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements ("ASU 2009-13"). ASU 2009-13 amends and replaces the criteria for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements by establishing a selling price hierarchy. The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value if available, third-party evidence if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor third-party evidence is available. ASU 2009-13 also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. ASU 2009-13 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2010. We are currently in the process of determining whether ASU 2009-13 will have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In April 2009 and December 2007, the FASB issued guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations , addressing the recognition and accounting for identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in business combinations. We adopted the business combination provisions in September 2009. Adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-21


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

3. Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities

        Cash and cash equivalents, and marketable securities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash and cash equivalents:

                   
 

Cash

  $ 4,184   $ 12,108   $ 14,242  
 

Money market accounts

    8,086     8,281     18,279  
 

Corporate securities

    470     2,240     2,210  
               
   

Total cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,740   $ 22,629   $ 34,731  
               

Short-term marketable securities—available-for-sale:

                   
 

Corporate securities

  $ 1,644   $   $  
               
   

Total short-term marketable securities

  $ 1,644   $   $  
               

        All contractual maturities of marketable securities are less than one year at December 31, 2009. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, interest income was $896, $311 and $53, respectively, which is included in interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

4. Accounts receivables, net and other receivables

        Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and other receivables consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Trade receivables, net of allowances

  $ 7,286   $ 5,940   $ 4,923  

Unbilled platform service arrangements

            742  
               
 

Current receivables, net

  $ 7,286   $ 5,940   $ 5,665  
               

Unbilled access fees

  $ 2,181   $ 2,226   $ 2,185  

Unbilled platform service arrangements

    352     1,440      
               
 

Non-current other receivables

  $ 2,533   $ 3,666   $ 2,185  
               

        Unbilled access fees receivables are included in current and non-current other assets and unbilled platform service fees are included in current other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Access fees are recorded under long-term contracts with our wholesale partners and escalate on an annual basis from which we receive fixed contractual payments and recognize revenue ratably over the term of the contracts. The $2,226 in unbilled access fees due under these contracts at December 31, 2009 are expected to be billed and collected through 2014. The $1,440 in unbilled platform service arrangements at December 31, 2009 are expected to be billed and collected by 2011.

F-22


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Accounts receivables, net and other receivables (Continued)

        Included in accounts receivables, net for the periods indicated was the allowance for doubtful accounts which consisted of the following:

 
  Allowance
for Doubtful
Accounts
 

Balance, December 31, 2006

  $ 137  
 

Additions charged to operations

    16  
 

Deductions from reserves, net

    (109 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2007

    44  
 

Additions charged to operations

    191  
 

Deductions from reserves, net

    25  
       

Balance, December 31, 2008

    260  
 

Additions charged to operations

    357  
 

Deductions from reserves, net

     
       

Balance, December 31, 2009

    617  
 

Additions charged to operations (unaudited)

     
 

Deductions from reserves, net (unaudited)

    (25 )
       

Balance, September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

  $ 592  
       

5. Accrued expenses and other liabilities

        Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Salaries and wages

  $ 2,437   $ 3,027   $ 2,511  

Revenue share

    3,806     2,980     2,824  

Accrued taxes

    281     686     353  

Deferred rent

    1,350     920     733  

Accrued for construction in progress

    467     371      

Amounts due to non-controlling interests

    332     314     287  

Other

    1,105     2,143     1,675  
               
 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

  $ 9,778   $ 10,441   $ 8,383  
               

F-23


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Property and equipment

        Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Leasehold improvements

  $ 33,279   $ 37,687   $ 41,273  

Construction in progress

    3,137     4,905     6,586  

Computer equipment

    5,339     4,218     4,872  

Software

    2,658     3,419     4,301  

Office equipment

    291     283     289  
               
 

Total property and equipment

    44,704     50,512     57,321  
 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (13,796 )   (20,454 )   (25,855 )
               
   

Total property and equipment, net

  $ 30,908   $ 30,058   $ 31,466  
               

        Included in property and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2009 was software and equipment acquired under capital leases totaling $2,090 and $2,185, and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of $1,370 and $2,095, respectively.

        Depreciation and amortization expense is allocated as follows on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Network access

  $ 2,062   $ 3,374   $ 4,176   $ 3,076   $ 3,309  

Network operations

    1,413     1,428     1,058     791     1,044  

Development and technology

    551     814     1,148     725     786  

Selling and marketing

    13     27     17     13     14  

General and administrative

    100     168     259     201     248  
                       
 

Total depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

  $ 4,139   $ 5,811   $ 6,658   $ 4,806   $ 5,401  
                       

7. Business acquisitions

        On November 1, 2008, and subsequently amended on November 7, 2008, we acquired Opti-Fi, an operator of wireless networks at various locations throughout North America. The acquisition expanded our business to 25 additional airports in North America and the Washington State Ferries. We paid $450 in cash, purchased assets of $171 and assumed liabilities of $171. In addition, we agreed to contractual payments based upon a percentage of future revenue over the next three years from the acquisition date. The revenue contingency is accrued and expensed as incurred, and the expense is included as amortization of intangible assets on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009.

F-24


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Business acquisitions (Continued)

        We recorded no goodwill upon the acquisition of Opti-Fi. We purchased Opti-Fi to obtain the rights to operate and maintain their venue contracts at various locations throughout North America. Therefore, we have allocated the excess purchase price over cost to intangible assets.

        The results of operations for Opti-Fi were insignificant for the period November 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008 and 2009. The amortization of the acquired intangibles during this period was $32 for 2008 and $185 for 2009.

        We recorded the following assets and liabilities based on the estimated fair values at the date of acquisition:

 
  Opti-Fi  

Purchase price in cash

  $ 450  

Working capital settlement

    62  

Other acquisition costs

    61  
       
 

Initial intangible asset acquired

  $ 573  
       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 38  

Accounts receivable

    125  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    8  
       
 

Total assets acquired

  $ 171  
       

Accounts payable

  $ 4  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    166  

Deferred revenue

    1  
       
 

Total liabilities assumed

  $ 171  
       

        The final purchase price will be based on the initial acquisition costs, plus the working capital settlement, plus the total of all revenue contingency payments made, and such payments will continue until October 31, 2011. During 2009, we paid approximately $231 in revenue contingency payments.

8. Goodwill and other intangible assets

Acquired assets

        On September 17, 2007, we acquired certain venue contracts from a telecom operator (the "seller") for a preliminary purchase price consideration of $5,226 which provided us the right to manage, operate and provide Wi-Fi services at eight domestic airports. The assets purchased did not constitute a business and, as such, the purchase price has been allocated to the fair value of intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, principally the venue access agreements at six airports. The asset purchase allows us to continue to expand our retail brand and drive customer acquisition at these additional airports. Of the purchase price, $2,613 was paid in cash and $2,613 in the form of service usage credits, which provide the seller the right to access our Wi-Fi network for up to 5 years from the date of acquisition. In January 2008, $700 additional consideration was agreed upon under execution of the contract, of which $350 was paid in cash in 2009 and $350 was for additional service usage credits.

F-25


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)


On June 20, 2008, we acquired an additional contract for two more airports from the seller for cash consideration of $900.

        At December 31, 2008 and 2009, we had service usage credits of $2,963 and $2,326, respectively, included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over the respective remaining contractual lives for each airport contract, which range between 9 and 34 months. Amortization expense amounted to $751, $3,907 and $1,635 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

        There was a $99 patent placed in service during 2009 of which $2 was amortized during the period.

        The changes in carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 
  Balance as of
January 1,
2008
  Additions   Amortization   Balance as of
December 31,
2008
 

Goodwill

  $ 25,512   $   $   $ 25,512  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

    20,597     2,180     (5,972 )   16,805  
                   
 

Total

  $ 46,109   $ 2,180   $ (5,972 ) $ 42,317  
                   

        Other intangible assets at December 31, 2008 consist of the following:

 
  Weighted
Average
Amortization
  Historical
Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Venue contracts

  11 years   $ 25,732   $ (9,113 ) $ 16,619  

Kiosks

  4 years     500     (314 )   186  

Non-compete

  1 year     200     (200 )    

Trade name

  2 years     300     (300 )    
                   
 

Total

      $ 26,732   $ (9,927 ) $ 16,805  
                   

        The changes in carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 
  Balance as of
January 1,
2009
  Additions   Amortization   Balance as of
December 31,
2009
 

Goodwill

  $ 25,512   $   $   $ 25,512  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

    16,805     277     (3,848 )   13,234  
                   
 

Total

  $ 42,317   $ 277   $ (3,848 ) $ 38,746  
                   

F-26


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)

        Other intangible assets at December 31, 2009 consist of the following:

 
  Weighted
Average
Amortization
  Historical
Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Venue contracts

  11 years   $ 26,006   $ (12,833 ) $ 13,173  

Kiosks

  4 years     500     (439 )   61  

Non-compete

  1 year     200     (200 )    

Trade name

  2 years     300     (300 )    
                   
 

Total

      $ 27,006   $ (13,772 ) $ 13,234  
                   

        The changes in carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are as follows:

 
  Balance as of
January 1,
2010
  Additions   Amortization   Balance as of
September 30,
2010
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Goodwill

  $ 25,512   $   $   $ 25,512  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

    13,234     195     (1,922 )   11,507  
                   
 

Total

  $ 38,746   $ 195   $ (1,922 ) $ 37,019  
                   

        Other intangible assets at September 30, 2010 consist of the following:

 
  Weighted
Average
Amortization
  Historical
Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Venue contracts

  11 years   $ 26,200   $ (14,693 ) $ 11,507  

Kiosks

  4 years     500     (500 )    

Non-compete

  1 year     200     (200 )    

Trade name

  2 years     300     (300 )    
                   
 

Total

      $ 27,200   $ (15,693 ) $ 11,507  
                   

F-27


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)

        Amortization expense for fiscal years 2010 through 2014 and thereafter is as follows:

Year
  Amortization
Expense
 

2010

  $ 2,242  

2011

    1,481  

2012

    888  

2013

    888  

2014

    843  

Thereafter

    6,892  
       

  $ 13,234  
       

9. Fair value measurement

        The following table sets forth our financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

At December 31, 2008
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,740   $   $   $ 12,740  
 

Marketable securities

    1,644             1,644  
 

Restricted cash

    2,314             2,314  
                   
   

Total assets

  $ 16,698   $   $   $ 16,698  
                   

Liabilities:

                         
 

Preferred stock warrants

  $   $   $ 26   $ 26  
                   
   

Total liabilities

  $   $   $ 26   $ 26  
                   

 

At December 31, 2009
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,629   $   $   $ 22,629  
 

Marketable securities

                 
 

Restricted cash

    1,967             1,967  
                   
   

Total assets

  $ 24,596   $   $   $ 24,596  
                   

Liabilities:

                         
 

Preferred stock warrants

  $   $   $ 72   $ 72  
                   
   

Total liabilities

  $   $   $ 72   $ 72  
                   

F-28


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Fair value measurement (Continued)

 

At September 30, 2010
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 34,731   $   $   $ 34,731  
 

Marketable securities

                 
 

Restricted cash

    1,119             1,119  
                   
   

Total assets

  $ 35,850   $   $   $ 35,850  
                   

Liabilities:

                         
 

Preferred stock warrants

  $   $   $ 72   $ 72  
                   
   

Total liabilities

  $   $   $ 72   $ 72  

        At December 31, 2008 and 2009, our Level 3 financial liabilities, accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis, consisted of warrants to purchase shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, which are reflected at fair value in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2009. The following table summarizes the changes in this financial instrument for those periods:

 
  Fair Value at
January 1,
2008
  Unrealized
(Gains) &
Losses
  Issuances   Fair Value at
December 31,
2008
 

Warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

  $ 38   $ (12 ) $   $ 26  

 

 
  Fair Value at
January 1,
2009
  Unrealized
(Gains) &
Losses
  Issuances   Fair Value at
December 31,
2009
 

Warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

  $ 26   $ 46   $   $ 72  

 

 
  Fair Value at
January 1,
2010
  Unrealized
(Gains) &
Losses
  Issuances   Fair Value at
September 30,
2010
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

  $ 72   $   $   $ 72  

        We determined the fair value of the Series B convertible preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The change in fair value of the preferred stock warrants is included in interest and other income (expense), net on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

F-29


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Convertible preferred stock

        We have financed our operations, in part, through the issuance of convertible preferred stock.

        In June 2001, we raised $5,000 of bridge financing through the issuance of convertible promissory notes. The notes accrued interest of 3% per month. In July 2001, we raised total proceeds of $9,944, net of issuance costs of $56, through the issuance of 16,667 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, and converted the principal portion of the convertible promissory notes and interest of $158 on the convertible promissory notes through the issuance of 8,596 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $0.60 per share.

        In February 2002, we issued 5,525 shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock for total proceeds of $4,734, net of acquisition costs of $16 at $0.86 per share.

        In September and December 2003, we issued 17,167 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock for total proceeds of $10,226, net of issuance costs of $74 at $0.60 per share.

        From June through September 2006, we issued 54,916 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for proceeds of $63,438, net of issuance costs of $1,912 at $1.19 per share.

Conversion

        Each share of Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock is immediately convertible, at the holder's option, into shares of common stock based on the formula of the issuance price divided by the conversion price. The conversion price is $0.60 for Series A and B convertible preferred stock, $0.805214587 for Series A-2 convertible preferred stock and $1.19 for Series C convertible preferred stock. Each share of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock. Series A-2 convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock as obtained by multiplying the number of shares of the convertible stock by $0.86 and dividing the result by the conversion price of $0.805214587 per share, which approximates a 1 for 1.07 shares of common stock conversion rate. Series C convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock as obtained by multiplying the number of shares of the convertible stock by $1.19 and dividing the result by the conversion price of $0.99167 per share, which approximates a 1 for 1.2 shares of common stock conversion rate. Conversion of each share of Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock is automatic upon the completion of a qualified offering.

Voting rights

        The holders of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote. Each preferred share is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred share is convertible at the time of such vote.

Dividends

        The holders of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, whether or not earned or declared, out of funds legally available therefor, at the rate of $0.03 per share per annum for the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.043 for the Series A-2 convertible preferred stock and $0.0595 for the Series C

F-30


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Convertible preferred stock (Continued)


convertible preferred stock (the "accruing dividends"). Accruing dividends accrue on each share of convertible preferred stock from the date of issuance until the earlier of (i) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, including an acquisition, consolidation or merger, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company (a "liquidation event") and (ii) the date of redemption. The Series C convertible preferred stock has been redeemable since June 26, 2010, however the stockholders have not yet elected to redeem their shares, thus we continue to accrue dividends at $0.0595 per share. We accrued dividends of $4,778 for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, which are accreted in the respective carrying values of the convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation preference

        Upon a liquidation event, the Series C convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series C convertible preferred stock, to be paid an amount equal to $1.19 per share, plus in the case of each share, an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the Series C convertible preferred stockholders their full liquidation preference, then our entire assets to be so distributed shall be distributed ratably among the Series C convertible preferred stockholders based on the full amount of the liquidation preference to which they would otherwise be entitled.

        After the Series C convertible preferred stockholders have been paid in full, the Series B convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series B convertible preferred stock, to be paid an amount equal to $0.60 per share, plus in the case of each share, an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If our remaining assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the Series B convertible preferred stockholders their full liquidation preference, then our entire assets to be so distributed shall be distributed ratably among the Series B convertible preferred stockholders based on the full amount of the liquidation preference to which they would otherwise be entitled.

        After the Series B convertible preferred stockholders have been paid in full, the of Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stock, to be paid an amount equal to $0.60 and $0.86 per share, respectively, plus in the case of each share, an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If our remaining assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stockholders their full liquidation preference, then our entire assets to be so distributed shall be distributed ratably among the Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stockholders based on the full amount of the liquidation preference to which they would otherwise be entitled.

        After the Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stockholders have been paid in full, our remaining assets available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among all stockholders based on the number of shares held by each, on an as converted to common stock basis; provided however, that the total distribution to the Series C, Series B, Series A and Series A-2 convertible preferred stockholders in connection with the liquidation event shall not exceed $2.38, $1.20, $1.20 and $1.72 per

F-31


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Convertible preferred stock (Continued)


share, respectively, unless such convertible preferred stockholders elect to convert their convertible preferred stock into common stock.

Redemption

        All of the outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-2 and Series B convertible preferred stock shall be redeemed, with the prior written consent of the holders of at least 70% of the outstanding Series C convertible preferred stock, at the written request of holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock. All of the outstanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock shall be redeemed at the written request of holders of at least 70% of the outstanding Series C convertible preferred stock.

        Upon receiving a written request for redemption (a "redemption election") for Series C convertible preferred stock at any time on or after June 26, 2010, we shall redeem all outstanding shares of the Series C convertible preferred stock by paying in cash an amount equal to $1.19 per share, plus an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon.

        Upon receiving a redemption election for Series A, Series A-2 and Series B convertible preferred stock at any time on or after June 26, 2011, we shall redeem all outstanding shares of the Series A, Series A-2 and Series B convertible preferred stock by paying in cash an amount equal to $0.60, $0.86 and $0.60 per share, respectively, plus an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. We may elect to redeem the Series A, Series A-2 and Series B convertible preferred stock in three equal installments on the first date such redemption is required and on each of the next two anniversary dates.

        Accretion of accruing dividends and issuance costs related to the convertible preferred stock through the earliest respective redemption dates for the fiscal years 2010 through 2011 is $3,386 and $755, respectively. However, the Series C convertible preferred stockholders have not elected to redeem their shares, thus we continue to accrete the state of dividends at $0.0595 per share per annum.

        If we do not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock to be redeemed at a redemption date, then we shall first redeem the Series C convertible preferred stock ratably to the extent funds are legally available for redemption, until all shares are redeemed. After all shares of Series C convertible preferred stock that have been requested to be redeemed are redeemed, the holders of the remaining shares of convertible preferred stock shall share ratably in any funds legally available for redemption of such shares according to the respective amounts payable if the full number of shares to be redeemed were redeemed.

        The conversion options, payments of liquidation preference and redemption elections are considered contingent events that are not solely within our control, therefore we have presented our convertible preferred stock as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets for the years presented.

F-32


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Common stock

Reserve for unissued shares

        At December 31, 2008 and 2009, we are authorized to issue up to 174,500 shares of common stock. We are required to reserve and keep available out of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock such number of shares sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and the exercise of all outstanding common stock warrants, plus shares granted and available for grant under our stock option plan.

        The amount of such shares of common stock reserved for these purposes is as follows:

 
  Number of Shares  
 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock

    65,898     65,898     65,898  

Outstanding stock options

    21,716     26,407     26,502  

Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock

    25,263     25,263     25,263  

Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock

    17,167     17,167     17,167  

Conversion of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock

    5,901     5,901     5,901  

Additional shares available for grant under the company's stock option plan

    5,912     1,091     827  

Outstanding common stock warrants

    487     132     132  

Outstanding Series B preferred stock warrants

    130     130     130  
               
 

Total

    142,474     141,989     141,820  
               

Note receivable from stockholder

        During 2002, we granted 1,450 shares of restricted common stock to an officer at the deemed fair value of $0.06 per share in exchange for cash proceeds of $9 and issuance of a partial recourse note (the "note") of $78 payable with an interest rate equal to the applicable federal rate. Principal and interest on the note are payable to the extent accrued and unpaid on the earlier of January 30, 2008, the maturity date of the note, or in the event of employment termination, within 30 days of the termination date. We have not called the note at December 31, 2009. The underlying common stock is no longer subject to restriction and the note is classified as contra equity on our consolidated balance sheets in accordance with guidance provided by FASB ASC 505, Equity . During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the interest accrued on the note from the officer was $5, $4 and $3, respectively, and is included in interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, the principal and interest outstanding on the note is $100 and $103, respectively.

Treasury stock

        In connection with the acquisition of Concourse on June 27, 2006, we entered into a restricted common stock agreement with the sellers and issued 6,283 shares of our common stock. The agreement contained a restriction, which prohibited the sellers from selling or transferring the shares for a period of six months subsequent to our completion of an initial public offering. The agreement also contained

F-33


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Common stock (Continued)


a put option which allowed the sellers to redeem the common stock for a fixed cash consideration of $5,000 at any time between the second and third anniversaries from the date of acquisition. At the date of acquisition, the redeemable common stock was valued at $4,518 and was classified as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets.

        On October 31, 2007, the sellers tendered the shares in an early redemption for $4,575. Immediately before the redemption, the residual carrying value of the redeemable common stock was $4,834. The carrying value included accretion of $200 for the period ended October 31, 2007 and total accretion of $316 from the acquisition date. Immediately after the redemption, the extinguishment of the redemption right required the common stock to be reclassified to permanent equity and the repurchased shares were recorded as treasury stock in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, resulting in a net equity gain of $259.

12. Warrants

Preferred stock warrants

        At December 31, 2009, we had two warrants to purchase an aggregate of 130 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (the "Series B Warrants"). The Series B Warrants have a weighted average exercise price of $0.60 per share and expire upon the earlier of: (i) immediately prior to the closing of the first underwritten public offering of our common stock registered with the SEC; (ii) a change in control event; or (iii) upon their contractual term. The Series B Warrants have a weighted average remaining contractual term of two years at December 31, 2009. These Series B Warrants were issued to certain lease financiers in connection with prior year capital leases. We have recognized final amortization of the related capital lease discounts of $3 to interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2007.

        The Series B Warrants were classified as liabilities in accordance with FASB ASC 480-10-25. We account for the Series B Warrants on a variable basis and recorded additional other income or expense for changes in the estimated fair value at the end of each reporting period until the warrants were exercised. The estimated fair value of the Series B Warrants at December 31, 2008 and 2009 was $26 and $72, respectively, and is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we recorded income of $7, $12 and $46, respectively, for the changes in fair value to interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Common stock warrants

        In March 2009, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 355 shares of common stock were exercised at a weighted average exercise price of $0.01 per share.

        At December 31, 2008 and 2009, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 487 and 132 shares of common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.33 and $0.01 per share, respectively. The common stock warrants have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 2.4 years at December 31, 2009.

F-34


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

12. Warrants (Continued)

        In March and August 2007, we issued warrants to purchase 132 shares of common stock to a lease financier in connection with various capital leases for equipment. The common stock warrants are immediately exercisable upon their respective issuance dates. The estimated fair value of the common stock warrants on their respective grant dates totaled $14, which was immediately expensed to interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2007.

13. Income taxes

        On January 1, 2007, we adopted ASC 740. There was no cumulative effect recorded as a charge to retained earnings from the adoption of FIN 48.

        The income taxes by jurisdiction consist of the following for the years ended December 31:

 
  2007   2008   2009  

U.S. federal:

                   
   

Current

  $   $   $ 63  
   

Deferred

             
               
     

Total U.S. federal

            63  

U.S. state and local:

                   
   

Current

    128     272     643  
   

Deferred

             
               
     

Total U.S. state and local

    128     272     643  
               
 

Total income taxes

  $ 128   $ 272   $ 706  
               

        Income taxes differ from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income (loss) before income taxes as a result of the following for the years ended December 31:

 
  2007   2008   2009  

Federal statutory rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %   34.0 %

State and local

    (7.3 )   (7.3 )   32.8  

Stock options

    (7.6 )   (4.0 )   14.5  

Non-controlling interests

    (0.6 )   (0.3 )   (7.5 )

Valuation allowance

    (23.5 )   (27.4 )   (40.7 )

Other

    (0.2 )   (0.1 )   0.1  
               
 

Income taxes. 

    (5.2 )%   (5.1 )%   33.2 %
               

F-35


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Income taxes (Continued)

        Deferred income tax reflects the tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and consisted of the following at December 31:

 
  2008   2009  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 13,227   $ 12,853  

Income from U.S. partnerships

    1,182     1,128  

Intangible assets

    213     719  

Deferred revenue

    274     642  

Deferred compensation

    976     341  

Property and equipment

    161     337  

State taxes

    93     212  

Other

        94  

Allowance for bad debt

    28     84  
           

    16,154     16,410  

Valuation allowance

    (15,064 )   (15,308 )
           
 

Net deferred tax assets

    1,090     1,102  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

State taxes

    (1,090 )   (1,102 )
           
 

Net deferred tax liabilities

    (1,090 )   (1,102 )
           
 

Net deferred taxes

  $   $  
           

        We recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008 and 2009. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we reviewed all available evidence pursuant to the requirements of FASB ASC 740. Based upon our assessment of all available evidence, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the valuation allowance increased by $1,405 and $244, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $33,458 and $30,316, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $32,009 and $28,569, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2021, and the state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2012. Our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event that a change in ownership, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, occurs in the future.

        We recognized interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income taxes which were not material during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009.

        The adoption of ASC 740 guidance required us to identify, evaluate and measure all uncertain tax positions taken or to be taken on tax returns and to record liabilities for the amount of these positions that may not be sustained, or may only partially be sustained, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. Although we believe that our estimates and judgments were reasonable, actual results may differ from these estimates. Some or all of these judgments are subject to review by the taxing

F-36


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Income taxes (Continued)

authorities. We have no significant uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

        Our annual income taxes and the determination of the resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities involve a significant amount of judgment. Our judgments, assumptions and estimates relative to current income taxes take into account current tax laws, their interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. We operate within federal, state and international taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve.

        We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2009, there was no accrued interest or penalties.

        The following table sets forth the changes in the valuation allowance, for all periods presented:

 
  Valuation
Allowance
 

Balance, December 31, 2006

  $ 9,971  
 

Additions charged to operations

    3,688  
       

Balance, December 31, 2007

    13,659  
 

Additions charged to operations

    1,405  
       

Balance, December 31, 2008

    15,064  
 

Additions charged to operations

    244  
       

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 15,308  
       

14. Commitments and contingencies

Capital and operating leases

        We lease space in managed and operated locations, primarily airports, under exclusive long-term, non-cancellable contracts to provide wireless services and access. Minimum rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Rent expense for our leases from governmental authorities for the periods ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $8,382, $9,736 and $10,136, respectively.

        We lease equipment, primarily data communication equipment and database software under non-cancellable capital leases that expire by October 2011. The leases are collateralized by the equipment under the lease. Interest expense associated with the capital leases for the periods ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $49, $84 and $57, respectively. Of the $49 of interest expense in 2007, $14 was related to the common stock warrants issued in connection with various capital leases (see Note 11). We also lease office space under non-cancellable operating leases. Rent expense for our leases of office facilities for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $771, $1,329 and $1,319, respectively. Included in rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was sublease income of $16.

        In September 2007, we entered into a lease for approximately 25 thousand square feet of office space in the Westwood area of Los Angeles, California. The lease term is from November 1, 2007

F-37


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)


through October 31, 2012. The annual rent payments will escalate over the term of the lease from $1,205 to $1,437.

        In November 2009, we entered into a capital lease agreement to purchase certain software licenses and support. The total amount financed was $720. The lease term is from January 1, 2010 to October 1, 2011. The annual lease payments are $373.

        Future minimum lease obligations under the non-cancellable operating and capital leases at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

Years ended December 31,
  Capital
Leases
  Operating
Leases
 

2010

  $ 613   $ 5,174  

2011

    400     4,983  

2012

        4,496  

2013

        3,241  

2014

        3,149  

Thereafter

        31,514  
           

Minimum lease payments

    1,013   $ 52,557  
             

Less: imputed interest

    (38 )      
             
 

Present value of minimum lease payments

  $ 975        
             
 

Current portion

  $ 586        
             
 

Non-current portion

  $ 389        
             

Litigation

        From time to time, we may be subject to claims arising out of the operations in the normal course of business. We are not a party to any such other litigation that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Indemnification

        Indemnification provisions in our third-party service provider agreements provide that we will indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemnified parties on a case-by-case basis for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified parties in connection with any claim by any third party as a result of our website, advertising, marketing, payment processing, collection or customer service activities. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is undeterminable. We have never paid a claim, nor have we been sued in connection with these indemnification provisions. At December 31, 2009, we have not accrued a liability for these guarantees, because the likelihood of incurring a payment obligation in connection with these guarantees is not probable.

F-38


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

Employment contracts

        We have entered into employment contracts with two of our officers. These contracts generally provide for severance benefits, including salary continuation, if employment is terminated by us for substantial cause or by the officer for convenience. In addition, in order to assure that the CEO would continue to provide independent leadership consistent with our best interests in the event of an actual or threatened change in control, the contract also generally provides for certain protections in the event of such a change in control. These protections include the payment of certain severance benefits, including salary continuation, upon the termination of employment following a change in control.

15. Stock incentive plan

        In June 2001, the board of directors and stockholders approved the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). On August 21, 2007 we amended the Plan and increased it to provide for the direct sale of shares of restricted stock and the grant of options to purchase up to a maximum of 31,921 shares from 26,567 shares of our common stock to employees, officers, consultants and directors. The Plan includes incentive stock options ("ISOs") and non-statutory stock options ("NSOs"). The Plan provides for options to be priced generally at not less than the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of grant, and for NSOs, the option price shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of grant. For ISOs and NSOs, the exercise price per share may not be less than 110% and 100%, respectively, of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date for any individual possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all our outstanding stock. The exercise rights of ISOs and NSOs vest at rates determined by the board of directors. Options expire within a period of not more than ten years from the date of grant. An option granted to a person who is a 10% or greater stockholder on the date of grant shall not be exercisable more than five years after the date it is granted. Options typically expire between three and six months after employee termination, depending on the circumstances. At December 31, 2009, there were 1,091 shares available for grant under our stock option plan.

        We recognized stock-based compensation expense as follows during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009:

 
  Years ended
December 31,
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Network operations

  $ 152   $ 91   $ 127   $ 97   $ 106  

Development and technology

    128     79     84     59     91  

Selling and marketing

    129     121     114     77     130  

General and administrative

    209     375     415     291     357  
                       
 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 618   $ 666   $ 740   $ 524   $ 684  
                       

F-39


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Stock incentive plan (Continued)

        A summary of the stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Life (years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

    8,928   $ 0.15     7.6   $ 1,167  

Granted

    15,771   $ 0.28     9.4        

Exercised

    (487 ) $ 0.25     8.6        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (2,377 ) $ 0.24              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

    21,835   $ 0.23     8.3   $ 1,064  

Granted

    3,617   $ 0.28     9.2        

Exercised

    (480 ) $ 0.15     5.7        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (3,255 ) $ 0.22              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    21,717   $ 0.24     7.7   $ 814  

Granted

    5,319   $ 0.28     9.7        

Exercised

    (131 ) $ 0.27     7.2        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (498 ) $ 0.28              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    26,407   $ 0.25     7.3   $ 8,471  

Granted

    264   $ 0.57     9.7        

Exercised

    (7 ) $ 0.20     5.3        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (162 ) $ 0.29              
                         

Outstanding at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    26,502   $ 0.25     6.5   $ 8,423  
                         

Vested & expected to vest at December 31, 2009

    25,721   $ 0.25     7.2   $ 8,272  

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

    16,342   $ 0.23     6.4   $ 5,552  

Vested & expected to vest at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    25,973   $ 0.25     6.5   $ 8,274  

Exercisable at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    19,184   $ 0.24     5.8   $ 6,376  

        The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock at December 31, 2009 and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options at December 31, 2009. The intrinsic value changes are based on the estimated fair value of our common stock. To estimate the value of common shares, we determined our business enterprise value using both income and market approaches. We then used a dynamic option model to value the various components of our capital structure taking into consideration the various components including common stock, liquidation rights and preferences of our preferred stock, warrants, options on common stock and marketability discounts. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $13, $61 and $1, respectively. At December 31, 2009, total remaining stock-based compensation expense for unvested awards is $2,538, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years.

        Stock options to purchase 131, 480 and 487 shares of our common stock were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 for cash proceeds of $123, $73 and $36, respectively.

F-40


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Stock incentive plan (Continued)

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $0.17, $0.18 and $0.35, respectively.

        There was no tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from stock options exercised during the years ended December 31 2007, 2008 and 2009.

16. Employee benefit plan

        During 2002, we established a defined contribution savings plan in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet the IRS requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the board of directors. Employer contributions of $234 and $244 were made to the plan by us in 2008 and 2009, respectively.

17. Related party transactions

        We entered into a commercial arrangement with a leading IP infrastructure and managed services provider ("the related party") in 2002 which was amended in 2004 and 2006, whereby we provide our Wi-Fi service offering to the related party on a wholesale basis. The service is then made available to the related party's subscribers under the related party brand. The arrangement was made on an arms-length basis. Our chairman was a member of the board of directors of the related party. The fees paid to us by the related party were $150, $112 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. There was no revenue from the related party during each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and $228 during the year ended December 31, 2007.

F-41


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated:

 
  Years ended December 31,   Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                               

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  $ (2,898 ) $ (5,911 ) $ 1,027   $ (430 ) $ 5,328  

Accretion of convertible and redeemable stock

    (5,193 )   (5,256 )   (5,259 )   (3,944 )   (3,826 )
                       
 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (8,091 ) $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ (4,374 ) $ 1,502  
                       
 

Numerator used for diluted computation

  $ (8,091 ) $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ (4,374 ) $ 5,328  
                       

Denominator Basic:

                               
 

Weighted average common shares

    27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     29,170  

Denominator Diluted:

                               
 

Weighted average common shares

    27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     29,170  
 

Weighted average diluted convertible preferred stock

                    114,229  
 

Weighted average diluted common options

                     
 

Weighted average dilutive warrants

                     
                       
   

Total Denominator Diluted

    27,758     28,478     29,007     28,955     143,399  
                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
 

Basic

  $ (0.29 ) $ (0.39 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ 0.05  
 

Diluted

  $ (0.29 ) $ (0.39 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ 0.04  

        The following outstanding securities were not included in the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share as the inclusion would have been anti-dilutive for the periods indicated:

 
  Years ended December 31,   Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Convertible preferred stocks

    114,229     114,229     114,229     114,229      

Options to purchase common stock

    21,835     21,717     26,407     23,319     26,502  

Warrants to purchase common stock

    487     487     312     312     312  
                       
 

Total

    136,551     136,433     140,948     137,930     26,814  
                       

F-42


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

19. Subsequent events

        In July 2010, we extended our New York office lease of approximately 2 thousand square feet in Lake Success, New York. The new lease term is from August 1, 2010 to November 30, 2013. The annual rent payments will escalate over the term of the lease from $50 to $54.

        Subsequent to December 31, 2009, we granted approximately 264 options for common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $0.57 per share to non executive personnel.

        On January 11, 2011, we forgave the note receivable from one of our officers. The principal and interest outstanding of $103 were expensed as compensation.

        We evaluated subsequent events through January 14, 2011 with respect to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, and nine months ended September 30, 2010, which was commensurate with the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

F-43


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents


PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table presents the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fees.

SEC Registration fee

  $ 8,708  

FINRA filing fee

    8,000  

NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Blue sky fees and expenses

    *  

Custodian and transfer agent fees

    *  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

    *  
       
 

Total

  $ *  
       

*
To be completed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the completion of this offering will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for a breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

        In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant's amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that:

    The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant's request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful.

    The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances in which indemnification is not required by law.

    The registrant will be required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

    The registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the

II-1


Table of Contents

      registrant's board of directors. The rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

    The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, the registrant plans to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers that will provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also will provide for certain additional procedural protections. The registrant also maintains insurance to insure directors and officers against certain liabilities.

        These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements to be entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

        The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

            1.     We granted stock options to purchase 9,199,500 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.28 to $0.57 per share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.

            2.     We issued and sold an aggregate of 623,238 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants, and other service providers for aggregate consideration of approximately $111,000 upon exercises of options granted under our 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.

        The sale of securities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in these transactions.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)   Exhibits

Exhibit No.   Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

2.1

*

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 11, 2006 and as amended on June 23, 2006, by and among the Registrant and Cardinal Growth, L.P., Cardinal-Concourse, L.P. and Joseph Beatty.

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing.

 

3.3

 

Bylaws.

 

3.4

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing.

 

4.1

*

Form of Common Stock certificate.

 

4.2

 

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated June 27, 2006.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.

 

10.1

*

Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan.

 

10.3

 

Form of Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan Stock Option Agreement.

 

10.4

*

2011 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

 

10.5

*

Offer letter between the Registrant and David Hagan, dated August 23, 2001, and as amended in December 2008.

 

10.6

*

Offer letter between the Registrant and Edward Zinser dated January 22, 2008 and as amended in December 2008.

 

10.7

 

2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

10.8

 

Office Lease Agreement, dated April 2007, between CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership and Registrant.

 

10.9

*

License Agreement for Wireless Communications Access System, dated November 17, 2005, between City of Chicago and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC.

 

10.10

*

Telecommunications Network Access Agreement, dated August 26, 1999, between The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.

 

21.1

*

List of subsidiaries.

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement).

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-3


Table of Contents

(b)   Financial Statement Schedules

        All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            1.     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            2.     For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on this 14 th  day of January, 2011.

    BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DAVID HAGAN

David Hagan
Chief Executive Officer

II-5


Table of Contents


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David Hagan and Edward Zinser, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ DAVID HAGAN

David Hagan
  Chief Executive Officer & Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  January 14, 2011

/s/ EDWARD ZINSER

Edward Zinser

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 14, 2011

/s/ SKY DAYTON

Sky Dayton

 

Director

 

January 14, 2011

/s/ MARC GELLER

Marc Geller

 

Director

 

January 14, 2011

/s/ PAUL HSIAO

Paul Hsiao

 

Director

 

January 14, 2011

/s/ SHIGEYUKI TOYA

Shigeyuki Toya

 

Director

 

January 14, 2011

II-6


Table of Contents


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.   Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

2.1

*

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 11, 2006 and as amended on June 23, 2006, by and among the Registrant and Cardinal Growth, L.P., Cardinal-Concourse, L.P. and Joseph Beatty.

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing.

 

3.3

 

Bylaws.

 

3.4

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing.

 

4.1

*

Form of Common Stock certificate.

 

4.2

 

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated June 27, 2006.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.

 

10.1

*

Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan.

 

10.3

 

Form of Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan Stock Option Agreement.

 

10.4

*

2011 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

 

10.5

*

Offer letter between the Registrant and David Hagan, dated August 23, 2001, and as amended in December 2008.

 

10.6

*

Offer letter between the Registrant and Edward Zinser dated January 22, 2008 and as amended in December 2008.

 

10.7

 

2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

10.8

 

Office Lease Agreement, dated April 2007, between CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership and Registrant.

 

10.9

*

License Agreement for Wireless Communications Access System, dated November 17, 2005, between City of Chicago and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC.

 

10.10

*

Telecommunications Network Access Agreement, dated August 26, 1999, between The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.

 

21.1

*

List of subsidiaries.

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement).

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-7




Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

 

1.              The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 16, 2001, under the name of Project Mammoth, Inc.

 

2.              An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 20, 2001.

 

3.              A Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 17, 2001.

 

4.              An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 11, 2002.

 

5.              An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 17, 2003.

 

6.              An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 11, 2005.

 

7.              An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 23, 2006.

 

8.              An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 9, 2006.

 

9.              This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and amends the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to read as herein set forth in full:

 

FIRST :    The name of the Corporation is Boingo Wireless, Inc.

 

SECOND :   The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801.  The name and address of the Corporation’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801.

 

THIRD :   The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL.

 



 

FOURTH :

 

A.             The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively common stock and preferred stock.  The total number of shares that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Two Hundred Seventy Seven Million Seven Hundred Forty Five Thousand Six Hundred Sixty (277,745,660); One Hundred Seventy Four Million Five Hundred Thousand (174,500,000) shares of which shall be designated common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) having a par value of $0.0001 per share, and One Hundred Three Million Two Hundred Forty Five Thousand Six Hundred Sixty (103,245,660) shares of which shall be designated preferred stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”) having a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

B.                   The Preferred Stock shall be divided into four or more series.  The first series shall consist of Twenty-Five Million Two Hundred Sixty-Two Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty One (25,262,831) shares, par value $0.0001, and is designated as the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred ”). The Second series shall consist of Five Million Five Hundred Twenty-Four Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Six (5,524,846) shares, par value $0.0001, and is designated as the Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-2 Preferred ”, together with the Series A Preferred, the “ Series A and A-2 Preferred ”). The Third series shall consist of Seventeen Million Five Hundred Thousand (17,500,000) shares, par value $0.0001, and is designated as the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred ”).  The Fourth series shall consist of Fifty Four Million Nine Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty Three (54,957,983) shares, par value $0.0001, and is designated the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred ”).

 

C.             The number of shares of authorized Common Stock of the Corporation may be increased or decreased (subject to Section 5(j) hereof, and in any case not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class notwithstanding the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, and the holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to a separate class vote with respect thereto.

 

D.             The powers, preferences, rights, restrictions, and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1.              Voting Rights .

 

(a)            General .  Except as may be otherwise provided in these terms of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred or by law, the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, the Series B Preferred, and the Series C Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock of the Corporation as a single class on all actions to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation, including, but not limited to actions amending the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock.  Each share of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred shall entitle the holder thereof to such number of votes per share on each such action as shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock (including fractions of a share) into which such share of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred is then convertible.

 

(b)            Board Size .  The Corporation shall not, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, increase the

 

2



 

maximum number of directors constituting the Board of Directors to a number in excess of seven (7).

 

(c)            Board Seats .

 

(i)  The holders of the Series A Preferred, voting as a separate series, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (each a “ Series A Director ”).  The holders of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, voting as a combined series, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series B/C Director ”).  The holders of the Series C Preferred, voting as a separate series, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series C Director ”).  The holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation.  One director of the Corporation shall be such person, if any, who has received a plurality vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred,  Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, voting together as a single class, and a plurality vote of the holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class.  All other directors shall be elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Common Stock voting together as a single class assuming conversion of such Preferred Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(ii)  At any meeting (or in a written consent in lieu thereof) held for the purpose of electing directors, the presence in person or by proxy (or the written consent) of the holders of a majority of (i) the shares of Series A Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the Series A Preferred for the election of directors to be elected solely by the holders of the Series A Preferred, (ii) the shares of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred for the election of directors to be elected solely by the holders of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, as a combined series, (iii) the shares of Series C Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the Series C Preferred for the election of directors to be elected solely by the holders of the Series C Preferred, as a separate series, (iv) the shares of Common Stock then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the Common Stock for the election of directors to be elected solely by the holders of the Common Stock, (v) the shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred, and the shares of Common Stock then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the Common Stock for the election of the director to be elected jointly by the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred,  and the Common Stock, and (vi) the shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, and Common Stock then outstanding, assuming conversion of such Preferred Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, shall constitute a quorum of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred  and Common Stock for the election of all directors to be elected jointly by the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Common Stock.

 

(iii)  A vacancy in any directorship elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred shall be filled only by vote or written consent of the holders of the Series A Preferred.  A vacancy in any directorship elected by the holders of the Common Stock shall be filled only by vote or written consent of the holders of the Common Stock.  A vacancy in any directorship elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, voting as a combined series, shall be filled only by vote or written consent of the holders of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, voting as a combined series.  A vacancy in any directorship elected by the holders of

 

3



 

the Series C Preferred, voting as a separate series, shall be filled only by vote or written consent of the holders of the Series C Preferred, voting as a separate series.  A vacancy in the directorship elected jointly by the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred,  Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred  and the Common Stock shall be filled only by vote or written consent of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred,  Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and the Common Stock.  Any other vacancy in the directorship shall be filled by vote or written consent of the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Common Stock voting together as a single class assuming conversion of such Preferred Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2.              Dividends .

 

(a) The holders of the Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, quarterly dividends at the rate per annum of $0.03 per share (the “ Series A Accruing Dividends ”).  Series A Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or declared, and shall be cumulative.

 

(b) The holders of the Series A-2 Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, quarterly dividends at the rate per annum of $0.043 per share (the “ Series A-2 Accruing Dividends ”).  Series A-2 Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or declared, and shall be cumulative.

 

(c) The holders of the Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, quarterly dividends at the rate per annum of $0.03 per share (the “ Series B Accruing Dividends ”).  Series B Accruing Dividends with respect to a share of Series B Preferred shall accrue from day to day, commencing on the date that such share of Series B Preferred is issued, whether or not earned or declared, and shall be cumulative.

 

(d)  The holders of the Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, quarterly dividends at the rate per annum of $0.0595 per share (the “ Series C Accruing Dividends ”, together with the Series A Accruing Dividends, the Series A-2 Accruing Dividends, and the Series B Accruing Dividends, the “ Accruing Dividends ”).  Series C Accruing Dividends with respect to a share of Series C Preferred shall accrue from day to day, commencing on the date that such share of Series C Preferred is issued, whether or not earned or declared, and shall be cumulative.

 

3.              Liquidation .

 

(a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), the holders of the shares of Series C Preferred shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series C Preferred, to be paid an amount equal to $1.19 per share, plus, in the case of each share, an amount equal to all Series C Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared) and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed to the date payment thereof is made available, such amount payable with respect to one share of Series C Preferred being sometimes referred to as the “ Series C Liquidation Preference Payment ” and with respect to all shares of Series C Preferred being sometimes referred to as the “ Series C Liquidation Preference Payments ”.

 

4



 

(b)  Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after the holders of Series C Preferred shall have been paid in full the Series B Liquidation Preference Payments, the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series B Preferred, to be paid an amount equal to $0.60 per share, plus, in the case of each share, an amount equal to all Series B Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared) and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed to the date payment thereof is made available, such amount payable with respect to one share of Series B Preferred being sometimes referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Preference Payment ” and with respect to all shares of Series B Preferred being sometimes referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Preference Payments ”.

 

(c) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after the holders of Series B Preferred shall have been paid in full the Series B Liquidation Preference Payments, the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred and the Series A-2 Preferred shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A and A-2 Preferred, to be paid an amount equal to $.60 per share and $0.86 per share, respectively, plus, in the case of each such share, an amount equal to all Series A Accruing Dividends and Series A-2 Accruing Dividends, as the case may be, unpaid thereon (whether or not declared) and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed to the date payment thereof is made available.  Such amount payable with respect to one share of Series A Preferred shall be referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Preference Payment ” and with respect to all shares of Series A Preferred being sometimes referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Preference Payments ”.  Such amount payable with respect to one share of Series A-2 Preferred shall be referred to as the “ Series A-2 Liquidation Preference Payment ” and with respect to all shares of Series A-2 Preferred being sometimes referred to as the “ Series A-2 Liquidation Preference Payments ,” and together with the Series C Liquidation Preference Payments, the Series B Liquidation Preference Payments and the Series A Liquidation Preference Payments, the “ Liquidation Preference Payment .”

 

(d) If upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series C Preferred shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of the Series C Preferred of the Series C Liquidation Preference Payments, then the entire assets of the Corporation to be so distributed shall be first distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred based on the Series C Liquidation Preference Payment.  If upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary and after the holders of Series C Preferred have been paid in full the Series C Liquidation Preference Payment, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series B Preferred shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of the Series B Preferred of the Series B Liquidation Preference Payments, then the entire assets of the Corporation to be so distributed (after distribution of the Series C Liquidation Preference Payment) shall be first distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B Preferred based on the Series B Liquidation Preference Payment.  If upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary and after the holders of Series B Preferred have been paid in full the Series B Liquidation Preference Payment, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series A and A-2 Preferred shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of the Series A and A-2 Preferred of the Series A Liquidation Preference Payments and the Series A-2 Liquidation Preference Payments, then the entire assets of the Corporation to be so distributed (after distribution of the Series C Liquidation Preference Payment and the Series B Liquidation Preference Payment) shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A and A-2 Preferred based on their respective Liquidation Preference Payments.

 

5



 

(e) Upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, immediately after the holders of the Series C Preferred, the Series B Preferred, and the Series A and A-2 Preferred shall have been paid in full the Liquidation Preference Payments, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred, the Series B Preferred, and the Series A and A-2 Preferred and Common Stock (with each share of Preferred Stock being deemed, for such purpose, to be equal to the number of shares of Common Stock (including fractions of a share) into which such share of Preferred Stock is convertible immediately prior to the close of business on the business day fixed for such distribution), provided however, that the total distribution to the holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred and Series A-2 Preferred under subparagraphs 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d) shall not exceed $2.38, $1.20, $1.20 and $1.72, respectively, per share of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred and Series A-2 Preferred (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends and recapitalizations of any or all of the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, the Series A Preferred and the Series A-2 Preferred) unless the holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred or Series A-2 Preferred elect to convert their Preferred Stock into Common Stock of the Corporation.

 

(f) Written notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, stating a payment date, the amount of the Liquidation Preference Payments and the place where said Liquidation Preference Payments shall be payable, shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by telecopier or telex, not less than 10 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to the holders of record of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, such notice to be addressed to each such holder at its address as shown by the records of the Corporation. The acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, including  without limitation a consolidation or merger of the Corporation into or with any other entity or entities which results in the exchange of outstanding shares of the Corporation for securities or other consideration issued or paid or caused to be issued or paid by any such entity or affiliate thereof (other than a merger to reincorporate the Corporation in a different jurisdiction), and the sale, lease, abandonment, transfer or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all its assets, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of the provisions of this paragraph 3.  In connection with any such transaction contemplated by the preceding sentence, all consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation, in connection with a merger or consolidation, or all consideration payable to the Corporation, together with all other available assets of the Corporation (net of obligations owed by the Corporation), in the case of an asset sale, shall be paid to and deemed (to the fullest extent permitted by law) distributed (in the case of a merger or consolidation) or available for distribution and payment as provided herein (in the case of a sale of assets), as applicable, to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with the preference and priorities set forth in this paragraph 3, with such preferences and priorities specifically intended to be applicable in any such merger, consolidation or sale transaction as if the same were a liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  If applicable, the Corporation shall either (i) cause the agreement and plan of merger or consolidation to provide as a consequence of such merger or consolidation for the conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred into the right to receive an amount (either in cash, or, at the option of a majority in interest of the holders of the Series C Preferred, the Series B Preferred and Series A and A-2 Preferred in the case of a merger or consolidation for stock, stock of the surviving corporation) equal to the applicable amount payable under this paragraph 3; or (ii) immediately concurrent with the consummation with the sale of all or substantially all of the

 

6



 

assets of the Corporation, the redemption of all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred,  Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred for an amount (either in cash or, at the option of a majority in interest of the holders of each of  the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series A and A-2 Preferred in the case of a sale of assets for stock, stock of the surviving corporation) equal to the applicable amount payable under this paragraph 3.  In the event of the foregoing redemption, (i) the Corporation shall revalue its assets and liabilities to the fullest extent permitted by law to determine lawfully available funds for such redemption, and (ii) if the Corporation shall not have such funds available to redeem all such shares, the Corporation shall redeem such shares to the fullest extent of available funds as the same became available in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in this paragraph 3.

 

For purposes of this Section 3, (1) the Series B Preferred shall rank on liquidation junior to the Series C Preferred Stock, (2) the Series A and A-2 Preferred shall rank on liquidation junior to the Series B Preferred and (3) the Common Stock shall rank on liquidation junior to the Series A and A-2 Preferred.

 

(g)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liquidation Preference Payment for each of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock may be waived by the written consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, respectively.

 

4.              Restrictions .

 

(a) At any time when shares of Series A Preferred or Series A-2 Preferred are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A and A-2 Preferred, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, the Corporation will not:

 

(i)     Create or authorize the creation of any additional class or series of shares of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series A and A-2 Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or increase the authorized amount of the Series A Preferred or Series A-2 Preferred or increase the authorized amount of any additional class or series of shares of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series A and A-2 Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or create or authorize any obligation or security convertible into shares of Series A Preferred or Series A-2 Preferred or into shares of any other class or series of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series A and A-2 Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether any such creation, authorization or increase shall be by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise;

 

(ii)    Consent to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or consolidate or merge into or with any other entity or entities, or sell, lease, abandon, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets;

 

7



 

(iii)   Purchase or set aside any sums for the purchase of, or pay any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of stock other than the Series A and A-2 Preferred, except for (1) Accruing Dividends or dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (2) pursuant to the redemption provisions set forth in paragraphs 3 and 6 of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation  and (3) for the purchase of shares of Common Stock from former employees or consultants of the Corporation who acquired such shares directly from the Corporation, if each such purchase is made pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation relating to the termination of employment of such former employee and the purchase price does not exceed the original issue price paid by such former employee to the Corporation for such shares or such other purchase price as set forth in applicable agreements;

 

(iv)   Redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Series A Preferred or Series A-2 Preferred except as expressly authorized in paragraph 6 hereof or pursuant to a purchase offer made pro rata to all holders of the shares of Series A and A-2 Preferred on the basis of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Series A and A-2 Preferred then held by each such holder;

 

(v)  Amend, alter or repeal  its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (“ Bylaws ”) in a manner materially adverse to the holders of the Series A Preferred or Series A-2 Preferred;

 

(vi)  Amend (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), modify or waive any provision of the terms of the Series A and A-2 Preferred contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(b)  At any time when shares of Series A-2 Preferred are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-2 given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be), separately as a series, the Corporation will not:

 

(i)             Amend, alter or repeal its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner materially adverse to the holders of the Series A-2 Preferred, which is not materially adverse to the holders of the Series A Preferred; or

 

(ii)            Amend (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), modify or waive (collectively, a “ Modification ”) any provision of the terms of the Series A-2 Preferred contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation unless a corresponding Modification is also made to the terms of the Series A Preferred.

 

(c)  At any time when shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the approval of the holders of two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, the Corporation will not:

 

8



 

(i)     Create or authorize the creation of any additional class or series of shares of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series B Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or increase the authorized amount of the Series B Preferred or increase the authorized amount of any additional class or series of shares of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series B Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or create or authorize any obligation or security convertible into shares of Series B Preferred or into shares of any other class or series of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series B Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether any such creation, authorization or increase shall be by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise;

 

(ii)    Consent to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or consolidate or merge into or with any other entity or entities, or sell, lease, abandon, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets;

 

(iii)   Purchase or set aside any sums for the purchase of, or pay any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of stock other than the Series B Preferred, except for (1) Accruing Dividends or dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (2) pursuant to the redemption provisions set forth in paragraphs 3 and 6 of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation  and t (3) for the purchase of shares of Common Stock from former employees or consultants of the Corporation who acquired such shares directly from the Corporation, if each such purchase is made pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation relating to the termination of employment of such former employee and the purchase price does not exceed the original issue price paid by such former employee to the Corporation for such shares;

 

(iv)   Redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Series B Preferred except as expressly authorized in paragraph 3 or 6 hereof or pursuant to a purchase offer made pro rata to all holders of the shares of Series B Preferred on the basis of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred then held by each such holder;

 

(v)  Amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner adverse to the holders of the Series B Preferred;

 

(vi)  Amend (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), modify or waive any provision of the terms of the Series B Preferred contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(d)  At any time when shares of Series C Preferred are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the approval of the holders of 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, the Corporation will not:

 

(i)     Create or authorize the creation of any additional class or series of shares of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series C Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or increase the authorized amount of

 

9



 

the Series C Preferred or increase the authorized amount of any additional class or series of shares of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series C Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or create or authorize any obligation or security convertible into shares of Series C Preferred or into shares of any other class or series of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series C Preferred as to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether any such creation, authorization or increase shall be by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise;

 

(ii)    Consent to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or consolidate or merge into or with any other entity or entities, or sell, lease, abandon, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets;

 

(iii)   Purchase or set aside any sums for the purchase of, or pay any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of stock other than the Series C Preferred, except for (1) Series C Accruing Dividends  or dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (2) pursuant to the redemption provisions set forth in paragraphs 3 and 6 of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (3)  the purchase of shares of Common Stock from former employees or consultants of the Corporation who acquired such shares directly from the Corporation, if each such purchase is made pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation relating to the termination of employment of such former employee and the purchase price does not exceed the original issue price paid by such former employee to the Corporation for such shares;

 

(iv)   Redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Series C Preferred except as expressly authorized in paragraph 3 or 6 hereof or pursuant to a purchase offer made pro rata to all holders of the shares of Series C Preferred on the basis of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred then held by each such holder;

 

(v)  Amend, waive, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner adverse to the holders of the Series C Preferred;

 

(vi)   Amend (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), modify or waive any provision of the terms of the Series C Preferred contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(vii)  effect the sale of any material assets of the Corporation, including but not limited to intellectual property, other than in the ordinary course of business .

 

5.              Conversions .  The holders of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred shall have the following conversion rights:

 

(a)            Right to Convert .

 

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this paragraph 5, the holder of any share or shares of Series A Preferred shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Series A Preferred (except that upon any liquidation of the Corporation the right of conversion shall terminate at the close of business on the business day fixed for payment of the amount distributable on the Series A Preferred) into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is obtained by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series A

 

10



 

Preferred so to be converted by $0.60 and (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $0.60 per share or, in case an adjustment of such price has taken place pursuant to the further provisions of this paragraph 5, then by the conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of Series A Preferred are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being referred to as the “Series A Conversion Price”).

 

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this paragraph 5, the holder of any share or shares of Series A-2 Preferred shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Series A-2 Preferred (except that upon any liquidation of the Corporation the right of conversion shall terminate at the close of business on the business day fixed for payment of the amount distributable on the Series A-2 Preferred) into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is obtained by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred so to be converted by $0.86 and (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $0.805214587 per share or, in case an adjustment of such price has taken place pursuant to the further provisions of this paragraph 5, then by the conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of Series A-2 Preferred are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being referred to as the “Series A-2 Conversion Price”).

 

(iii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this paragraph 5, the holder of any share or shares of Series B Preferred shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Series B Preferred (except that upon any liquidation of the Corporation the right of conversion shall terminate at the close of business on the business day fixed for payment of the amount distributable on the Series B Preferred) into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is obtained by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series B Preferred so to be converted by $0.60 and (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $0.60 per share or, in case an adjustment of such price has taken place pursuant to the further provisions of this paragraph 5, then by the conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of Series B Preferred are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being referred to as the “Series B Conversion Price”).

 

(iv) Subject to the terms and conditions of this paragraph 5, the holder of any share or shares of Series C Preferred shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Series C Preferred (except that upon any liquidation of the Corporation the right of conversion shall terminate at the close of business on the business day fixed for payment of the amount distributable on the Series C Preferred) into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is obtained by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series C Preferred so to be converted by $1.19 and (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $0.99167 per share or, in case an adjustment of such price has taken place pursuant to the further provisions of this paragraph 5, then by the conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of Series C Preferred are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being referred to as the “Series C Conversion Price”).

 

(v)  Such rights of conversion shall be exercised by the holder thereof by giving written notice that the holder elects to convert a stated number of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred into Common Stock and by surrender of a certificate or certificates for the shares so to be converted to the Corporation at its principal office (or such other office or agency of the Corporation as the Corporation may designate by notice in writing to the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred as applicable) at any time during its usual business hours on the date set forth in such notice, together with a statement of the name or names (with address) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issued.

 

11



 

(b)            Issuance of Certificates; Time Conversion Effected .  Promptly after the receipt of the written notice referred to in subparagraph 5(a)(iv) and surrender of the certificate or certificates for the share or shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred to be converted, the Corporation shall issue and deliver, or cause to be issued and delivered, to the holder, registered in such name or names as such holder may direct, a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred as the case may be.  To the extent permitted by law, such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected and the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be determined as of the close of business on the date on which such written notice shall have been received by the Corporation and the certificate or certificates for such share or shares shall have been surrendered as aforesaid, and at such time the rights of the holder of such share or shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred as applicable, shall cease, and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares represented thereby.

 

(c)            Fractional Shares; Dividends; Partial Conversion .  No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock and no payment or adjustment shall be made upon any conversion on account of any cash dividends on the Common Stock issued upon such conversion. At the time of each conversion, the Corporation shall pay in cash an amount equal to all dividends declared and unpaid on the shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred, as the case may be, surrendered for conversion to the date upon which such conversion is deemed to take place as provided in subparagraph 5(b).  In case the number of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred represented by the certificate or certificates surrendered pursuant to subparagraph 5(a) exceeds the number of shares converted, the Corporation shall, upon such conversion, execute and deliver to the holder, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred, as the case may be, represented by the certificate or certificates surrendered which are not to be converted. If any fractional share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of the first sentence of this subparagraph 5(c), be delivered upon such conversion, the Corporation, in lieu of delivering such fractional share, shall pay to the holder surrendering the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred for conversion an amount in cash equal to the current market price of such fractional share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(d)            Adjustment of Price Upon Issuance of Common Stock .  Except as provided in subparagraph 5(e), if and whenever the Corporation shall, after the date hereof, issue or sell, or is, in accordance with subparagraphs 5(d)(1) through 5(d)(7), deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then, forthwith upon such issue or sale, the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be reduced to the price determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale multiplied by the then existing per share Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable, and (b) the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation upon such issue or sale,

 

12


 

by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such issue or sale.

 

For purposes of this subparagraph 5(d), the following subparagraphs 5d(1) to 5d(7) shall also be applicable:

 

(d)(1)  Issuance of Rights or Options .  In case at any time the Corporation shall in any manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such warrants, rights or options being called “Options” and such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being called “ Convertible Securities ”) whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities (determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (ii) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options) shall be less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting of such Options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of granting of such Options or the issuance of such Convertible Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding.  Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 5(d)(3), no adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock or of such Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(d)(2)  Issuance of Convertible Securities .  In case the Corporation shall in any manner issue (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) or sell any Convertible Securities, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange (determined by dividing (i) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (ii) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities) shall be less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding, provided that (a) except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 5(d)(3), no adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion

 

13



 

Price, Series C Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and (b) if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options to purchase any such Convertible Securities for which adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price have been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this subparagraph 5(d), no further adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series  C Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

 

(d)(3)  Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate . Upon the happening of any of the following events, namely, if the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in subparagraph 5(d)(1), the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraph 5(d)(1) or 5(d)(2), or the rate at which Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraph 5(d)(1) or 5(d)(2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock shall change at any time (including, but not limited to, changes under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price in effect at the time of such event shall forthwith be readjusted to the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable, which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold, but only if as a result of such adjustment the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price then in effect hereunder is thereby reduced; and on the termination of any such Option or any such right to convert or exchange such Convertible Securities, the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be increased to the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable, which would have been in effect at the time of such termination had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such termination, never been issued.

 

(d)(4)  Stock Dividends . In case the Corporation shall declare a dividend or make any other distribution upon any stock of the Corporation (other than the Common Stock) payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then any Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be, issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been issued or sold without consideration.

 

(d)(5)  Consideration for Stock .  In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Corporation therefor, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection therewith.  In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without deduction of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection therewith.  In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the issue and sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties

 

14



 

thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(d)(6)  Record Date . In case the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (i) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities or (ii) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

 

(d)(7)  Treasury Shares . The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation, and the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this subparagraph 5(d).

 

(e)           Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price, in the case of any securities issued from and after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (1) upon conversion of any shares of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred, (2) solely in consideration for the acquisition (whether by merger or otherwise) by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of any other entity as long as the issuance is approved by the Board of Directors, which approval includes the approval of both (A)at least one of the Series A Directors and  (B) the Series B/C Director and such issuance is for other than primarily equity financing purposes, (3) pursuant to a Qualified Offering as defined in subparagraph 5(n), (4) up to an aggregate of 26,567,203 shares (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in subparagraph 5(f)), or such greater number of shares as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors, which approval includes the approval of both (A) at least one of the Series A Directors and (B) the Series B/C Director, of Common Stock to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation, plus such number of shares of Common Stock which are repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such date pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation, (5) to financial institutions, lenders or lessors in connection with lease liens, equipment financings or other loans so long as the issuance is approved by the Board of Directors, which approval includes the approval of both (A) at least one of the Series A Directors and (B) the Series B/C Director and such issuance is for other than primarily equity financing purposes, (6) to vendors, trade partners, service providers, or in connection with strategic relationships so long as the issuance is approved by the Board of Directors, which approval includes the approval of both (A) at least one of the Series A Directors and  (B) the Series B/C Director and such issuance is for other than primarily equity financing purposes, and (7) upon issuance of shares of Series C Preferred.

 

(f)            Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock .  In case the Corporation shall at any time subdivide (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the

 

15



 

Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price and Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased. In the case of any such subdivision, no further adjustment shall be made pursuant to subparagraph 5(d)(4) by reason thereof.

 

(g)           Reorganization or Reclassification .  If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of a share or shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred shall thereupon have the right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred, such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon such conversion had such reorganization or reclassification not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation provisions for adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights.

 

(h)           Notice of Adjustment .  Upon any adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, then and in each such case the Corporation shall give written notice thereof, by delivery in person, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, telecopier or telex, addressed to each holder of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation, which notice shall state the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, resulting from such adjustment, setting forth in reasonable detail the method upon which such calculation is based.

 

(i)            Other Notices .  In case at any time:

 

(1)           the Corporation shall declare any dividend upon its Common Stock payable in cash or stock or make any other distribution to the holders of its Common Stock;

 

(2)           the Corporation shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;

 

(3)           there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation, or a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another entity or entities, or a sale, lease, abandonment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all its assets; or

 

(4)           there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation;

 

16



 

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Corporation shall give, by delivery in person, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, telecopier or telex, addressed to each holder of any shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation, (a) at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding up and (b) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (a) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (b) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.

 

(j)            Stock to be Reserved .  The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of Preferred Stock as herein provided, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.  The Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock which shall be so issued shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation covenants that it will from time to time take all such action as may be requisite to assure that the par value per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, and Series C Conversion Price in effect at the time. The Corporation will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirement of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed.  The Corporation will not take any action which results in any adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price if the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and issuable after such action upon conversion of the Preferred Stock would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(k)           No Reissuance of Preferred Stock .  Shares of Preferred Stock which are converted into shares of Common Stock as provided herein shall not be reissued.

 

(l)            Issue Tax .  The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred shall be made without charge to the holders thereof for any issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred which is being converted.

 

(m)          Closing of Books .  The Corporation will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of any Preferred Stock or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock in any manner which interferes with the

 

17



 

timely conversion of such Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, or Series C Preferred, except as may otherwise be required to comply with applicable securities laws.

 

(n)           Mandatory Conversion .  If at any time the Corporation shall effect a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock in which (i) the aggregate price paid for such shares by the public shall be at least $30,000,000 and (ii) the price paid by the public for such shares shall be at least $3.57 per share (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in subparagraph 5(f) (a “ Qualified Offering ”)), then effective upon the closing of the sale of such shares by the Corporation pursuant to such public offering, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred shall automatically convert to shares of Common Stock on the basis set forth in this paragraph 5.  Holders of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred so converted may deliver to the Corporation at its principal office (or such other office or agency of the Corporation as the Corporation may designate by notice in writing to such holders) during its usual business hours, the certificate or certificates for the shares so converted.  As promptly as practicable thereafter, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled, together with any cash dividends and payment in lieu of fractional shares to which such holder may be entitled pursuant to subparagraph 5(c).  Until such time as a holder of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred shall surrender his or its certificates therefor as provided above, such certificates shall be deemed to represent the shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled upon the surrender thereof.

 

(o)           No Impairment .  The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issuance or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, unless it (and the Corporation will) at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all of the provisions of this Section 5 and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 5(o) shall prohibit the Corporation from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its stockholders (including, without limitation, as required by Section 4 above) and the board of directors.

 

(p)           Minimum Adjustment .  No adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock need be made in such adjustment would result in a change of the Conversion Price of less than $0.01.  Any adjustment of less than $0.01 which is not made shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, on a cumulative basis, amounts to an adjustment of $0.01 or more in such Conversion Price.  All calculations made under this Section 5 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share, as the case may be.

 

(q)           Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of, in the case of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock at least 50%, in the case of Series B Preferred Stock at least 66 2/3%, and in the case of Series C Preferred Stock at least 70 % of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock either before or after the issuance causing such adjustment.

 

18



 

6.             Redemption .  The outstanding shares of (1) Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred shall, with the prior written consent of the holders of not less than 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, be redeemed at the written request of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, or (2) Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemed at the written request of the holders of not less than 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred (any such request, a “ Redemption Election ”), as provided herein, provided that the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock has not occurred prior to the Series C Redemption Date (as defined below), in the case of the redemption of Series C Preferred Stock, and the conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred Stock has not occurred by the Initial Permitted Redemption Date (as defined below), in the case of the redemption of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

(a)           Option of Holders of Series C Preferred . If the Company has received a Redemption Election for the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock at any time on or after June 26, 2010 (the “ Permitted Series C Redemption Date ”), the Corporation shall redeem all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred on the first date such redemption is required (the “ Series C Redemption Date ”).

 

(b)           Option of Holders .  If the Company has received a Redemption Election at any time on or after June 26, 2011 (the “ Initial Permitted Redemption Date ”), the Corporation shall redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred, provided that, at the Company’s option, it may elect to redeem such Preferred Stock in three equal installments on the first date such redemption is required (an “ Initial Redemption Date ”) and each of the next two anniversaries thereof (each, together with the Series C Redemption Date and the Initial Redemption Date with respect thereto, a “ Redemption Date ”).

 

(c)           Redemption Price and Payment .  The shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred to be redeemed on any Redemption Date shall be redeemed by paying for each share of Series A Preferred in cash an amount equal to $0.60, for each share of Series A-2 Preferred in cash an amount equal to $0.86 per share, for each share of Series B Preferred in cash an amount equal to $0.60 per share, and for each share of Series C Preferred in cash an amount equal to $1.19 per share, plus, (i) in the case of each Series A Preferred share, an amount equal to all Series A Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared), and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed to such Redemption Date, (ii) in the case of each Series A-2 Preferred share, an amount equal to all Series A-2 Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared), and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed to such Redemption Date, (iii) in the case of each Series B Preferred share, an amount equal to all Series B Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared), and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed to such Redemption Date, and (iv) in the case of each Series C Preferred share, an amount equal to all Series C Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared), and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed to such Redemption Date.  Such payment shall be made in full on the applicable Redemption Date to the holders entitled thereto.

 

(d)           Redemption Mechanics .  At least 20 but not more than 30 days prior to the Permitted Series C Redemption Date and the Initial Permitted Redemption Date, written notice (the “ Redemption Notice ”) shall be given by the Corporation by delivery in person, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, telecopier or telex, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the Redemption Notice is given) of shares of Series C Preferred, in the case of the Permitted Series C Redemption Date, and the

 

19



 

Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred, in the case of the Initial Permitted Redemption Date, notifying such holder of: (i) the redemption and specifying the Redemption Price, (ii) the Permitted Series C Redemption Date and the Initial Permitted Redemption Date, as applicable, (iii) in the case of the Initial Permitted Redemption Date, whether the Corporation will, if a redemption is requested, elect to redeem in three installments as contemplated in paragraph 6(a), the number of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred which could be redeemed from such holder thereon (computed on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of such shares held by all holders thereof), and (iv) the place where said Redemption Price shall be payable.  The Redemption Notice shall be addressed to each holder at his address as shown by the records of the Corporation.  The holders of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred, if electing to redeem, shall transmit a Redemption Election to the Corporation. The Corporation shall deliver a Redemption Notice at least 10 but not more than 20 days prior to each Redemption Date, to each holder of Series C Preferred Stock, in the case of the Series C Redemption Date, and to each holder of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred, in the case of the Initial Permitted Redemption Date and each anniversary Redemption Date thereof.  The Series C Redemption Date shall be the date 30 days following the receipt by the Corporation of the Redemption Election relating to such redemption.  The Initial Redemption Date with respect to a redemption of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred hereunder (other than the Initial Permitted Redemption Date, if applicable) shall be the date 30 days following the receipt by the Corporation of the Redemption Election relating to such redemption, and each subsequent Redemption Date with respect to such redemption, if applicable, shall be the anniversary of the previous Redemption Date.  If a Redemption Election has been delivered, from and after the close of business on each Redemption Date relating to such Redemption Election, unless there shall have been a default in the payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of holders of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred (except the right to receive the Redemption Price) shall cease with respect to the shares redeemed on such Redemption Date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred on a Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred requested to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, (1) first, the holders of Series C Preferred shall share ratably in any funds legally available for redemption of such shares until all such shares are redeemed and (2) then, after the total number of shares of Series C Preferred requested to be redeemed on such Redemption Date are so redeemed, the holders of such other shares shall share ratably in any funds legally available for redemption of such shares according to the respective amounts which would be payable to them if the full number of shares to be redeemed on such Redemption Date were actually redeemed.  The shares of Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred required to be redeemed but not so redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of such shares of  Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred, such funds will be used, at the end of the next succeeding fiscal quarter, to redeem the balance of such shares, or such portion thereof for which funds are then legally available, on the basis set forth above.

 

(e)           Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares to be Retired . Any shares of Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this paragraph 6 or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be cancelled and shall not under any circumstances be reissued; and the

 

20



 

Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate corporate action as may be necessary to reduce accordingly the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock.

 

* * *

 

FIFTH :   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by and under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

SIXTH :   In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

 

A.            to adopt, repeal, rescind, alter or amend in any respect the Bylaws and to confer in the Bylaws powers and authorities upon the directors of the Corporation in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon them by statute, each subject to the provisions of Article Fourth, Section D, subparagraph 4(a), (b),  (c) and (d) herein;

 

B.            from time to time to set apart out of any funds or assets of the Corporation available for dividends an amount or amounts to be reserved as working capital or for any other lawful purpose and to abolish any reserve so created and to determine whether any, and if any, what part, of the surplus of the Corporation or its net profits applicable to dividends shall be declared in dividends and paid to stockholders, and all rights of the holders of stock of the Corporation in respect of dividends shall be subject to the power of the Board of Directors so to do;

 

C.            subject to the laws of the State of Delaware and the provisions of Article Fourth, Section D, subparagraphs 4(a),  (c) and (d) hereof, from time to time to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any part or parts of the properties of the Corporation and to cease to conduct the business connected therewith or again to resume the same, as it may deem best; and

 

D.            in addition to the powers and authorities herein before and by the laws of the State of Delaware conferred upon the Board of Directors, to execute all such powers and to do all acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the express provisions of said laws of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and its Bylaws.

 

SEVENTH :   Meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws.

 

EIGHTH :   Subject to the provisions herein, the Corporation reserves the right to adopt, repeal, rescind, alter or amend in any respect any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by applicable law, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

NINTH :   A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.  Any repeal or modification of this Article NINTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.  No amendment to or repeal of this Article NINTH shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.  To

 

21



 

the fullest extent authorized by law, the Board of Directors, acting on behalf of the Corporation, shall indemnify or advance costs of defense, or commit the Corporation to indemnify or advance costs of defense in the future, to any person who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise (including an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or a fiduciary within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Corporation, or serves or served at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, agent or employee, or fiduciary of an employee benefit plan, of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.  This Article NINTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other provision for indemnification of directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees or agents that may be included in any statute, bylaw, resolution of shareholders or directors, agreement or otherwise, either as to action in any official capacity or action in another capacity while holding office.

 

The foregoing amendment and restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors.

 

The forgoing amendment and restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation has been proposed by the Board of Directors and duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, as of this 12 th  day of November, 2007, hereby acknowledges that the foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is the act and deed of the Corporation and that the facts stated therein are true.

 

 

/s/ David Hagan

 

David Hagan, Chief Executive Officer

 

23




Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

PROJECT MAMMOTH, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

Offices

 

Section I.1             Registered Office .  The registered office of Project Mammoth, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent at that address shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

 

Section I.2             Principal Executive Office .  The principal executive office of the Corporation shall be located at such place within or outside of the State of Delaware as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) from time to time shall designate.

 

Section I.3             Other Offices .  The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

Stockholders

 

Section II.1           Annual Meetings .  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time.  In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be at the principal executive office of the Corporation. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

 

Section II.2           Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by two or more member of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any holder or holders of at least 25% of the outstanding shares of a series of preferred stock.  Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.  Each special meeting shall be held at such date and time as is requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, within the limits fixed by law.

 

Section II.3           Notice of Meetings .  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the

 



date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

Section II.4           Adjournments .  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section II.5           Quorum .  At each meeting of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum.  For purposes of the foregoing, two or more classes or series of stock shall be considered a single class if the holders thereof are entitled to vote together as a single class at the meeting.  In the absence of a quorum, the stockholders so present, by majority vote, may adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided by Section 2.4 of these Bylaws until a quorum shall attend.  Shares of its own capital stock belonging on the record date for the meeting to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including, but not limited to, its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Section II.6           Organization .  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in his absence by the President, or in his absence, by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons, by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation, by a chairman chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section II.7           Voting; Proxies .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him/her which has voting power upon the matter in question.  If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for more or less than one vote for any share on any matter, every reference in these Bylaws to a majority or other proportion of stock shall refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock.  A stockholder may vote the shares owned of record by him either in person or by proxy executed in writing (which shall include writings sent by telex, telegraph, cable, facsimile transmission or other means of electronic transmission) by the stockholder himself or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact; provided , however , that any such telex, telegram, cablegram, facsimile transmission or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from

 

2



 

which it can be determined that the telex, telegram, cablegram, facsimile transmission or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.  If it is determined that such telexes, telegrams, cablegrams, facsimile transmissions or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to the foregoing sentences of this Section 2.7 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Execution of the proxy may be accomplished by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.  No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.  A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation.  Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and need not be conducted by inspectors, unless required by Section 2.10 of these Bylaws, or unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall so determine.  At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors or otherwise, all elections and questions shall, unless otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon present in person or by proxy at the meeting.

 

Section II.8           Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote, at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed:  (a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (to the extent such action by the stockholders is permitted by these Bylaws) when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and (c) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any

 

3



 

adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section II.9           List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .  The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 5 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting during ordinary business hours for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section II.10         Inspectors of Election .  Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may appoint any persons other than nominees for office to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment.  If the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is (a) listed on a national securities exchange, (b) authorized for quotation on an inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities exchange, or (c) held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, the Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors other than nominees for office to act at the meeting.  If no inspectors of election are appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any stockholder or his proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting.  The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3).  If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more stockholders or proxies, the holders of a majority of shares or other proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.  If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or by the meeting chairman at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

 

The duties of these inspectors shall be as follows: (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; (ii) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; (iii) count all votes and ballots; (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.  The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

 

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting.  No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls.

 

4



 

Except as otherwise required by applicable law, in determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation.

 

Section II.11         Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice or without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

 

Section III.1          Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section III.2          Number of Directors .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation to elect directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the members thereof to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.  The number of directors may be increased from time to time by the stockholders or by a majority of the directors then in office.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section III.3          Election and Term of Office .  Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his election and until his successor is elected and qualified.  No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent directors.

 

Section III.4          Vacancies and Additional Directorships .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation to elect directors under specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though such majority is less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall, if elected to fill a vacancy, hold office

 

5



 

for the remainder of the full term of the departed director and, if elected to a newly created directorship, hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders, and, in either case, until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

Section III.5          Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine and, if so determined, notice thereof need not be given.

 

Section III.6          Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, by the President, by any director or any holder or holders of at least 25% of the outstanding shares of a series of preferred stock.  Reasonable notice thereof shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting.

 

Section III.7          Telephonic Meetings Permitted .  Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, as the case may be, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Bylaw shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section III.8          Quorum; Vote Required for Action .  At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  The vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall require a vote of a greater number.  In case at any meeting of the Board of Directors a quorum shall not be present, the members of the Board of Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall attend.

 

Section III.9          Organization .  Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in his absence by the President, or in their absence by a chairman chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section III.10        Action by Directors Without a Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section III.11        Compensation of Directors .  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

6



 

Section III.12        Removal .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation to elect directors under specified circumstances, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any director may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the stockholders having a majority of the voting power of the Corporation given at a special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose.

 

ARTICLE IV

Committees

 

Section IV.1          Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of dissolution, removing or indemnifying directors or amending these Bylaws; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

 

Section IV.2          Committee Rules .  Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may adopt, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business.  In the absence of a provision by the Board of Directors or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a majority of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then present shall be the act of such committee, and in other respects each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article III of these Bylaws.

 

7


 

ARTICLE V

Officers

 

Section V.1           Officers; Election .  As soon as practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders in each year, the Board shall elect a President and Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer, and a Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board.  The Board may also elect one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers or Assistant Chief Financial Officers and may give any of them such further designations or alternate titles as it considers desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section V.2           Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies .  Except as otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors electing any officer, each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his election, and until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective.  The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time.  Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not of itself create contractual rights.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

 

Section V.3           Powers and Duties .  The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be stated in these Bylaws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these Bylaws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.  The Secretary shall have the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation with the authority to affix such seal to any instrument requiring it. The Board of Directors may require any officer, agent or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his duties.

 

8



 

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification of Directors, Officers,

Employees and Other Corporate Agents

 

Section VI.1          Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .  The Corporation may indemnify, in the manner and to the full extent permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

Section VI.2          Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .  The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability but in view or all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section VI.3          Expenses Incurred .  To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 above, or in defense of any claim,

 

9



 

issue or matter therein, he may be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

Section VI.4          Determination of Indemnification .  Any indemnification provided under Sections 6.1 and 6.2 above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 above.  Such determination shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

Section VI.5          Advance of Expenses .  Costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent in defending or investigating a civil or criminal action, suit, proceeding or investigation may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter, if such director, officer, employee or agent shall undertake in writing to repay any such advances in the event that it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification.

 

Section VI.6          Non-exclusivity .  The right of indemnity and advancement of expenses provided herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  Any agreement for indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any director, officer, employee or agent or other person may provide rights of indemnification or advancement of expenses which are broader or otherwise different from those set forth herein.

 

Section VI.7          Insurance .  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or as a member of any committee or similar body against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article or applicable law.

 

Section VI.8          Inclusion of Constituent Corporation .  For purposes of this Article VI, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position

 

10



 

under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or, surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

Section VI.9          Inclusion of Other Terms .  For purposes of this Article VI, reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any services as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation,” as referred to in this Article VI.

 

Section VI.10        Continuation of Indemnification .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI may, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and may inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

ARTICLE VII

Stock

 

Section VII.1         Certificates .  Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Chief Financial Officer, if any, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.  Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section VII.2         Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

11



 

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

 

Section VIII.1       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section VIII.2       Seal .  The Corporation may have a corporate seal which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

Section VIII.3       Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees . Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  Unless either proper notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, has been given or else the persons entitled thereto have waived such notice (either in writing or by attendance as set forth above), any business transacted at such meeting shall be null and void.

 

Section VIII.4       Interested Directors; Quorum .  No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:  (a) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum, (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

12



 

Section VIII.5       Form of Records .  Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs or any other information storage device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.

 

Section VIII.6       Amendment of Bylaws .  These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, and new Bylaws adopted, by the Board of Directors, but the stockholders entitled to vote may adopt additional Bylaws and may amend or repeal any Bylaw whether or not adopted by them.

 

Section VIII.7       Gender .  Any reference to the masculine gender in these Bylaws shall be construed to mean the feminine gender, as the situation may demand.

 

13



 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

 

That I am the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Project Mammoth, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”); that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of the Corporation pursuant to the Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated as of April 20, 2001; and that said Bylaws are in full force and effect and have not been modified, rescinded or repealed as of this date.

 

Executed as of this 10 th  day of October, 2001.

 

 

 

/s/ Amy Bersch

 

Amy Bersch, Secretary

 




Exhibit 4.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of June 27, 2006 by and among Boingo Wireless, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and those stockholders of the Company identified on the signature pages attached hereto (the “ Preferred Holders ”).

 

WHEREAS, each of the Preferred Holders holds shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock having a par value of $0.0001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), Series A-2 Preferred Stock having a par value of $0.0001 per share (the “ Series A-2 Preferred Stock ”), Series B Preferred Stock having a par value per share of $0.0001 (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), and/or Series C Preferred Stock having a par value per share of $0.0001 (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”, together with the Series A Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, and Series B Preferred the “ Preferred Stock ” and shares thereof being the “ Preferred Shares ”);

 

WHEREAS, certain of those Preferred Holders holding Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and/or Series B Preferred Stock are parties with the Company to that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated September 19, 2003 (the “Existing Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, those Preferred Holdings holding Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Purchasers ”) are purchasing from the Company such Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof between the Company and the Series C Purchasers (the “ Purchase Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Preferred Holders of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock and the Company desire that the Series C Purchasers purchase the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock and the Series C Purchasers, as a condition to purchasing the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, desire to enter into this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, as part of the transactions contemplated under the Purchase Agreement, the Preferred Holders holding Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and/or Series B Preferred Stock and the Company wish to amend and restate the Existing Agreement in its entirety with the terms of this Agreement;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.              Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, $.0001 par value, of the Company, as constituted as of the date of this Agreement.

 

Confidential

 



 

Conversion Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall mean the expenses so described in Section 8.

 

Restricted Stock ” shall mean the Conversion Shares, excluding Conversion Shares which (a) have been registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an effective registration statement filed thereunder and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them; (b) have been publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (c) may be publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Selling Expenses ” shall mean the expenses so described in Section 8.

 

2.              Restrictive Legend .  Each certificate representing Preferred Shares or Conversion Shares shall, except as otherwise provided in this Section 2 or in Section 3, be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS IT HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND ALL SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.”

 

A certificate shall not bear such legend if in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company the securities represented thereby may be publicly sold without registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

3.              Notice of Proposed Transfer .  Prior to any proposed transfer of any Preferred Shares or Conversion Shares (other than under the circumstances described in Sections 4, 5 or 6), the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of its intention to effect such transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner of the proposed transfer and, if requested by the Company, shall be accompanied by an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the proposed transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, whereupon the holder of such stock shall be entitled to transfer such stock in accordance with the terms of its notice; provided , however , that no such opinion of counsel shall be required for a transfer to one or more partners or members of the transferor (in the case of a transferor that is a partnership or a limited liability company, respectively) or to an affiliated corporation.  Each certificate for Preferred Shares or Conversion Shares transferred as above provided shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2, except that such

 

2



 

certificate shall not bear such legend if (i) such transfer is in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 (or any other rule permitting public sale without registration under the Securities Act) or (ii) the opinion of counsel referred to above is to the further effect that the transferee and any subsequent transferee (other than an affiliate of the Company) would be entitled to transfer such securities in a public sale without registration under the Securities Act.  The restrictions provided for in this Section 3 shall not apply to securities which are not required to bear the legend prescribed by Section 2 in accordance with the provisions of that Section.   No Preferred Shares or Conversion Shares, or any beneficial interest therein, shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Preferred Shares or Conversion Shares subject to, and to be bound by, the terms of this Agreement.

 

4.              Required Registration .

 

(a)            (i)             At any time after the earliest of (A) six months after a registration statement covering a public offering of shares of Common Stock, in which the aggregate price paid for such shares shall be at least $30,000,000 and the price paid by the public for such shares shall be at least $3.57 per shares (“Qualified Offering”), shall have become effective and (B)                                  , 2009, the holders of Restricted Stock may request the Company to register under the Securities Act all or any portion of the shares of Restricted Stock held by such requesting holder or holders for sale in the manner specified in such notice, provided that the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such public offering would exceed $10,000,000.

 

(ii)            For purposes of this Section 4 and Sections 5, 6, 13(a) and 13(d), the term “Restricted Stock” shall be deemed to include the number of shares of Restricted Stock which would be issuable to a holder of Preferred Shares upon conversion of all Preferred Shares held by such holder at such time, provided , however , that the only securities which the Company shall be required to register pursuant hereto shall be shares of Common Stock, and provided , further , however , that, in any underwritten public offering contemplated by this Section 4 or Sections 5 and 6, the holders of Preferred Shares shall be entitled to sell such Preferred Shares to the underwriters for conversion and sale of the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof.

 

(b)            Following receipt of any notice under this Section 4, the Company shall immediately notify all holders of Restricted Stock from whom notice has not been received and shall use its best efforts to register under the Securities Act, for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such notice from requesting holders, the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified in such notice (and in all notices received by the Company from other holders within 30 days after the giving of such notice by the Company).  If such method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering, the holders of a majority of the shares of Restricted Stock to be sold in such offering may designate the managing underwriter of such offering, subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Company shall be obligated to register Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 4 on two occasions only, provided , however , that such obligation shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration statement covering all shares of Restricted Stock specified in notices received as aforesaid, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified by

 

3



 

the requesting holders, shall have become effective and, if such method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten public offering, all such shares shall have been sold pursuant thereto other than shares withdrawn by the holders thereof.

 

(c)            The Company shall be entitled to include in any registration statement referred to in this Section 4, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified by the requesting holders, shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company for its own account, except as and to the extent that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter (if such method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering), such inclusion would adversely affect the marketing of the Restricted Stock to be sold.

 

5.              Incidental Registration .  If the Company at any time (other than pursuant to Section 4 or Section 6) proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public, whether for its own account or for the account of other security holders or both (except with respect to registration statements on Forms S-4, S-8 or another form not available for registering the Restricted Stock for sale to the public), each such time it will give written notice to all holders of outstanding Restricted Stock of its intention so to do.  Upon the written request of any such holder, received by the Company within 30 days after the giving of any such notice by the Company, to register any of its Restricted Stock, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the Restricted Stock as to which registration shall have been so requested to be included in the securities to be covered by the registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other disposition by the holder of such Restricted Stock so registered.  In the event that any registration pursuant to this Section 5 shall be, in whole or in part, an underwritten public offering of Common Stock, the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be included in such an underwriting may be reduced (pro rata among the requesting holders based upon the number of shares of Restricted Stock owned by such holders) if and to the extent that the managing underwriter shall be of the opinion that such inclusion would adversely affect the marketing of the securities to be sold by the Company therein; provided , however , that (other than in the case of the initial public offering of Common Stock) such number of shares of Restricted Stock shall not be reduced below 30% of the total number of shares to be offered in such an underwriting, and such number of shares of Restricted Stock shall not be reduced at all if any shares are to be included in such underwriting for the account of any person other than the Company or requesting holders of Restricted Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Company may withdraw any registration statement referred to in this Section 5 without thereby incurring any liability to the holders of Restricted Stock.

 

6.              Registration on Form S-3 .  If at any time (i) a holder or holders of Preferred Shares or Restricted Stock request that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor thereto for a public offering of all or any portion of the shares of Restricted Stock held by such requesting holder or holders, the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of which would exceed $1,000,000, and (ii) the Company is a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 or any successor thereto to register such shares, then the Company shall use its best efforts to register under the Securities Act on Form S-3 or any successor thereto, for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such notice, the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified in such notice.  Whenever the Company is required by this Section 6 to use its best efforts to effect the registration of Restricted Stock, each of the procedures and requirements of Section 4 (including but not limited to the requirement that the Company notify

 

4



 

all holders of Restricted Stock from whom notice has not been received and provide them with the opportunity to participate in the offering) shall apply to such registration, provided , however , that there shall be no limitation on the number of registrations on Form S-3 which may be requested and obtained under this Section 6 (but no more than two per 12-month period), and provided , further , however , that the requirements contained in the first sentence of Section 4(a) shall not apply to any registration on Form S-3 which may be requested and obtained under this Section 6.

 

7.              Registration Procedures .  If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of Sections 4, 5 or 6 to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any shares of Restricted Stock under the Securities Act, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)            prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement (which, in the case of an underwritten public offering pursuant to Section 4, shall be on Form S-1 or other form of general applicability reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter selected as therein provided) with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for the period of the distribution contemplated thereby (determined as hereinafter provided);

 

(b)            prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for the period specified in paragraph (a) above and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement in accordance with the sellers’ intended method of disposition set forth in such registration statement for such period;

 

(c)            furnish to each seller of Restricted Stock and to each underwriter such number of copies of the registration statement and the prospectus included therein (including each preliminary prospectus) as such persons reasonably may request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement;

 

(d)            use its best efforts to register or qualify the Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the sellers of Restricted Stock or, in the case of an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter reasonably shall request, provided , however , that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to transact business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(e)            use its best efforts to list the Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement with any securities exchange on which the Common Stock of the Company is then listed;

 

(f)             immediately notify each seller of Restricted Stock and each underwriter under such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus contained in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to

 

5



 

be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(g)            if the offering is underwritten and at the request of any seller of Restricted Stock, use its best efforts to furnish on the date that Restricted Stock is delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration:   (i) an opinion dated such date of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters and to such seller, stating that such registration statement has become effective under the Securities Act and that (A) to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act, (B) the registration statement, the related prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereof comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act (except that such counsel need not express any opinion as to financial statements or schedules contained therein) and (C) to such other effects as reasonably may be requested by counsel for the underwriters or by such seller or its counsel and (ii) a letter dated such date from the independent public accountants retained by the Company, addressed to the underwriters and to such seller, stating that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the Company included in the registration statement or the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such letter shall additionally cover such other financial matters (including information as to the period ending no more than five business days prior to the date of such letter) with respect to such registration as such underwriters reasonably may request; and

 

(h)            make available for inspection by each seller of Restricted Stock, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply to each seller of Restricted Stock and to any underwriter participating in such distribution such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, and such other documents as such seller of Restricted Stock or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering.

 

For purposes of Section 7(a) and 7(b) and of Section 4(c), the period of distribution of Restricted Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering shall be deemed to extend until each underwriter has completed the distribution of all securities purchased by it, and the period of distribution of Restricted Stock in any other registration shall be deemed to extend until the earlier of the sale of all Restricted Stock covered thereby and 120 days after the effective date thereof.

 

In connection with each registration hereunder, the sellers of Restricted Stock will furnish to the Company in writing such information with respect to themselves and the proposed distribution by them as reasonably shall be necessary in order to assure compliance with federal and applicable state securities laws.

 

6



 

In connection with each registration pursuant to Sections 4, 5 or 6 covering an underwritten public offering, the Company and each seller agree to enter into a written agreement with the managing underwriter selected in the manner herein provided in such form and containing such provisions as are customary in the securities business for such an arrangement between such underwriter and companies of the Company’s size and investment stature.

 

8.              Expenses .  All expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 4, 5 and 6, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company, fees and expenses (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state securities or “blue sky” laws, fees of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and registrars, costs of insurance and reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the sellers of Restricted Stock (not in excess of $15,000), but excluding any Selling Expenses, are called “Registration Expenses”.  All underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Restricted Stock are called “Selling Expenses”.

 

The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration statement under Sections 4, 5 or 6.  All Selling Expenses in connection with each registration statement under Sections 4, 5 or 6 shall be borne by the participating sellers in proportion to the number of shares sold by each, or by such participating sellers other than the Company (except to the extent the Company shall be a seller) as they may agree.

 

9.              Indemnification and Contribution . (a)  In the event of a registration of any of the Restricted Stock under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 4, 5 or 6, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each seller of such Restricted Stock thereunder, each underwriter of such Restricted Stock thereunder and each other person, if any, who controls such seller or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such seller, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any registration statement under which such Restricted Stock was registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 4, 5 or 6, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such seller, each such underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by any such seller, any such underwriter or any such controlling person in writing specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus; provided further , however , that the Company shall not be liable under this Section 9(a) to any indemnified party with respect to any preliminary prospectus to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or judgment resulted from the fact that such indemnified party, in contravention of a

 

7



 

requirement of applicable law, sold Restricted Stock to a person to whom such indemnified party failed to send or give, on or prior to the closing date of such sale, a copy of the final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, if (i) the Company has previously furnished copies thereof (sufficiently in advance of such closing date to allow for distribution by the closing date) to such indemnified party, and the loss, claim, damage, liability or judgment of such indemnified party resulted from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in or omitted from the preliminary prospectus that was corrected in the final prospectus as, if applicable, amended or supplemented prior to such closing date, and such final prospectus was required by law to be delivered at or prior to the written confirmation of sale to such person and (ii) the giving or sending of such final prospectus by such closing date to the party or parties asserting such loss, claim, damage, liability or judgment would have constituted a defense to the claim asserted by such person.

 

(b)            In the event of a registration of any of the Restricted Stock under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 4, 5 or 6, each seller of such Restricted Stock thereunder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, each officer of the Company who signs the registration statement, each director of the Company, each underwriter and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such officer, director, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement under which such Restricted Stock was registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 4, 5 or 6, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and each such officer, director, underwriter and controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, provided , however , that such seller will be liable hereunder in any such case if and only to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information pertaining to such seller, as such, furnished in writing to the Company by such seller specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus, and provided , further , however , that the liability of each seller hereunder shall be limited to the net proceeds received by such seller from the sale of Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement.

 

(c)            Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party other than under this Section 9 and shall only relieve it from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party under this Section 9 to the extent that the indemnifying party is prejudiced by such omission.  In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the

 

8



 

commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and of liaison with counsel so selected, provided , however , that, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party or if the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to assume such legal defenses and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other expenses related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred.

 

(d)            In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) the Company or any holder of Restricted Stock exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 9 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 9 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of the Company or any such selling holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 9; then, and in each such case, the Company and such holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability as well as any other equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by referring to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (A) no such holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering of such Restricted Stock received by it; and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

10.            Changes in Common Stock or Preferred Stock .  If, and as often as, there is any change in the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions

 

9



 

hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock as so changed.

 

11.            Rule 144 Reporting .  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Stock to the public without registration, at all times after 90 days after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)            make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

 

(b)            use its best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

 

(c)            furnish to each holder of Restricted Stock forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of such Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company as such holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such holder to sell any Restricted Stock without registration.

 

12.            Covenants of the Company .  The Company covenants with each of the Preferred Holders that:

 

(a)  Financial Statements, Reports, Etc .   The Company shall furnish to each Preferred Holder that is the owner of record at such time of not less than 1,000,000 Preferred Shares (a “ Major Preferred Holder ”):

 

(i)             within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and audited by a firm of independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(ii)            within forty-five (45) days after the end of each month in each fiscal year (other than the last month in each fiscal year) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows, unaudited but prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by the Chief Financial Officer (or similar officer) of the Company, such consolidated balance sheet to be as of the end of such month and such consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows to be for such month and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such month, in each case with comparative statements for the prior fiscal year;

 

(iii)           within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter  (other than the last quarter in each fiscal year) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries,

 

10


 

if any, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows, unaudited but prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by the Chief Financial Officer (or similar officer) of the Company, such consolidated balance sheet to be as of the end of such quarter and such consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows to be for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such quarter, in each case with comparative statements for the prior fiscal year;

 

(iv)          no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the start of each fiscal year, consolidated capital and operating expense budgets, cash flow projections and income and loss projections for the Company and its subsidiaries in respect of such fiscal year, all itemized in reasonable detail and prepared on a monthly basis, and, promptly after preparation, any revisions to any of the foregoing; and

 

(v)           promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the business, prospects, financial condition, operations, property or affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries as such Major Preferred Holder reasonably may request.

 

The Company’s obligations under this Section 12(a) shall terminate upon the completion of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities.

 

(b)           Right of Participation .  The Company shall, prior to any proposed issuance by the Company of any of its securities (other than debt securities with no equity feature), offer to each Preferred Holder by written notice the right, for a period of fifteen (15) days, to purchase for cash at an amount equal to the price or other consideration for which such securities are to be issued, a number of such securities so that, after giving effect to such issuance (and the conversion, exercise and exchange into or for (whether directly or indirectly) shares of Common Stock of all such securities that are so convertible, exercisable or exchangeable), such Preferred Holder will continue to maintain its same proportionate equity ownership in the Company as of the date of such notice (treating each Preferred Holder, for the purpose of such computation, as the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable to such Preferred Holder upon conversion, exercise and exchange of all securities held by such Preferred Holder on the date such offer is made, that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or for (whether directly or indirectly) shares of Common Stock and assuming the like conversion, exercise and exchange of all such other securities held by other persons); provided, however, that the participation rights of the Preferred Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) shall not apply to securities issued (A) upon conversion of any of the Preferred Shares, (B) as a stock dividend or upon any subdivision of shares of Common Stock, provided that the securities issued pursuant to such stock dividend or subdivision are limited to additional shares of Common Stock, (C) pursuant to subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities, or other rights which are outstanding on the date of this Agreement, (D) solely in consideration for the acquisition (whether by merger or otherwise) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of any other entity as long as such acquisition is approved by the Board of Directors, which approval must include one of the directors elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and one of the directors elected by the holders of Series B and/or Series C Stock, (E) pursuant to a bona fide firm commitment underwritten public offering, (F) pursuant to the exercise of options to purchase Common Stock granted to directors, officers,

 

11



 

employees or consultants of the Company in connection with their service to the Company, not to exceed in the aggregate 25,734,473 shares (appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, combinations of shares and the like with respect to the Common Stock)or such greater number of shares as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors, which approval must include one of the directors elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and one of the directors elected by the holders of Series B and/or Series C Stock (the shares exempted by this clause (F) being hereinafter referred to as the “Reserved Employee Shares”), (G) to financial institutions, lenders or lessors in connection with lease liens, equipment financing or other loans as long as such issuance is approved by the Board of Directors, which approval must include one of the directors elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and one of the directors elected by the holders of Series B and/or Series C Stock, (H) to vendors, trade partners, service providers, or in connection with strategic relationships approved by the Board of Directors, which approval must include one of the directors elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and one of the directors elected by the holders of Series B and/or Series C Stock and (I) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.  The Company’s written notice to the Preferred Holders shall describe the securities proposed to be issued by the Company and specify the number, price and payment terms. Each Preferred Holder may accept the Company’s offer as to the full number of securities offered to it or any lesser number, by written notice thereof given by it to the Company prior to the expiration of the aforesaid fifteen (15) day period, in which event the Company shall promptly sell and such Preferred Holder shall buy, upon the terms specified, the number of securities agreed to be purchased by such Preferred Holder.  The Company shall be free at any time prior to one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of its notice of offer to the Preferred Holders, to offer and sell to any third party or parties the remainder of such securities proposed to be issued by the Company (including but not limited to the securities not agreed by the Preferred Holders to be purchased by them), at a price and on payment terms no less favorable to the Company than those specified in such notice of offer to the Preferred Holders.  However, if such third party sale or sales are not consummated within such one hundred and twenty (120) day period, the Company shall not sell such securities as shall not have been purchased within such period without again complying with this Section 12(b).

 

(c)           Reserve for Conversion Shares .  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Shares and otherwise complying with the terms of this Agreement, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of the Preferred Shares from time to time outstanding or otherwise to comply with the terms of this Agreement.  If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of the Preferred Shares or otherwise to comply with the terms of this Agreement, the Company will forthwith take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.  The Company will obtain any authorization, consent, approval or other action by or make any filing with any court or administrative body that may be required under applicable state securities laws in connection with the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Shares.

 

(d)           Properties, Business, Insurance .  The Company shall maintain and cause each of its subsidiaries (if any) to maintain as to their respective properties and business, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance against such casualties and contingencies and of such

 

12



 

types and in such amounts as is customary for companies similarly situated, which insurance shall be deemed by the Company to be sufficient.

 

(e)           Board of Directors Meetings .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that meetings of its Board of Directors are held at least four times each year and at least once each quarter.

 

(f)            Use of Proceeds .  The Company shall use the proceeds from the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock solely for (i) working capital purposes, (ii) the payment of any outstanding indebtedness, and (iii) to fund the acquisition of Concourse Holding Co., LLC.

 

(g)           By-laws .  The Company shall at all times maintain provisions in its By-laws and/or Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation indemnifying all directors against liability and absolving all directors from liability to the Company and its stockholders to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(h)           Inventions and Confidentiality Agreements .  The Company shall use its best efforts to obtain, and shall cause its subsidiaries (if any) to use their best efforts to obtain, the form of employee inventions and confidentiality agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A from all future officers, key employees and other employees who will have access to confidential information of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, upon their employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company shall use its best efforts to enter into agreements in respect of the assignment of inventions and confidentiality on terms substantially similar to those set forth in Exhibit A with its independent contractors whose work is material to the business of the Company.

 

(i)            Inspection, Consultation and Advice .  The Company shall permit and cause each of its subsidiaries (if any) to permit each Major Preferred Holder and such persons as it may reasonably designate, at such Major Preferred Holder’s expense, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, examine their books and take copies and extracts therefrom, discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries with their officers, employees and public accountants (and the Company hereby authorizes said accountants to discuss with such Major Preferred Holder and such designees such affairs, finances and accounts), and consult with and advise the management of the Company and its subsidiaries as to their affairs, finances and accounts, all at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice.

 

(j)            Restrictive Agreements Prohibited . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall become a party to any agreement which by its terms restricts the Company’s performance of any of the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(k)           Transactions with Affiliates . Except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement or as otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall enter into any transaction with any director, officer, employee or holder of more than 5% of the outstanding capital stock of any class or series of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, member of the family of any such person, or any corporation,

 

13



 

partnership, trust or other entity in which any such person, or member of the family of any such person, is a director, officer, trustee, partner or holder of more than 5% of the outstanding capital stock thereof, except for transactions on customary terms related to such person’s employment or arm’s-length transactions conducted in the ordinary course of business.

 

(l)            U.S. Real Property Interest Statement .  The Company shall provide prompt written notice to each Preferred Holder following any “determination date” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(c)(i)) on which the Company becomes a United States real property holding corporation.  In addition, upon a written request by any Preferred Holder, the Company shall provide such Preferred Holder with a written statement informing the Preferred Holder whether such Preferred Holder’s interest in the Company constitutes a U.S. real property interest.  The Company’s determination shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(1) or any successor regulation, and the Company shall provide timely notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with and to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2) or any successor regulation, that such statement has been made. The Company’s written statement to any Preferred Holder shall be delivered to such Preferred Holder within ten (10) days of such Preferred Holder’s written request therefor.  The Company’s obligation to furnish a written statement pursuant to this 12(l) shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be regularly traded on an established securities market.

 

(m)          Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in Section 12 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect: (i) upon the completion of a Qualified Offering, (ii) as to each of the Preferred Holders when such Preferred Holder (together with its affiliates) holds less than 10% of the total capital stock initially issued to it by, or (iii) upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); provided, however, that the covenant entitled “US Real Property Interest Statement” shall terminate only when a Preferred Holder owns no capital stock in the Company.

 

13.           Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto (including without limitation transferees of any Preferred Shares or Restricted Stock), whether so expressed or not, provided , however , that registration rights conferred herein on the holders of Preferred Shares or Restricted Stock shall only inure to the benefit of a transferee of Preferred Shares or Restricted Stock if (i) there is transferred to such transferee at least 20% of the total shares of Restricted Stock originally issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement to the direct or indirect transferor of such transferee or (ii) such transferee is a partner, shareholder, subsidiary, parent or affiliate of a party hereto. All Preferred Shares and Conversion Shares held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any of the rights under this Agreement.

 

(b)           All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by telecopier or telex, addressed as follows:

 

14



 

if to the Company or any other party hereto, at the address of such party set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

 

if to any subsequent holder of Preferred Shares or Restricted Stock, to it at such address as may have been furnished to the Company in writing by such holder;

 

or, in any case, at such other address or addresses as shall have been furnished in writing to the Company (in the case of a holder of Preferred Shares or Restricted Stock) or to the holders of Preferred Shares or Restricted Stock (in the case of the Company) in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

(c)           This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

(d)           This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and is intended to amend and restate the Existing Agreement in its entirety.

 

(e)           This Agreement may not be amended or modified, and no provision hereof may be waived, without the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Restricted Stock ( in the case of sections 1 through 11 and this article 13) and Preferred Stock (in the case of section 12 and this article 13), provided , in such case, that all such holders are similarly affected by such amendment, modification or waiver (collectively a “ Modification ”); provided , however , that the consent of the holders of Preferred Stock or Restricted Stock shall not be required for the Company to add additional Series C Purchasers as parties to this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the prior sentence, (i) so long as any shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, no Modification to the rights of the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock hereunder shall be effective if such Modification affects the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock in a manner differently than the holders of Series A Preferred Stock without the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, (ii) no Modification to the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock hereunder shall be effective if such Modification affects the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in a manner differently from the holders of Series A Preferred Stock,  Series A-2 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock without the prior written consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and (iii) no Modification to the rights of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock hereunder shall be effective if such Modification affects the holders of Series C Preferred Stock in a manner differently from the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, or Series B Preferred Stock without the prior written consent of the holders of at least 55% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(f)            This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(g)           The obligations of the Company to register shares of Restricted Stock under Sections 4, 5 or 6 shall terminate on the earlier of the fifteenth anniversary of the date of this

 

15



 

Agreement or the fifth anniversary of the date of the earlier of (i) the first request made by the holders of Restricted Stock under Section 4 above and (ii) the Qualified Offering.

 

(h)           If requested in writing by the underwriters for the initial underwritten public offering of securities of the Company, each holder of Restricted Stock who is a party to this Agreement shall agree not to sell publicly any shares of Restricted Stock or any other shares of Common Stock (other than (i) shares of Restricted Stock or other shares of Common Stock being registered in such offering and (ii) any stock acquired in the Company’s initial public offering or on the open market thereafter by holders of less than 1,000,000 shares of Restricted Stock), without the consent of such underwriters, for a period of not more than 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering; provided , however , that all persons entitled to registration rights with respect to shares of Common Stock who are not parties to this Agreement, all other persons selling shares of Common Stock in such offering, all persons holding in excess of 5% of the capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis and all executive officers and directors of the Company shall also have agreed not to sell publicly their Common Stock under the circumstances and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Section 13(h) and any discretionary waiver (which, when taken individually or aggregated with other discretionary waivers, covers more than 1% of the capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis) or early termination of such lock-up by the Company or its underwriters with respect to any person shall similarly release all holders of Restricted Stock.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7(a), the Company’s obligation to file a registration statement, or cause such registration statement to become and remain effective, shall be suspended for a period not to exceed 90 days in any 12-month period if there exists at the time material non-public information relating to the Company which, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, should not be disclosed.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4, 5, 6 and 7 hereof, the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration (i) within the three month period immediately following the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company sold by the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan), or (ii) if the Company has furnished to holders of Restricted Stock a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for registration statements to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use its reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement shall be deferred for a single period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days from the receipt of the request to file such registration by such holder(s); provided , however , that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve (12) month period and provided, further, that in no event shall the suspensions or deferrals pursuant to this Section 13(i) exceed 120 days in any 12-month period.

 

(j)            The Company shall not grant to any third party any registration rights more favorable than or inconsistent with any of those contained herein, so long as any of the registration rights under this Agreement remains in effect.

 

(k)           Confidentiality.

 

16



 

(a)           No party hereto shall issue a press release or otherwise publicize the transaction contemplated by this Agreement without prior written consent of the other parties hereto.  No information, documents or reports provided to or obtained by any party in connection with this transaction shall be disclosed to any non-party except as required in carrying out the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other agreement relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and except as reasonably necessary to comply with any applicable federal and state securities laws, each party hereto (and each employee, representative or other agent of each party) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the U.S. federal tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses, but without disclosure of identifying information or, except to the extent relating to such tax structure or tax treatment, any nonpublic commercial or financial information) that are provided to a party relating to such U.S. federal tax treatment and tax structure.  For this purpose, “tax structure” is any fact that may be relevant to understanding the U.S. federal tax treatment of the transaction.

 

(l)            If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render illegal, invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

 

[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Hagan

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED as of the date first above written.

 

Preferred Holders:

Corporate Development Fund of Mitsui & Co., Ltd.

 

 

By:

Mitsui & Co. Principal Investments, Ltd.,

 

 

 

Its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yoichiro Endo

 

 

 

Yoichiro Endo

 

 

 

President

 

 

Mitsui & Co. (USA), Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenichi Hori

 

 

Kenichi Hori

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P.

 

 

By:

Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners, Inc.

 

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Koichi Ando

 

 

 

Koichi Ando

 

 

 

President and CEO

 

 



 

Infonet Services Corporation

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership

 

By:

NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles W. Newhall III

 

 

 

Name:

Charles W. Newhall III

 

 

 

Title:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEA Ventures 2001, Limited Partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis S. Citron

 

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 


 

Evercore Venture Partners, L.P.

 

By: Evercore Venture Management II L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Name:

Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Title:

an authorized representative

 

 

 

Evercore Venture Partners (NQ) L.P.

 

By: Evercore Venture Management L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Name:

Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Title:

an authorized representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evercore Capital Partners L.P.

 

By: Evercore Partners L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Name:

Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Title:

an authorized representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evercore Capital Partners (NQ) L.P.

 

By: Evercore Partners L.L.C.,

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Name:

Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Title:

an authorized representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evercore Capital Offshore Partners L.P.

 

By: Evercore Partners L.L.C.,

 

Its: Investment General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Name:

Sangam Pant

 

 

 

Title:

an authorized representative

 

 



 

Sternhill Partners I, L.P.

 

By: Sternhill Venture Management I, L.P.

 

Its General Partner

 

By: Sternhill, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marc S. Geller

 

Name:

Marc S. Geller

 

Title:

Managing Director/Sec’y

 

 

 

Sternhill Affiliates I, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Sternhill Venture Management I, L.P.

 

Its General Partner

 

By: Sternhill, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marc S. Geller

 

Name:

Marc S. Geller

 

Title:

Managing Director/Sec’y

 

 



 

K. Flynn McDonald

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Stableford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marc Weiss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James B. Fleming, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Kravis Investment Partners, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

eCompanies Wireless LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sprint eWireless, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

Saints Capital V, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amberbrook IV LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

PREFERRED HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

Red Rock Ventures — SBIC III, L.P.

 

By RRV Partners IIIA, LLC

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

/s/ Robert G. Todd, Jr.

 

By Robert G. Todd, Jr.

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

Red Rock Ventures — Cayman Investors III, L.P.

 

By RRV Partners III, LLC

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

/s/ Robert G. Todd, Jr.

 

By Robert G. Todd, Jr.

 

Managing Member

 

 



 

STEELPOINT CAPITAL FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James A. Caccavo

 

Name: James A. Caccavo

 

Title: Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

STEELPOINT CO-INVESTMENT FUND, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James A. Caccavo

 

Name: James A. Caccavo

Title: Managing Member

 

 



 

Legacy Private Technology Partners

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open Field Private Partners LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marc Weiss

 

Name:

Marc Weiss

 

Title:

CIO

 

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

 

Amended and Restated

2001 Stock Incentive Plan

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

Section 1

Establishment and Purpose

1

 

 

 

Section 2

Administration

1

(a)

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

1

(b)

 

Authority of the Board of Directors

1

(c)

 

Special Rules

1

 

 

 

Section 3

Eligibility

1

 

 

 

Section 4

Shares Subject to Plan

2

(a)

 

Basic Limitation

2

(b)

 

Special Rule

2

(c)

 

Additional Stock

2

(d)

 

Share Counting Rules

2

 

 

 

Section 5

Terms and Conditions of Options

2

(a)

 

Option Agreement

2

(b)

 

Number of Shares

3

(c)

 

Exercise Price

3

(d)

 

Exercisability

3

(e)

 

Term

3

(f)

 

Nontransferability

4

(g)

 

Termination of Service (Except by Death or for Cause)

4

(h)

 

Termination for Cause

4

(i)

 

Death of Optionee

4

(j)

 

No Rights as a Stockholder

5

(k)

 

Restrictions on Ownership

5

(l)

 

Minimum Vesting

5

(m)

 

Payment for Stock

5

 

 

 

Section 6

Restricted Stock Awards

6

(a)

 

Restricted Stock Awards

6

(b)

 

Receipt of Stock

6

(c)

 

Rights of Participants

6

(d)

 

Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Awards

6

(e)

 

Restrictions

6

(f)

 

Section 162(m) Consequences

7

 

 

 

 

Section 7

Repurchase Rights

7

 

ii



 

(a)

 

Unvested Shares

7

(b)

 

Vested Shares

7

 

 

 

Section 8

Right of First Refusal

7

 

 

 

Section 9

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Awards

8

 

 

 

Section 10

Adjustment of Stock

8

(a)

 

General

8

(b)

 

Extraordinary Events

8

(c)

 

Reservation of Rights

10

 

 

 

Section 11

Securities Law Requirements

10

(a)

 

General

10

(b)

 

Financial Reports

10

(c)

 

Plan Document

11

 

 

 

Section 12

No Retention Rights

11

 

 

 

Section 13

Duration and Amendments

11

(a)

 

Term of the Plan

11

(b)

 

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

11

(c)

 

Effect of Amendment or Termination

11

(d)

 

Written Amendments Only

11

 

 

 

Section 14

Miscellaneous Matters

12

(a)

 

Withholding Taxes

12

(b)

 

Election to Withhold Common Stock

12

(c)

 

Governing Law

12

(d)

 

Fees and Costs

12

(e)

 

Awards to Foreign Nationals

12

(f)

 

Indemnification

12

 

 

 

Section 15

Definitions

12

 

 

iii



 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

2001 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Section 1                                              Establishment and Purpose .

 

The purpose of the Plan is, by granting Awards, to offer selected individuals an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), or to increase such interest.  All capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 15 below.

 

Section 2                                              Administration .

 

(a)                                   Committees of the Board of Directors .   The Plan may be administered by a Committee.  The Committee shall consist of one or more Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors.  The Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it by resolution.  If no Committee has been appointed, all of the Board of Directors as a group shall administer the Plan.  Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors have assigned a particular function.

 

(b)                                   Authority of the Board of Directors .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors or Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors or Committee shall be binding on all Participants and all persons deriving their rights from a Participant.

 

(c)                                   Special Rules .  When Section 16 of the Exchange Act applies to the Company, to obtain the benefits of Rule 16b-3, all of the members of the Committee or Board of Directors must be composed of individuals satisfying the requirements of that provision or the Award must be made by the Board of Directors. Similarly, when Section 162(m) of the Code applies to the Company, to be exempt from the million dollar compensation deduction limitation of Section 162(m), all of the members of the Committee or Board of Directors must satisfy the requirements of that provision.

 

Section 3                                              Eligibility .

 

Only Employees, Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Awards.  However, Incentive Stock Options may only be awarded to Employees. In the event that the Company acquires another entity, the Board of Directors or Committee may authorize the issuance of Substitute Options upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors or

 



 

Committee shall determine, taking into account the limitations of Code Section 424(a) in the case of a Substitute Option that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Section 4                                              Shares Subject to Plan .

 

(a)                                   Basic Limitation .   The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under this Plan shall be 31,920,700, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10.  The number of shares of Common Stock that are subject to Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of shares of Common Stock that then remain available for issuance under the Plan.  The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient shares of Common Stock to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

(b)                                   Special Rule .   To comply with Section 162(m), the maximum number of shares that may be issued to a single Participant is 14,467,073.  This number shall be adjusted from time to time as set forth in Section 10.  For this purpose, (i) shares subject to a terminated Option shall be considered outstanding and (ii) the repricing of an Option shall be treated as the issuance of a new Option.

 

(c)                                   Additional Stock .   Any shares of Common Stock that are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option, but that are not issued because of surrender, lapse, expiration or termination of any such Option prior to issuance of the Common Stock, shall once again be available for issuance in satisfaction of Awards.  Similarly, any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award which are subsequently forfeited or repurchased, or not issued pursuant to the terms of the grant shall once again be available for issuance in satisfaction of Awards.  Any shares of Common Stock that are issued under the Plan but repurchased by the Company shall again become available for issuance pursuant to the Plan.

 

(d)                                   Share Counting Rules .   In the event a Participant pays part or all of the Exercise Price of an Option by surrendering shares of Common Stock that the Optionee previously acquired, only the number of shares issuable to the Optionee in excess of those surrendered shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Plan, both as to that Optionee and in the aggregate (to all Participants).  Similarly, shares that are not issued to a Participant, but rather, are used to satisfy the income tax withholding obligations are not taken into account for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares that may be issued to all Participants under the Plan.

 

Section 5                                              Terms and Conditions of Options .

 

(a)                                   Option Agreement .  Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.  Such Option Agreement shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other

 

2



 

terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee or the Board of Directors deem appropriate for inclusion in an Option Agreement.  The provisions of the various Option Agreements need not be identical.

 

(b)                                   Number of Shares .   Each Option Agreement shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 10.

 

(c)                                   Exercise Price .   Each Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee or the Board of Directors.  The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described below.  To the extent necessary to comply with California law, the minimum Exercise Price shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant (110% in the case of a grant to a Ten Percent Stockholder).  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the minimum Exercise Price shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant (110% in the case of a grant to a Ten Percent Stockholder). The exercise price of Stock Options that are intended to be exempt from Section 162(m) shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value on the date of the grant.

 

(d)                                   Exercisability .   Each Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable.  Except as otherwise provided in the Option Agreement and this Plan, including without limitation Section 5(l) hereof, Options shall become exercisable at least as rapidly as 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. Except in the case of Substitute Options, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or such other limit as may be required by Code Section 422.  To the extent that the Options exceed that limit, they will be treated as Nonstatutory Options (but all of the other provisions of the Option shall remain applicable), with the first Options that were awarded to the Optionee to be treated as Incentive Stock Options.  Subject to the preceding, the vesting provisions of any Option Agreement shall be determined by the Committee or the Board of Directors in their sole discretion.

 

(e)                                   Term .   Options granted hereunder (i) shall be exercisable for a term of not more than ten (10) years from the date of grant and (ii) shall be subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided or as provided in the Option Agreement.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the term of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder will not exceed 5 years.  Each Option Agreement issued hereunder shall specify the term of the option, which term shall be determined by the Committee or the Board of Directors in their sole discretion.

 

3



 

(f)                                     Nontransferability .   No Option shall be transferable other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.  An Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

(g)                                  Termination of Service (Except by Death or for Cause) .  If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death or for Cause, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date set forth in the Option Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)                                The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options pursuant to the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Common Stock had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The unvested portion of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executor or administrator of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Common Stock had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

(h)                                  Termination for Cause .   If the Optionee’s Service is terminated for Cause, then the Optionee’s Options shall lapse upon the date of such termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable as to any Common Stock subject thereto, whether or not the Optionee’s Options are then exercisable as to any Common Stock.

 

(i)                                     Death of Optionee If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to the Option Agreement; or

 

(ii)                                   The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options pursuant to the preceding sentence by the executor or administrator of the Optionee’s

 

4



 

estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Common Stock had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the death).  The unvested Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

(j)                                     No Rights as a Stockholder .  An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a Stockholder with respect to any Common Stock covered by the Optionee’s Option until (i) such person becomes entitled to receive such Common Stock by filing a notice of exercise, paying the Exercise Price, and performing such other acts as may be required pursuant to the terms of such Option and (ii) such person has satisfied any other requirements imposed on Stockholders or assignees by applicable law or any other agreement among the Stockholders.

 

(k)                                 Restrictions on Ownership Any Common Stock issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to (i) the terms of any agreement among the Stockholders and (ii) such special conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions including those in Sections 7 and 8 as the Committee or the Board of Directors may determine.

 

(l)                                     Minimum Vesting To the extent necessary to comply with California law, in the case of an Optionee who is not (A) an officer of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent, (B) a director of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent, or (C) a Consultant, any right to exercise the Option shall vest at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the grant.

 

(m)                               Payment for Stock An Optionee entitled to exercise an Option may do so by delivery of a written notice to that effect in such form as shall be specified by the Committee or the Board of Directors and specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and any other information the Committee or the Board of Directors may prescribe.  Payment shall be in cash or such other form or forms of consideration as the Committee or Board of Directors shall deem acceptable in its sole discretion, such as the surrender of outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant for the minimum period of time necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment (if applicable).  If the payment is made by means of the surrender of shares of Restricted Stock, a number of shares issued upon the exercise of the Option equal to the number of shares of Restricted Stock surrendered shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock that was surrendered.  After giving due consideration to the consequences under Rule 16b-3 and under the Code, the Committee or Board of Directors may also authorize the exercise of Options by Broker’s Transactions.  No shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon exercise of an option until full payment has been made therefore.

 

5



 

Section 6                                              Restricted Stock Awards .

 

(a)                                   Restricted Stock Awards Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee or the Board of Directors may, in their discretion, determine.  Restricted Stock Awards issued under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement in such form as the Committee or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Restricted Stock Awards may be subject to restrictions which lapse over time.

 

(b)                                   Receipt of Stock Each Restricted Stock Agreement shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Restricted Stock Award evidenced thereby, the price to be paid for such shares by the Participant and the restrictions imposed on such shares.  Subject to the restrictions of Subsections (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 6 and as set forth in the related Restricted Stock Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock granted under a Restricted Stock Award shall be issued to the recipient Participant thereof on the date of grant of such Restricted Stock Award against immediate payment therefore or as soon as may be practicable thereafter.

 

(c)                                   Rights of Participants Common Stock received pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards shall be duly issued or transferred to the Participant.  Subject to the restrictions in Subsection (d) of this Section 6 and as set forth in the related Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall thereupon have all of the rights of a Stockholder with respect to all the Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock Award, including any voting rights incident to such Common Stock and to receive dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Common Stock.  As a condition to issuing the Common Stock, the Committee or the Board of Directors may require a Participant to execute an escrow agreement, a stock power that is endorsed in blank, and any other documents which the Committee or the Board of Directors may determine are necessary or appropriate.

 

(d)                                   Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Awards . Until such time as the restrictions set forth in the related Restricted Stock Agreement have lapsed, the Common Stock awarded to a Participant, and any right to vote such Common Stock or receive dividends on such Common Stock, may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of.  However, if authorized by in the Restricted Stock Agreement, such Common Stock may be transferred pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, provided that the underlying shares remain subject to the restrictions contained in the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Restrictions Common Stock received pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee or the Board of Directors may determine, including, without limitation, restrictions on the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of such Common Stock and the requirement that the Participant sell such Common

 

6



 

Stock back to the Company upon termination of employment for any reason or for specified reasons.

 

(f)                                     Section 162(m) Consequences If Restricted Stock is issued by the Company at less than its Fair Market Value, it will not be exempt from Section 162(m).

 

Section 7                                              Repurchase Rights .

 

At the discretion of the Committee or the Board of Directors, any Restricted Stock Agreement or Option Agreement may provide that the Company will have the right and option to repurchase any Common Stock issued to a Participant whose Service has been terminated, and such repurchase shall be upon such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee or the Board of Directors from time to time and are set forth or otherwise provided for in such Restricted Stock Agreement or Option Agreement.

 

(a)                                   Unvested Shares .  To the extent necessary to comply with California law, in the case of a Participant who is not (1) an officer of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent, (2) a director of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent, or (3) a Consultant, any right to repurchase the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock (A) shall be at the original purchase price upon termination of the Participant’s Service, (B) shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the option grant, (C) must be exercised within 90 days after the termination of the Participant’s Service (or within 90 days of the date of the purchase of the Common Stock, if later), and (D) the payment shall be in the form of cash or cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Common Stock.

 

(b)                                   Vested Shares To the extent necessary to comply with California law, in the case of a Participant who is not (1) an officer of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent, (2) a director of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent, or (3) a Consultant, with regard to any right to repurchase the Participant’s vested shares of Common Stock (A) the repurchase price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of Participant’s termination of Service, (B) the Company’s right to repurchase the shares must be exercised within ninety (90) days of the later of the Participant’s termination of Service or the date of the exercise of the Option, (c) the Company must pay the purchase price in cash or cancellation of the purchase money indebtedness for the shares, and (D) the Company’s repurchase right terminates if and when its securities becomes publicly traded.

 

Section 8                                              Right of First Refusal .

 

At the discretion of the Committee or the Board of Directors, any Restricted Stock Agreement or Option Agreement may provide that the Company will have a Right of First Refusal with regard to any proposed sale or other transfer by Participant of any Common Stock issued to a Participant under the Plan (either as a Restricted Stock Award or upon exercise of an

 

7


 

Option), and such Right of First Refusal shall be upon such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee or the Board of Directors from time to time and are set forth or otherwise provided for in such Restricted Stock Agreement or Option Agreement.

 

Section 9                                              Modification, Extension and Assumption of Awards .

 

Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee or the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Awards or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Awards (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Awards for the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and at the same or a different Exercise Price.  The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Award shall, without the consent of the Participant impair the Participant’s rights or increase the Participant’s obligations under such Award.

 

Section 10                                       Adjustment of Stock .

 

(a)                               General Subject to Section 10(b) below, in the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (through a stock split or dividend), a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Common Stock into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, or a capital reorganization or a reclassification in which the Common Stock is changed into a different kind or number of securities of the Company, the Committee or the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock available for future grants under this Plan including the number of shares that may be granted to any one individual under Section 4, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.  Any such adjustment in an outstanding Option, however, shall be made without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of the Option but with a corresponding adjustment in the price for each share covered by the Option.  The foregoing adjustments and the manner of application of the foregoing provisions shall be determined by the Committee or the Board of Directors in their sole discretion.  Stock dividends, shares resulting from stock splits, etc . that are issued with respect to the shares covered by a grant of Restricted Stock shall be treated as additional shares received under the grant of Restricted Stock.

 

(b)                                   Extraordinary Events In the event of a Change in Control, the Plan, all outstanding Restricted Stock Awards and all outstanding Options will be affected as follows:

 

(i)                                      Upon the record or effective date applicable to such Change in Control, each outstanding Option shall automatically terminate on the effective date of the Change in Control, except solely as provided in the next sentence. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, each Option which has not been assumed or an equivalent option substituted therefore, as provided in the next sentence, by the surviving entity in a Change in Control, shall automatically

 

8



 

accelerate and become exercisable in whole or in part without regard to the vesting provisions of the Plan or any option agreement (except as provided otherwise in this Section 10(b)) until one business day before the effective date applicable to such Change in Control.  If the terms of the Change in Control provide that the stockholders of the Company shall receive cash or other securities in exchange for their stock in the Company, and the holders of outstanding Restricted Stock are to receive the same consideration, then any Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan shall automatically accelerate without regard to the vesting provisions of the Plan or any restricted stock agreement (except as provided otherwise in this Section 10(b)).  However, if the acquiring or surviving corporation, in its sole and absolute discretion, assumes all Options or issues in respect of all Options substitute options to purchase shares of the acquiring or surviving corporation, which assumed or substitute options contain such terms and provisions as substantially preserve the rights and benefits of the assumed or substituted Options, and in such event the assumed or substituted Options shall not automatically accelerate or become exercisable pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

(ii)                                   In any case in which an Option automatically accelerates and becomes exercisable without regard to its installment provisions pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Optionee holding the applicable Option shall be given written notice thereof by the Company at least ten days prior to such record or effective date applicable to such Change in Control, which notice shall advise such Optionee of the proposed event and the rights of the Optionee pursuant to this Section 10(b).  If such notice is not given, the Company or, if applicable, any such acquiring or surviving corporation, shall make such arrangements as are equitable under the circumstances to avoid or reverse any economic detriment suffered by such Optionee as the result of any failure to give such notice, but in no event shall any failure to give such notice affect the validity or effectiveness of any such Change in Control transaction.

 

(iii)                                The Board may, in any specific case or cases, specifically provide, in an option agreement, restricted stock agreement or otherwise, for the treatment of an Option or Restricted Stock Award in a manner different than that set forth above upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, but in the absence thereof the above provisions of this Section 10(b) shall govern the Option or Restricted Stock Award.

 

(iv)                               To the extent that the foregoing adjustments relate to stock or securities of the Company, such adjustments shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided above in this Section 10(b), the Participant shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class or the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class, and the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to any Option shall not be affected by, and no adjustment shall be made by reason of, any dissolution, liquidation, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or rights to purchase or subscribe for stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class.

 

9



 

(v)                                  The grant of an Option or a Restricted Stock Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications or changes in its capital or business structures or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

(vi)                               For purposes of this Section 10(b), (A) an Option is accelerated by accelerating the date or dates on which one or installments of Option Stock are first exercisable, and (B) a Restricted Stock Award is accelerated by releasing on an earlier date the Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase right established under the applicable restricted stock agreement.  For purposes of this Section 10(b) only, the Committee shall mean the Committee as constituted immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

(c)                                   Reservation of Rights Except as provided in this Section 10, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of the Company, (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares in the Company or (iii) any distribution with respect to outstanding Common Stock.  Any issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of or the Exercise Price of Common Stock subject to an Option.  The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge, consolidate or exchange its equity securities or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

Section 11                                       Securities Law Requirements .

 

(a)                                   General Common Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Common Stock complies with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933,as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state corporate or securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.  Similarly, a Participant will not be permitted to exercise an Option if such exercise would violate the Company’s internal policies.

 

(b)                                   Financial Reports To the extent necessary to comply with California law, the Company each year shall furnish to Stockholders who have purchased Common Stock under the Plan its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Participants are limited to key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.  Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.

 

10



 

(c)                                   Plan Document To the extent necessary to comply with Rule 701 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, a copy of the Plan will be delivered to each Participant.

 

Section 12                                       No Retention Rights .

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

Section 13                                       Duration and Amendments .

 

(a)                                   Term of the Plan The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s Stockholders.  In the event that the Stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, any grants of Awards or sales of Common Stock that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded, and no additional grants or exercises shall be made thereafter under the Plan.  The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after its adoption by the Board of Directors and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                                   Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason.  However, any amendment that (i) increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 9) or (ii) changes the class of individuals eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s Stockholders.  Approval of the Stockholders shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Amendment or Termination . No Common Stock shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Award granted prior to such termination.  The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Common Stock previously issued or any Award previously granted under the Plan.

 

(d)                                   Written Amendments Only The Plan may not be amended other than by a written document executed by the Company.  Furthermore, no Participant may rely upon any statement (oral or written) that is inconsistent with the terms of the plan document.

 

11



 

Section 14                                       Miscellaneous Matters .

 

(a)                                   Withholding Taxes As a condition to the purchase of Common Stock pursuant to an Award, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Committee or the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.  The Participant shall also make such arrangements as the Committee or the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

 

(b)                                   Election to Withhold Common Stock . The Committee or the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy his or her tax liability with respect to the exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award by having the Company withhold Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award.  To the extent necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment, the number of shares that may be withheld for this purpose shall not exceed the minimum number needed to satisfy the applicable income and employment tax withholding rules.

 

(c)                                   Governing Law This Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

(d)                                   Fees and Costs The Company shall pay all original issue taxes on the exercise of any Award granted under the Plan and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

 

(e)                                   Awards to Foreign Nationals Without amending the Plan, Awards may be granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or who are employed outside of the United States or both, on such terms and conditions different than those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee or the Board of Directors, be necessary or desirable to further the purpose of the Plan.

 

(f)                                     Indemnification . To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the Committee and of the Board of Directors, as well as any other Employee of the Company with duties under this Plan, against expenses and liabilities (including any amount paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by the individual in connection with any claims against the individual by reason of the performance of the individual’s duties under this Plan, unless the losses are due to the individual’s lack of good faith.

 

Section 15                                       Definitions .

 

(a)                                   “Award” shall mean any Option or Restricted Stock Award.

 

12



 

(b)                                  “Board of Directors” shall mean the Directors acting as a group.

 

(c)                                   “Broker’s Transaction” shall mean payment made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the exercise price and, unless otherwise allowed by the Board of Directors or Committee, any applicable tax withholding.

 

(d)                                  “Cause” shall mean (i) Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, which use causes material harm to the Company, (ii) Participant’s conviction of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere by Participant to a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or a crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or Participant’s continued failure to satisfactorily perform assigned duties after receiving notification from the Company; (iv) an act of fraud or dishonesty committed by Participant against the Company, or (vi) any other misconduct by Participant that is materially injurious to the business or reputation of the Company.

 

(e)                                   “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other reorganization, or an exchange of equity interests or other transaction where all the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the outstanding combined voting securities of the continuing or surviving entity immediately after such merger, consolidation or other transaction; or

 

(ii)                                   The consummation of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

In no event will the any securities issued in connection with any public offering be treated as, or be used to meet the definition of, a Change in Control.

 

(f)                                     “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                  “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

 

(h)                                  “Common Stock” shall mean (i) Common Stock of the Company, and (ii) any security into which such Common Stock is converted.

 

(i)                                      “Company” shall mean Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

13



 

(j)                                      “Consultant” shall mean an individual who performs bona fide services (that are not in connection with the offer or sale of Company securities in a capital-raising transaction) for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as an independent contractor, excluding individuals who are Employees or Directors, or who are employed by an affiliated company that is not a Subsidiary.

 

(k)                                   “Director” shall mean a person who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(l)                                      “Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

(m)                                “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(n)                                  “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

 

(o)                                  “Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one share of Common Stock may be purchased upon exercise of an Award, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement or Option Agreement.

 

(p)                                  If the Common Stock is not publicly traded, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.  The determination by the Board of Directors shall be binding on all persons.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, “Fair Market Value” shall be determined without reference to any restriction other than one that, by its terms, will never lapse.

 

(q)                                  If the Common Stock is publicly traded, its “Fair Market Value” for any day shall be determined in accordance with the following rules.

 

(i)                                      If the Common Stock is admitted to trading or listed on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on that day regular way, or if no such reported sale takes place on that day, the average of the last reported bid and ask prices on that day regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is admitted to trading or listed.

 

(ii)                                   If not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last sale price regular way on that day reported on the Nasdaq National Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“NSM”), or if no such reported sale

 

14



 

takes place on that day, the average of the closing bid and ask prices regular way on that day.

 

(iii)                                If not traded or listed on a national securities exchange or included in the Nasdaq National Market, the last reported sale price on that day regular way, or if no such reported sale takes place on that day, the average of the closing bid and ask prices regular way on that day reported by the NSM, or any comparable system on that day.

 

(iv)                               If the Common Stock is not included in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the last reported sale price on that day regular way, or if no such reported sale takes place on that day, the average of the closing bid and ask prices regular way on that day as furnished by any member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.

 

If the national securities exchange, Nasdaq National Market, NSM, or NASD, whichever is applicable, is closed on such date, the “Fair Market Value” shall be determined as of the last preceding day on which the Common Stock was traded or for which bid and ask prices are available. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, “Fair Market Value” shall be determined without reference to any restriction other than one that, by its terms, will never lapse.

 

(r)                                     “Incentive Stock Option” means an option to purchase Common Stock that is intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(s)                                   “Nonstatutory Option” means any option to purchase Common Stock that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(t)                                     “Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Option.

 

(u)                                  “Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the Participant that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Participant’s Option.

 

(v)                                  “Optionee” shall mean an individual who holds an Option.

 

(w)                                “Option Stock” shall mean Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an Option.

 

(x)                                    “Parent” shall mean any entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities ending with the Company, if each of the entities other than the Company owns shares (or interests, in the case of an entity other than a corporation) possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares (or interests, in the case of an entity other than a corporation) in one of the other entities in such chain.  An entity that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

15



 

(y)                                  “Participant” shall mean Employees, Directors, and Consultants who are granted an Option or a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan.

 

(z)                                    “Permitted Transfer” shall mean, in the case of an Option or Restricted Stock, the transfer of such Option or Restricted Stock by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(aa)                             “Plan” shall mean this Boingo Wireless, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

(bb)                           “Restricted Stock” shall mean those shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award which are subject to the restrictions set forth in the related Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

(cc)                             “Restricted Stock Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the Participant that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award.

 

(dd)                           “Restricted Stock Award” shall mean an award of a number of shares of Common Stock to a Participant subject to payment of consideration, if any, and the restrictions set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

(ee)                             “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.

 

(ff)                                 “Section 162(m)” means Code Section 162(m), which imposes a million dollar compensation deduction limitation on amounts paid to certain senior executives.

 

(gg)                           “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Director, or Consultant.  Service shall be deemed to continue while the Participant is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  For purposes of determining the exercisability of an Incentive Stock Option, a Participant who is on a leave of absence that exceeds ninety days will be considered to have incurred a termination of Service on the ninety-first day of the leave of absence, unless the Participant’s rights to reemployment are guaranteed by statute or contract.  If a Participant switches from Employee to Consultant status, that is not treated as a termination of Service for purposes of exercising a Nonstatutory Option.  However, such a switch will result in an Option losing its status as an Incentive Stock Option after ninety days has elapsed since the termination of Service. Thereafter, the Option (if it is exercisable at all) will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  A Participant will not be considered to have incurred a termination of Service because of a transfer of employment between the Company, Subsidiary, or Parent.

 

(hh)                           “Stockholder” shall mean an owner of the Common Stock of the Company.

 

16



 

(ii)                                   “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company, if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns shares (or interests, in the case of an entity other than a corporation) possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares (or interests, in the case of an entity other than a corporation) in one of the other entities in such chain.  An entity that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

(jj)                                   “Substitute Option” means an Option granted to individuals or entities who had performed services for an entity that was acquired by the Company in substitution of stock options previously granted to those individuals by the acquired entity.

 

(kk)                             “Ten Percent Stockholder” means any person who owns (after taking into account the constructive ownership rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Parents or Subsidiaries.

 

17




Exhibit 10.3

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan

Notice of Option Grant

 

You have been granted the following option to purchase Common Stock of Boingo Wireless, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Name of Optionee :

«FirstName» «LastName»

 

 

Total No. of Common Shares Granted :

«Shares»

 

 

Type of Option :

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share :

$«PurchasePrice»

 

 

Total Purchase Price:

«TotalPP»

 

 

Effective Date of Grant :

«EffectiveDate»

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date :

«VestingDate»

 

Your grant is subject to your execution of the attached Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), and is governed by the terms of the Agreement and the Company’s Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. These documents describe the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to your stock option.

 



 

The option granted pursuant to this Agreement and the securities issuable upon the exercise thereof have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and may not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred without an effective registration thereof under such act or an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the company and its counsel, that such registration is not required.

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

 

This Incentive Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of «EffectiveDate», by and between, Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and «FirstName» «LastName» (“Optionee”) with reference to the following facts:

 

I.               Optionee has received an option (the “Option”) to purchase Common Stock under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”);

 

II.            The Option is conditioned on the Optionee entering into this Agreement; and

 

III.           The Optionee wishes to accept the Option and enter into this Agreement.

 

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Grant of Option

 

(a)            Option On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice of Option Grant. This option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, as provided in the Notice of Option Grant, subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan.  Accordingly, Optionee must be an Employee at the time of the grant of this Option. Furthermore the Exercise Price must not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date of this Option if Optionee is a Ten Percent Shareholder of the Company, or one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date of this Option in the case of any other Employee.

 

(b)            Option Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 15 of this Agreement or in the Plan.

 

Section 2.               Right to Exercise

 

(a)            Exercisability Subject to Subsection (c) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in twenty-five percent (25%) of the Common Stock subject to this option upon Optionee’s completion of one year of Service measured from and after the Vesting Commencement Date.  Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in the remaining Common Stock subject to this option in successive equal monthly installments of 2.0833% per month upon Optionee’s completion of each of the thirty-six (36) months of Service measured from and after the date that is one year after the Vesting Commencement Date. However, the aggregate Fair Market Value of Common Stock (determined as of the date of grant) with respect to which this Incentive Stock Options becomes exercisable by the Optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or such other limit as may be required by Code Section 422. To the extent that the limit is exceeded, the Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Options (but all of the other provisions of

 



 

the Option shall remain applicable), with the first Options that were granted to the Participant to be treated as Incentive Stock Options.

 

(b)            Acceleration .  In the event of a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service with the Company terminates, in addition to all shares of Common Stock subject to this option that are otherwise vested as of such Change in Control, an additional fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested shares of Common Stock subject to such option shall become vested and exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control, and the remaining unvested shares subject to such option will vest and become exercisable in accordance with the same vesting schedule originally provided in Section 2(a) of this Agreement.  In the event that the Optionee experiences a Constructive Termination (as defined below) in connection with or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, all unvested shares of Common Stock subject to this option shall become fully vested and exercisable.

 

“Constructive Termination” means the occurrence of any of the following:  (i) the involuntary discharge of the Optionee by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing such Optionee) for reasons other than Cause, (ii) the voluntary resignation of the Optionee following a change in the Optionee’s position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing such Optionee) that materially reduces such Optionee’s level of authority or responsibility, (iii) the voluntary resignation of the Optionee following a reduction in the Optionee’s base salary by more than 10%, or (iv) the voluntary resignation of the Optionee following receipt of notice that the Optionee’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 35 miles.

 

(c)            Effect of Exercise Upon exercise of all or any part of the Option, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option under this Agreement shall be reduced by the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such exercise is made.

 

(d)            Stockholder Approval Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Stockholders of the Company.

 

Section 3.               No Transfer or Assignment of Option

 

The Option shall be exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and shall be nontransferable, except that the Optionee may transfer all or any part of the Option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution as provided in Section 5.

 

Section 4.               Exercise Procedures

 

(a)            Notice of Exercise and Payment of Purchase Price The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice, on the form attached hereto as Annex A (or such other form as may be specified by the Company), to the Company pursuant to Section 14(c) (the “Notice of Exercise”).  The Notice of Exercise shall specify the election to exercise this option and the whole number of shares of Common Stock for which it is being exercised. The Notice of Exercise shall be signed by the person exercising this option.  In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the Notice of Exercise shall be accompanied by proof satisfactory to the Company of the representative’s right to exercise this option.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the Notice of Exercise, payment for the full amount of the Purchase Price.  The Purchase Price shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents or in such other form of consideration as shall be permitted from time to time by the Board or Committee, including, without limitation, if so permitted, (i) by a promissory note made by the Optionee in favor of the Company, upon the terms and conditions determined by the Board or Committee, and secured by the Common Stock issuable upon exercise in compliance with applicable law (including, without limitation, state corporate law, federal margin requirements, and the rules of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Common Stock is traded), (ii) by Common Stock already owned by the Optionee, (iii) by the exchange of Options having a value equal to such purchase price or (iv) if the Common Stock is then publicly traded, through a Broker’s Transaction.

 

2



 

(b)            Issuance of Stock After receiving a proper Notice of Exercise, the Company shall issue the number of shares of Common Stock as to which this option was exercised to and in the name of the person on whose behalf this option was exercised.

 

(c)            Withholding Taxes In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the vesting or disposition of Common Stock purchased by exercising this option.

 

Section 5.               Term and Expiration

 

(a)            Term This option shall expire no later than ten years after the Effective Date of Grant.  However, if Optionee is a Ten Percent Shareholder, the option shall expire not later than five (5) years from the date of this Option.

 

(b)            Termination of Service (Except by Death or for Cause) If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death or for Cause, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)             The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)            The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)           The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options pursuant to the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Common Stock had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The unvested portion of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executor or administrator of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Common Stock had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

(c)            Death of the Optionee If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)             The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

(ii)            The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executor or administrator of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock for which this option is not yet exercisable.

 

(d)            Termination for Cause If the Optionee’s Service is terminated for “Cause,” then this Option shall expire and terminate upon the date of such termination and shall not thereafter be

 

3



 

exercisable as to any Common Stock subject hereto, whether or not this Option is then exercisable as to any Common Stock.

 

Section 6.               Legality of Initial Issuance

 

No Common Stock shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)            It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Common Stock purchased pursuant to this option under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof; and

 

(b)            All applicable provisions of state or federal law, and the rules of any stock exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is traded have been satisfied.

 

Section 7.               No Registration Rights

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the resale of Common Stock under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the resale of Common Stock acquired under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

Section 8.               Restrictions on Transfer

 

(a)            Securities Law Restrictions Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Common Stock under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Common Stock (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law, and the rules of any stock exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is traded.

 

(b)            Market Stand-Off In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Common Stock acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Common Stock subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Common Stock thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Common Stock acquired by Optionee in the Company’s public offering under the Securities Act or the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement.

 

(c)            Investment Intent at Grant Optionee represents and agrees that the Common Stock to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

4


 

(d)            Administration Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 8 shall be binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

Section 9.               Adjustment of Stock; Extraordinary Corporate Event

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 10(a) of the Plan, the number and kind of shares of Common Stock subject to this option and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 10 of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of equity interests, this Option will be governed by the provisions of Section 10(b) of the Plan.

 

Section 10.  Right of First Refusal

 

By accepting a grant under the Plan, the Optionee agrees that the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to a right of first refusal on behalf of the Company and its assignees, as follows:

 

(a)            Before any Common Stock issued under the Plan to Optionee may be sold or transferred (including any transfer by operation of law), such Common Stock shall first be offered to the Company as follows:

 

(i)             The Optionee shall deliver a notice (the “Notice”) to the Company stating (A) his or her bona fide intention to sell or transfer such Common Stock, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold or transferred, (C) the price and other terms and conditions of sale at which he or she proposes to sell or transfer such Common Stock, and (D) the name of the proposed purchaser or transferee.

 

(ii)            Within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company may elect to purchase any or all of the shares of Common Stock to which the Notice refers, at the price per share and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Notice, in the case of a sale for cash.  If the Notice involves a transfer or sale other than for cash, the Company shall pay the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock.  An election by the Company to purchase the Common Stock shall be made by written notice to the Optionee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. If the Company elects not to purchase any or all of the shares of Common Stock, the Company may assign its right to purchase the remaining shares of Common Stock.

 

(iii)           If the Company or its assignee does not elect to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock to which the Notice refers, the Participant may sell or transfer the remaining shares to any purchaser or transferee named in the Notice at, in the case of a sale, the price specified in the Notice or at a higher price, provided that such sale or transfer is consummated within 60 days following receipt of the Notice by the Company and provided, further, that any such sale is in accordance with all the terms and conditions specified in the Notice and upon the terms and conditions hereof.

 

(iv)           The provisions of Paragraphs (a)(i) through (a)(iv) shall not apply to a transfer of any Common Stock pursuant to a Permitted Transfer; provided that the transferee shall receive and hold such Common Stock subject to the provisions of this Section 10 and there shall be no further transfer of such shares by any Permitted Transferee.

 

(v)            No Common Stock may be sold or transferred without full compliance with this Section 10, and any sale or transfer that is not in compliance with this Section 10 shall be void.  The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any Common Stock which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 10, or to treat as the owner of such Common Stock or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to, any transferee to whom such Common Stock shall have been so transferred.

 

(b)            All certificates representing the Common Stock issued under this Agreement shall have endorsed thereon substantially the following legend:

 

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of Boingo Wireless, Inc. or its assignee as set forth in the Amended and Restated 2001

 

5



 

Stock Incentive Plan of Boingo Wireless, Inc. pursuant to which such shares were issued, a copy of which is available at the principal office of Boingo Wireless, Inc.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the above, neither the Company nor any other person shall have any right under this Section 10 at any time after the Company registers a class of equity securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Section 11.  Drag-along Rights

 

(a)            Drag-Along Right In the event that Investors determine to accept an offer from any person to purchase all or substantially all of the Common Stock of the Company owned by them, then, if so desired by the Investors, Optionee shall sell pursuant to such offer to purchase all Common Stock purchased pursuant to this Option (the “Option Stock”) Optionee then holds (the “Drag-Along Sale”). Optionee and all other stockholders participating in such Drag-Along Sale (i) shall receive the same consideration per share of Common Stock (or equivalent share), shall be subject to the same terms and conditions of sale and shall otherwise be treated equally or, where appropriate, pro rata based upon the number of shares of Common Stock (or equivalent stock), held by Optionee and such other members and (ii) shall execute such documents and take such actions as may be reasonably required by any such selling Investors.

 

(b)            Notice The selling Investors shall provide Optionee with written notice (the “Sale Notice”) prior to the date of the Drag-Along Sale (the “Drag-Along Sale Date”).  The Sale Notice shall set forth:  (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares of Common Stock of the Company in the Drag-Along Sale; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iii) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Drag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with the terms hereof; and (iv) the Drag-Along Sale Date.

 

(c)            Consent Optionee hereby consents to any proposed sale, transfer or other form of transaction described in Section 11(a) and agrees to execute such agreements, powers of attorney, voting proxies or other documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to consummate such sale, transfer, reorganization, exchange, merger, combination or other form of transaction.  Optionee further agrees to timely take such other actions as Investors may reasonably request in connection with the approval of the consummation of such sale, transfer or other form of transaction, including voting as a stockholder to approve any such transaction and waiving any appraisal rights that Optionee may have in connection therewith.

 

Section 12.  Proxy

 

Optionee hereby revokes all previous proxies and other rights granted to third persons with regard to the Option Stock (other than those arising hereunder or under the Plan) and any and all other securities issued in respect thereof or in substitution thereof (collectively, the “Subject Securities”) and hereby appoints the Secretary of the Company, effective from and after the Effective Date of Grant of this Option (the “Proxy Date”), as Optionee’s proxy holder, with full power of substitution, as to all of the Subject Securities (a) to exercise all rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Subject Securities and to execute any instrument in respect thereof, including without limitation to attend and vote at any meeting of the stockholders of the Company and any adjournment thereof held on or after the Proxy Date, and (b) to execute any and all written consents of stockholders of the Company executed on or after the Proxy Date, with the same effect as if Optionee had personally attended the meetings or had personally voted the Subject Securities or had personally signed such written consents. This proxy is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable, and shall be binding upon all transferees receiving any Subject Securities in a Permitted Transfer.  The provisions of this Section 12 shall terminate upon the initial public offering of an equity security of the Company.

 

6



 

Section 13.  Marital Dissolution or Legal Separation

 

In connection with the dissolution of Optionee’s marriage or the legal separation of Optionee and Optionee’s spouse, the Company shall have the right (the “Special Purchase Right”), exercisable at any time during the sixty (60) day period following the Company’s receipt of the required Dissolution Notice (as defined below), to purchase from Optionee’s spouse, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13, all or any portion of (i) the Option, (ii) the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to any portion of the Option that is unexercised (the “Option Stock”) and (iii) the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Option by Optionee (the “Exercised Stock”), that would otherwise be awarded to such spouse in settlement of any community property or other marital property rights such spouse may have in such Option Stock or Exercised Stock.

 

Optionee shall promptly provide the Secretary of the Company with written notice (“Dissolution Notice”) of (a) the entry of any judicial decree or order resolving the property rights of Optionee and Optionee’s spouse in connection with their marital dissolution or legal separation or (b) the execution of any contract or agreement relating to the distribution or division of such property rights.  The Dissolution Notice shall be accompanied by a copy of the actual decree of dissolution or settlement agreement between Optionee and Optionee’s spouse that provides for the award to the spouse of the Option, Option Stock or the Exercised Stock, in settlement of any community property or other marital property rights such spouse may have in such Option, Option Stock or Exercised Stock. The Special Purchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice (“Purchase Notice”) delivered to Optionee and Optionee’s spouse within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Dissolution Notice.  The Purchase Notice shall indicate (x) the number of shares to be purchased, in the case of Exercised Stock, and the number of shares covered by the Option, in the case of an award of all or any part of the Option or the Option Stock, (y) the date the purchase is to be effected (such date to be not less than five (5) business days, nor more than ten (10) business days, after the date of the Purchase Notice) and (z) the purchase price per share to be paid for such Option, Option Stock or Exercised Stock, which shall be as set forth below.  Prior to the close of business on the date specified for the purchase, the Company shall pay to Optionee’s spouse (in cash or cash equivalents) an amount equal to the purchase price, multiplied by the number of shares of Exercised Stock to be purchased, or multiplied by the number of shares of the Option Stock to be purchased, as specified in the Purchase Notice.  The unvested portion of the Option or Option Stock shall be canceled without consideration.  The purchase price for the Option or Option Stock that has vested but which is not exercised shall be the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) less the Exercise Price, and the purchase price for Exercised Stock shall be their Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan).  In the event of any conflict between this Section 13 and the provisions of Section 10, the provisions of this Section 13 shall control.

 

Section 14.  Miscellaneous Provisions

 

(a)            Rights as a Stockholder Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a Stockholder with respect to any Common Stock subject to this option until (i) the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Common Stock by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 4(a) and (ii) the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative has satisfied any other requirement imposed on Stockholders by applicable law or any other agreement among the Stockholders.

 

(b)            At-Will Service; No Retention Rights . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee). Optionee hereby agrees and affirms that Optionee’s Service is for no specified period and can be terminated by either Optionee or the Company (or any such Parent or Subsidiary) for any reason, with or without Cause, at any time, and that this is the full and complete agreement between Optionee and the Company on this matter.  Optionee’s “at-will” Service relationship may only be changed in the manner specified in his or her offer and acceptance of Service.

 

(c)            Notice Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery (which may be by overnight courier) or upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees

 

7



 

prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

 

(d)            Entire Agreement The Notice of Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(e)            Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such state.

 

Section 15.  Definitions

 

(a)            Agreement ” shall mean this Option Agreement.

 

(b)            Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)            Cause ” shall mean (i) Optionee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, which use causes material harm to the Company, (ii) Optionee’s conviction of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere by Optionee to a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or a crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Optionee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or Optionee’s continued failure to satisfactorily perform assigned duties after receiving written notification from the Company; (iv) an act of fraud or dishonesty committed by Optionee against the Company, or (vi) any other misconduct by Optionee that is materially injurious to the business or reputation of the Company.

 

(d)            Change in Control ” shall mean:

 

(i)             The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other reorganization, or an exchange of equity interests or other transaction where all the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the outstanding combined voting securities of the continuing or surviving entity immediately after such merger, consolidation or other transaction; or

 

(ii)            The consummation of sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

In no event will any securities issued in connection with any public offering be treated as, or be used to meet the definition of, a Change in Control.

 

(e)            Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)             Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(g)            Common Stock ” shall mean (i) Common Stock of the Company, and (ii) any security into which such Common Stock is converted.

 

(h)            Company ” shall mean Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(i)             Effective Date of Grant ” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(j)             Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one share of Common Stock may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Option Grant.

 

8



 

(k)            Incentive Stock Option ” means an option to purchase Common Stock that is intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(l)             Investors ” shall mean a majority of the holders of the Common Stock and any preferred stock of the Company, or any of their respective successors or transferees.

 

(m)           Nonstatutory Option ” means any option to purchase Common Stock that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(n)            Notice of Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(o)            Optionee ” shall mean the individual named in the Notice of Option Grant.

 

(p)            Plan ” shall mean the Boingo Wireless, Inc. Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

(q)            Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(r)             Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(s)            Stockholder ” shall mean a person who is a Stockholder of the Company.

 

(t)             “Vesting Commencement Date” shall mean the vesting commencement date set forth on the Notice of Option Grant attached to this Agreement.

 

9



 

In Witness Whereof , the parties have entered this Agreement on the date first indicated above.

 

 

 

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

«FirstName» «LastName»

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10



 

Spousal Consent

 

The undersigned spouse of «FirstName» «LastName» (“Optionee”) has read and hereby approves the foregoing Option Agreement dated as of «EffectiveDate».  In consideration of the Company’s granting Optionee the option to purchase Common Stock in accordance with the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all the terms and provisions of such Agreement, including (specifically) the right of the Company (or its assignees) to purchase any and all interest or right the undersigned may otherwise have in such Stock pursuant to community property laws or other marital property rights.

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

11



 

Annex A

Notice of Exercise

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

Date:                           

10960 Wilshire Blvd. Suite 800

 

Los Angeles, CA 90024

 

 

 

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

Dear Corporate Secretary:

 

I am the holder of an option (the “Option”) granted by Boingo Wireless, Inc. (the “Company”) on                      ,            to purchase up to an aggregate of              shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the terms of a Notice of Option Grant and Option Agreement dated as of such date between the Company and me.  I hereby exercise the Option with respect to            shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) subject to the Option, and I hereby present with this Notice of Exercise funds payable to the Company in the amount of $               .   , which represents the full purchase price for the Common Stock.

 

I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

 

1.              I am acquiring the Common Stock for investment for my own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and I have no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. I do not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Common Stock.

 

2.              I understand that the Common Stock is characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as it is being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may not be resold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended except in certain limited circumstances.

 

3.              I understand that the Common Stock is subject to certain rights and obligations, including a right of first refusal, a drag along right and a “lockup” provision in the event of a public offering of the Company’s equity securities.

 

I further agree not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Common Stock except in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan and unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the terms of the Option and the Plan.

 

I acknowledge that no oral or written representations have been made to me in connection with the offer and sale of the Common Stock by the Company or any officer, employee, agent or affiliate of the Company.

 

 

Optionee :

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12




Exhibit 10.7

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

2010 Management Incentive Plan

($ Mil)

 

I.  Financial Objectives

 

Weighting

 

 

Revenue

 

60

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free cash flow

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Targets ($ mil)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan

 

 

Cap

 

 

Floor

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

79

.3

120.0

%

90.0

%

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

19

.3

120.0

%

70.0

%

 

 

 

Free cash flow

 

$

9

.7

120.0

%

70.0

%

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

8

.1

120.0

%

70.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payout % of Salary at Targets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cap

 

170

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Floor

 

30

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payouts % of Salary by Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CEO

 

60.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CFO

 

50.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTO & SVP BD & SVP Fin.

 

35.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II.  Strategic Initiative Overlay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CEO, CFO, CTO, SVP BD & SVP Fin.

20% of Salary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Criteria: To obtain full payout, 2 of 3 must be achieved

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategic Initiatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.     Device distribution expansion:
Major wholesale or retail distribution expansion agreement is signed

 

 

2.     Expansion of managed and operated footprint:
Incremental enplanements of at least 30M or significant foot traffic in a new business area such as fast food, mall, arena, etc.

 

 

3.     Establish service provider model:
Sign an agreement whereby Boingo generates positive economics as the Wi-Fi service provider for a carrier or as the service provider in a free location

 

 

All payments under the 2010 Management Incentive Plan are at the discretion of the Board of Directors

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

10960 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

 

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership

(“LANDLORD”)

 

AND

 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation

(“TENANT”)

 



 

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the            day of                     , 2007, by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).  The following exhibits and attachments are incorporated into and made a part of the Lease: Exhibit A (Outline and Location of Premises), Exhibit B (Expenses and Taxes), Exhibit C (Work Letter), Schedule 1 to Exhibit C (List of Architects, Engineers & Other Consultants), Exhibit D (Commencement Letter), Exhibit E (Building Rules and Regulations), Exhibit F (Additional Provisions), Exhibit F-1 (Premises Furniture), Exhibit G (Parking Agreement), Exhibit H (Asbestos Notification), Exhibit I (Cleaning Specifications), Exhibit J (Letter of Credit), Exhibit K (HVAC Specifications), Exhibit L (Form of Landlord’s Lien Release Regarding Third Party Equipment Leases), and Exhibit M (Form of Recognition, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement from Ground Lessor).

 

1.      Basic Lease Information.

 

1.01                                                    Building ” shall mean the building located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California, commonly known as 10960 Wilshire Boulevard.  “ Rentable Square Footage of the Building ” is deemed to be 576,018 square feet.

 

1.02                                                    Premises ” shall mean the area shown on Exhibit A to this Lease.  The Premises is located on the 8th floor and known as Suite 800. The “ Rentable Square Footage of the Premises ” is deemed to be 25,103 rentable square feet (22,341 usable square feet).   If the Premises include one or more floors in their entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such full floor(s) shall be considered part of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Rentable Square Footage of the Building and the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises are correct and shall not be remeasured.

 

1.03                                                    Base Rent ”:

 

Period of Full Calendar
Months

 

Annual Rate
Per Square Foot

 

Monthly
Base Rent

 

1 – 12

 

$

48.00

 

$

100,412.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13 - 24

 

$

50.16

 

$

104,930.54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 – 36

 

$

52.42

 

$

109,658.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37 – 48

 

$

54.78

 

$

114,595.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49 – 60

 

$

57.25

 

$

119,762.23

 

 

BASE RENT ABATEMENT .  Notwithstanding anything in this Section of the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent in the amount of $100,412.00 per month for 6 consecutive full calendar months of the Term (as defined in Section 1.06), beginning on the first day of the 2 nd  full calendar month through the last day of the 7 th  full calendar month of the Term (the “ Base Rent Abatement Period ”).  The total amount of Base Rent abated during the Base Rent Abatement Period shall equal $602,472.00 (the “ Abated Base Rent ”). During the Base Rent Abatement Period, only Base Rent shall be abated, and all Additional Rent (as defined in Section 4) and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

1.04                                                    Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ”: 4.3580% .

 

1.05                                                    Base Year ” for Taxes (defined in Exhibit B ):  2007 ; “ Base Year ” for Expenses (defined in Exhibit B ):  2007 .

 

1.06                                                    Term ”: A period of approximately 60 months.  The Term shall commence on later to occur of (i) the 60 th  day following delivery of the Premises to Tenant (“ Build-Out Period ”)

 

1



 

and (ii)  November 1, 2007 (the later to occur of such dates is referred to as the “ Commencement Date ”) and, unless terminated early in accordance with this Lease, end on the last day of the 60 th  full calendar month of the Term (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

1.07                                                    Allowance(s): $376,545.00 (i.e., $15.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises) (the “ Allowance ”) as more particularly described in Exhibit C .

 

1.08                                                    Security Deposit ”:  None .

 

1.09                                                    Guarantor(s) ”: shall mean any party that agrees in writing to guarantee the Lease.  As of the date first written above, there are no Guarantors(s).

 

1.10                                                    Broker(s) ”:  CRESA Partners LLC.

 

1.11                                                    Permitted Use ”: general office use, including without limitation, a lunch room, server room, game room and a workroom for equipment testing (subject to the terms of this Lease, including, without limitation, Exhibit E ), consistent with the character of a first-class office building.

 

1.12                                                    Notice Address(es) ”:

 

Landlord:

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
c/o Equity Office
3200 Ocean Park Boulevard
Suite 100
Santa Monica, California 90405
Attn: Property Manager

 

Prior to the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises:

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.
1601 Cloverfield Boulevard
Suite 570
Santa Monica, CA 90404
Attn. Vice President-Finance

With a copy to:

 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.
1601 Cloverfield Boulevard
Suite 570
Santa Monica, CA 90404
Attn. General Counsel

From and after the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises:

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.
10960 Wilshire Boulevard
Suite 800
Los Angeles, CA
Attn: Vice President-Finance and General Counsel

 

A copy of any notices to Landlord shall be sent to Equity Office, One Market, 600 Spear Tower, San Francisco, CA 94105, Attn: Los Angeles Managing Counsel.

 

1.13                                                    Business Day(s) ” are Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of New Year’s Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (“ Holidays ”).  Landlord may designate additional Holidays that are recognized by a majority of “ Comparable Buildings ,” as that term is defined in Section 1.17 below. “ Building Service Hours ” are 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Business Days and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays.

 

1.14                                                    Landlord Work ” Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord shall not be obligated to perform any work in the Premises; provided, however, the foregoing shall in no way limit or alter Landlord’s obligations under Sections 5, 7 and/or 9.02 of this Lease and the Work Letter.

 

2



 

1.15                                                    Property ” means the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located and, at Landlord’s discretion, the Parking Facility and other improvements, if any, serving the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which they are located.

 

1.16                                                    Letter of Credit ” is as described in Section II of Exhibit F attached hereto.

 

1.17                                                    Comparable Buildings ” shall mean the buildings located at 1100 Glendon Avenue, 10866 Wilshire Boulevard, 10880 Wilshire Boulevard, 10940 Wilshire Boulevard, 10990 Wilshire Boulevard and 10900 Wilshire Boulevard

 

2.      Lease Grant.

 

Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, together with the right to use any portions of the Property that are designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others, such as sidewalks, unreserved parking areas, common corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, vending areas and lobby areas (the “ Common Areas ”).  The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such reasonable and non-discriminatory rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time pursuant to Section 5 below, provided that Landlord shall at all times maintain and operate the Common Areas in a manner reasonably consistent with Comparable Buildings.  Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Property and the Common Areas, as long as such changes do not change the nature of the Property to something other than a first class office building project or materially, adversely affect Tenant’s business operations at the Premises for the Permitted Use, or Tenant’s ingress to or egress from the Property, Building, Premises or Parking Facility or Tenant’s signage.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to carry out all repairs, alterations and other work promptly and diligently and to schedule such work in a manner, and in such locations, as to minimize, to the extent reasonably practicable, interference with Tenant and/or Tenant’s business operations at the Premises for the Permitted Use, or Tenant’s ingress to or egress from the Property, Building, Premises or Parking Facility, as well as Tenant’s approved signage hereunder.

 

3.      Possession.

 

3.01  Within thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a commencement letter agreement (“ Commencement Agreement ”) in the form as set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days of receipt thereof (provided that if said notice is not factually correct, then Tenant shall make such changes as are necessary to make the notice factually correct and shall thereafter execute and return such notice to Landlord within such ten (10) Business Day period).  Such modified Commencement Agreement shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant unless Landlord within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of Tenant’s changes sends a notice to Tenant rejecting Tenant’s changes, whereupon this procedure shall be repeated until the parties mutually agree upon the contents of the Commencement Agreement . In the event Landlord shall fail to send Tenant the Commencement Agreement within six (6) months following the Commencement Date, Tenant may send to Landlord notice of the occurrence of the Commencement Date substantially in the form of the Commencement Agreement , which Commencement Agreement Landlord shall acknowledge by executing a copy of the Commencement Agreement and returning it to Tenant (provided that if said Commencement Agreement is not factually correct, Landlord shall make such changes to the Commencement Agreement as are necessary to make such Commencement Agreement factually correct, which revised Commencement Agreement shall thereafter be subject to the procedure for finalization set forth in this Section 3.01).  Once the Commencement Agreement is executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant, the same shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

3.02  Except as set forth in the Work Letter to the contrary, including, without limitation, Landlord’s ongoing repair and maintenance obligations under this Lease, the Premises are accepted by Tenant in “as is” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord. Tenant’s taking of possession of the Premises or any portion thereof before the Commencement Date shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease (other than Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent for the first 60 days following delivery of possession (“ Beneficial Occupancy Period ”) and prior to the Commencement Date provided Tenant shall be required to pay for any services not normally included within Expenses requested by Tenant during such occupancy subject to the terms of the Exhibit C (Work Letter)) and Tenant shall have the right to conduct business in the Premises at any time following Tenant’s receipt of possession of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant prior to September 1, 2007, the Beneficial Occupancy Period shall not commence until the earlier to occur of the date Tenant first conducts business in any portion of the Premises and September 1, 2007 and prior to such date Tenant’s possession of the Premises shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease other than Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent.   If the Premises are not delivered to Tenant on or prior to December 31, 2007 (“ Outside Delivery Date ”), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to

 

3



 

Landlord on or before the earlier to occur of:   (i)   10 Business Days after the Outside Delivery Date; and (ii) the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant.  In such event, this Lease shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect and the parties hereto shall have no further responsibilities or obligations to each other with respect to this Lease, except for those obligations which survive hereunder, including the obligation of Landlord to return any prepaid rents and the Letter of Credit.

 

4.      Rent.

 

4.01  Tenant shall pay Landlord, without any setoff or deduction, unless expressly set forth in this Lease, all Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the Term (collectively referred to as “ Rent ”). “ Additional Rent ” means all sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that Tenant is required to pay Landlord under this Lease. Subject to Exhibit B , Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes (but excluding income taxes), if any, imposed upon or measured by Rent under applicable Law.  Commencing on the Commencement Date, Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month without notice or demand, provided that the installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month of the Term shall be payable upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant.  All other items of Rent shall be due and payable by Tenant on or before 30 days after billing by Landlord.  Rent shall be made payable to the entity, and sent to the address, Landlord designates and shall be made by good and sufficient check or by other means reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant fails to pay any item or installment of Rent within five (5) Business Days following written notice that such amount is past due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an administration fee equal to 3% of all past due Rent.  In addition, all monetary amounts past due from Landlord to Tenant and Tenant to Landlord, including, without limitation, past due Rent shall accrue interest at a rate per annum (the “ Interest Rate ”) equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication G.13(415), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable Law. Landlord’s acceptance of less than the correct amount of Rent shall be considered a payment on account of the earliest Rent due. Rent for any partial month during the Term shall be prorated based on the number of days in such calendar month. No endorsement or statement on a check or letter accompanying payment shall be considered an accord and satisfaction.  Tenant’s payment of any amounts under this Lease shall not constitute a waiver by Tenant of Tenant’s right to later object to such payment.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

 

4.02  Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Taxes and Expenses in accordance with Exhibit B of this Lease.

 

5.      Compliance with Laws; Use.

 

The Premises shall be used for the Permitted Use and for no other use whatsoever. Tenant shall comply with all statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity whether in effect now or later, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ Law(s) ”), which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises for non-general office use, (ii) any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, or (iii) the “Base Building” as that term is defined, below, but as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by non-typical general office Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises or Tenant’s use of the Premises for non-general office use (it being understood that Landlord shall be required to make any repair to, modification of, or addition to, the Base Building that is required by applicable Law to the extent the same would be required for any general office tenant, use, or any general office alterations or improvements to the Premises; provided, however, such costs may be included in Expenses to the extent permitted in accordance with Exhibit B attached hereto).  “ Base Building ” shall include the “Building Structure,” the “Common Areas” and the “Base Building Systems”, as those terms are defined in Section 9.02 below. Tenant shall, within 10 Business Days after receipt, provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives regarding an alleged violation of Law.  Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building attached as Exhibit E and such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time (collectively, the “ Building Rules and Regulations ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that the Building Rules and Regulations shall not be modified in a manner which will unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises or the “ Parking Facility ” (as defined in Section 2 of Exhibit G attached hereto).  Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, customers, and subtenants to comply with all reasonable Building Rules and Regulations, provided that such Building Rules and Regulations shall not be discriminatory vis-à-vis Tenant.  Landlord shall not knowingly discriminate against Tenant in Landlord’s enforcement of the Building Rules and Regulations.  Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all other entrants into the Building comply with the Building Rules and Regulations.

 

4



 

6.              Security Deposit.

 

The Security Deposit, if any, shall be delivered to Landlord upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant and held by Landlord without liability for interest (unless required by Law) as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations.  The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure of damages.  Landlord may use all or a portion of the Security Deposit to satisfy past due Rent or to cure any Default (defined in Section 18) by Tenant.  If Landlord uses any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days after demand, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall return any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within 30 days after the later to occur of: (a)  the Termination Date or (b) the date Tenant surrenders the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Lease. Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to a successor or transferee and so long as the transferee assumes the obligation following the assignment, Landlord shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.  Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect.

 

7.              Building Services.

 

7.01  Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the following services, which services shall be provided to Tenant as a part of “Expenses”, as that term is defined in Section 2.01 of Exhibit B attached hereto, except to the extent Tenant is responsible for same under Section 7.02 below or to the extent expressly excluded pursuant to the terms and conditions of Exhibit B : (a) water for use in the Base Building lavatories and for reasonable use in the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week; (b) customary heat and air conditioning in season during Building Service Hours, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are reasonably standard for Comparable Buildings for normal comfort for normal office use or as required by governmental authority. Landlord shall cause the HVAC system in the Building to perform in accordance with the design specifications attached hereto as Exhibit K . Tenant shall have the right to receive HVAC service during hours other than Building Service Hours by paying Landlord’s then standard charge for additional HVAC service and providing such prior notice both as is reasonably specified by Landlord (Landlord agrees that the current rate for after-hours HVAC is $130.00 per hour and that such rate shall only increase hereafter by actual increases in utility and labor costs); (c) standard janitorial service on Business Days in accordance with the cleaning specifications attached hereto as Exhibit I , or such other reasonably comparable specifications reasonably designated by Landlord from time to time, but in no event at a level of service below that provided by other first-class high-rise buildings owned by the original Landlord or entities affiliated with Equity Office, and if original Landlord or entities affiliated with Equity Office no longer owns the Building at a level of service below that provided by Comparable Buildings; (d) automatic Elevator service, provided that, subject to Force Majeure, at least 1 passenger elevator servicing the Premises shall be available for the use of Tenant, in common with other occupants of the Building, 24 hours a day, 365/6 days per year; (e) Electricity in the Premises 7 days per week, 24 hours per day subject to Tenant’s obligation to pay for above Building standard electrical usage in accordance with Section 7.02 (Landlord represents to Tenant that the Building can supply to the Premises an amount equal to 5 watts per usable square foot connected load); (f) reasonable access control services for the Building (including, without limitation, a guard desk in the Building lobby), 7 days per week, 24 hours per day, in a manner consistent with other first-class high-rise Buildings owned by the original Landlord or entities affiliated with Equity Office, and if original Landlord or entities affiliated with Equity Office no longer owns the Building at a level of service consistent with that of other Comparable Buildings.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 13 below, Landlord shall in no case be liable for personal injury or property damage for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building or the Property of any person, except to the extent of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Related Parties; (g) window washing services, but in no event at a level of service below that provided by other first-class high-rise buildings owned by the original Landlord or entities affiliated with Equity Office, and if the original Landlord or entities affiliated with Equity Office no longer owns the Building at a level of service below that provided by Comparable Buildings; (h) such other services as Landlord reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate for the Property; and (g) Tenant’s proportionate share of the Building’s riser system for the purpose of installing appropriate cabling in connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises.  The method and manner in which Tenant uses the risers shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable, nondiscriminatory approval.  Landlord shall maintain and operate the Common Areas and Base Building in a first-class manner reasonably consistent with that of Comparable Buildings.

 

7.02  Electricity used by Tenant in the Premises shall be paid for by Tenant through inclusion in Expenses (except as provided for excess usage). Without the consent of Landlord, Tenant’s use of electrical service shall not exceed, either in voltage, rated capacity, use above “Building standard usage” or overall load, that which Landlord reasonably deems to be standard for the Building. In connection with a determination of whether Tenant’s usage of electrical service constitutes above “Building standard usage,” Tenant shall only be deemed to be using the electrical service in excess of “Building standard usage” in the event that Tenant uses in excess of 5 watts of connected load per usable square foot of the Premises for the number of hours constituting Building Service Hours, calculated on a monthly basis but specifically excluding any electricity supplied to any Supplemental HVAC Units (as defined in Section

 

5



 

9.04) which shall have consumption meters installed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost subject to reimbursement from the Allowance.  Landlord shall have the right to measure electrical usage by commonly accepted methods. If it is determined that Tenant is using excess electricity, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the cost of such excess electrical usage as Additional Rent.

 

7.03  In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of or ingress to or egress from the Building, Property, or Premises or the Parking Facility; (ii) any failure by Landlord to provide services, utilities or ingress to and egress from the Building, Property (including the Parking Facility), or Premises as required by this Lease; (iii) damage and destruction of or eminent domain proceedings in connection with the Premises, Building, the Property or the Parking Facility, or (iv) the presence of hazardous materials not brought on the Premises by Tenant or any “Tenant Related Parties,” as that term is defined in Section 13 of this Lease (any such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i) through (iv), above, to be known as an “ Abatement Event ”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for three (3) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “ Eligibility Period ”), then, so long as the cause for the Abatement Event was within the reasonable control of Landlord, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises, or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use (“ Unusable Area ”), bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Unusable Area for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then, so long as the cause for the Abatement Event was within the reasonable control of Landlord, for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises.  If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises.  Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 7.03 shall impair Tenant’s rights under Section 26.09 of this Lease. In the event the Eligibility Period occurs during a time when Tenant shall receive abated Base Rent hereunder pursuant to Section 1.03, Tenant’s right to receive abated Base Rent pursuant to this Section 7.03 shall apply immediately following the abatement period specified in Section 1.03 above for the number of days to which Tenant is entitled to abatement pursuant to this Section 7.03.  If Tenant’s right to abatement occurs because of an eminent domain taking, condemnation and/or because of damage or destruction to the Premises, the Parking Facility, and/or the Property, Tenant’s abatement period shall continue until Tenant has been given sufficient time, and sufficient ingress to, and egress from the Premises, to rebuild such portion it is required to rebuild, to install its property, furniture, fixtures, and equipment to the extent the same shall have been removed as a result of such damage or destruction or temporary taking and to move in over a weekend.  To the extent Tenant is entitled to abatement because of an event covered by Sections 16 or 17 of this Lease, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable.  Except as provided in this Section 7.03, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

 

7.04  Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded as the result of (a) an emergency, (b) a requirement by Law, or (c) a specific provision set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of ingress and egress to the Premises, Parking Facility and the Building 24 hours per day, 7 days per week commencing on the date possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant, and continuing until the Termination Date.

 

7.05   Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant may enter into leases for, and/or grant security interests in, Tenant’s Property in the Premises pursuant to commercially reasonable equipment leases and/or security agreements, and Landlord shall, upon the full execution and delivery of (i) Landlord’s standard form therefor (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit L ), or (ii) such other form required by Landlord, reasonably consistent with Landlord’s standard form attached hereto as Exhibit L , subordinate any landlord lien rights it may have in and to such items to the interest of the equipment lessors and lenders therein and, in the case of trade fixtures, waive any claim that the same are part of the Property by virtue of being affixed thereto.

 

6



 

8.              Leasehold Improvements.

 

All improvements in and to the Premises, including any Alterations (as defined in Section 9.03) (collectively, “ Leasehold Improvements ”) shall remain upon the Premises at the end of the Term without compensation to Tenant, provided that Tenant, at its expense, shall remove any Cable (defined in Section 9.01 below).  Landlord, however, except as specifically set forth below, by written notice to Tenant at least 30 days prior to the Termination Date, may require Tenant, at its expense, to remove any Alterations made after the Commencement Date that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are of a nature that would require removal and repair costs that are materially in excess of the removal and repair costs associated with standard office improvements (collectively referred to as “ Required Removables ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section I.D of the Work Letter, Tenant shall only be required to remove Initial Alterations installed pursuant to the Work Letter to the extent such Initial Alterations are non-typical general office improvements, and only the Required Removables designated by Landlord in accordance with Section I.D of the Work Letter shall be removed by Tenant before the Termination Date.  Upon prior written notice to Landlord, Tenant may remain in the Premises for up to five (5) days after the Termination Date for the sole purpose of removing the Required Removables.  Tenant’s possession of the Premises during such five (5) day period shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the obligation to pay Rent on a per diem basis at the rate in effect for the last month of the Term, provided that if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of such five (5) day period, such occupancy shall be subject to the terms of Section 22 below. Required Removables shall include, without limitation, internal stairways, raised floors, personal baths and showers, vaults, rolling file systems and structural alterations and modifications installed by Tenant. Tenant shall repair damage caused by the installation or removal of Required Removables. If Tenant fails to remove any Required Removables or perform related repairs in a timely manner, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s expense. Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such repair and removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, at the time it requests approval for a proposed Alteration, may request in writing that Landlord advise Tenant whether the Alteration or any portion of the Alteration will be designated as a Required Removable.  Within 10 days after receipt of Tenant’s request, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to which portions of the Alteration will be considered a Required Removables, provided that within the last 60 days of the Term, Tenant shall have the right to confirm with Landlord in writing that Landlord still requires the Required Removables to be removed by Tenant.

 

9.              Repairs and Alterations.

 

9.01 Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform all maintenance and repairs to the non-structural portions of the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility under this Lease, and keep the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted (except to the extent of Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations hereunder). Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (a) floor covering; (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; (e) electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant (collectively, “ Cable ”); (f) supplemental air conditioning units, kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant; and (g) Alterations. All Cable shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Cable with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (y) every 4 feet outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (z) at the Cable’ termination point(s).  Subject to the mutual waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 15 below, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing damage to the Building caused by the negligent acts of Tenant, Tenant Related Parties and their respective contractors and vendors. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than 30 days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required in an emergency), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs, together with any out-of-pocket costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

 

9.02 Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair, condition and working order and perform maintenance upon the: (a) structural elements of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, members, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, landscaping, fountains, water falls, exterior Building signage (but not any signage installed by Tenant or any other tenants or occupants of the Building), base building stairwells, elevator cabs and systems, plazas, art work, sculptures, men’s and women’s public washrooms, parking areas, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all other Common Areas (as applicable and collectively, the “ Building Structure ”); (b) the base building mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing, sewer and water mains, sprinkler and fire/life safety systems (collectively, the “ Base Building Systems ”); and (c) the Parking Facility.  Landlord shall promptly make repairs (considering the nature and urgency of the repair) for which Landlord is responsible.  With respect to any utility lines, pipes, ducts, conduits and wires, and any other utility facilities to be placed by Landlord within the Premises for purposes of serving any premises other than the Premises (which placement shall be subject to the

 

7



 

reasonable approval rights of Tenant), Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain, replace and/or to repair such lines, pipes, ducts, conduits and wires and any other such utility facilities in a manner designed to prevent leaks or related problems associated with such infrastructure which may have an impact on Tenant’s Premises.  Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect.

 

9.03 Tenant shall not make alterations, repairs, additions or improvements or install any Cable (collectively referred to as “ Alterations ”) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld unless a “Design Problem”, as that term is defined, below, exists, in which event Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion and shall be granted or denied (any denial shall include a list of objections and the reasons therefor) within 10 Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice.  If Landlord fails to timely respond to Tenant within such ten (10) Business Day period, then Tenant shall deliver a second notice requesting Landlord’s response to such consent request and stating that Landlord’s failure to respond shall be deemed approved and if Landlord thereafter fails to respond within five (5) Business Days, Landlord’s approval shall be deemed granted. A “ Design Problem ” is defined as, and will be deemed to exist if such Alteration may (i) affect the exterior appearance of the Premises or Building; (ii) adversely affect the Building Structure; (iii) adversely affect the Base Building Systems; (iv) unreasonably interfere with any other occupant’s normal and customary office operation, (v) adversely affect the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building, or (vi) fail to comply with applicable Laws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any particular Alteration that (A) does not create or otherwise constitute a Design Problem, (B) is not inconsistent with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, and (C) does not involve the expenditure of more than $50,000.00 (a “ Permitted Alteration ”); provided, however, that Tenant shall deliver written notice of such Permitted Alteration (and any information reasonably requested by Landlord relating to such Permitted Alteration) to Landlord at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the commencement of construction of such Permitted Alteration. Permitted Alterations shall otherwise be subject to all the other provisions of this Section 9.03.   Prior to starting work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications reasonably acceptable to Landlord; names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided that Landlord may designate specific contractors with respect to Base Building, provided that they shall be competitively priced and reasonably available); required permits and approvals; evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord and naming Landlord as an additional insured; and any security for performance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord, provided that the Tenant originally named in this Lease shall not be obligated to provide any security. Changes to the plans and specifications must also be submitted to Landlord for its approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, except in connection with a Design Problem.  If Landlord fails to timely respond to Tenant within such three (3) Business Days after Tenant’s request for approval of any such change, then Tenant shall deliver a second notice requesting Landlord’s response to such consent request and stating that Landlord’s failure to respond shall be deemed approved and if Landlord thereafter fails to respond within two (2) Business Days, Landlord’s approval to such change shall be deemed granted.  Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality that is at least equal to the quality standards reasonably designated by Landlord as the minimum standard for the Building. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within 30 days after receipt of an invoice for any sums paid by Landlord for third party examination of Tenant’s plans for non-Permitted Alterations. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of any non-Permitted Alterations equal to 3% of the cost of such Alterations.  Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish “as-built” plans for non-Permitted Alterations, completion affidavits and full and final waivers of lien. Landlord’s approval of an Alteration shall not be deemed a representation by Landlord that the Alteration complies with Law.  Construction of the Initial Alterations shall be governed by the terms and conditions of Exhibit C and not this Section 9.

 

9.04  Tenant, as part of the Initial Alterations or thereafter, may install supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems in the Premises (the “ Supplemental HVAC Unit ”), which Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be subject to the prior reasonable approval of Landlord, including, without limitation, the location of the Supplemental HVAC Unit within the Premises.  The Supplemental HVAC System may be connected into the Building’s chilled water system and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all chilled water utilized by such Supplemental HVAC Unit.  The manner in which Tenant connects to Landlord’s chilled water loop, including, without limitation, the routing of any water lines, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all electricity consumed in connection with the operation of such Supplemental HVAC Unit and for the cost of installing a submeter to measure such electrical consumption.  In addition and subject to the terms of this Section 9.04, Tenant shall be permitted to use the Supplemental HVAC units that currently exist in the Premises. Such use shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, cost and expense, and Landlord shall have no responsibility with respect to Tenant’s use of the existing Supplemental HVAC Units.  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall procure and maintain in full force and effect, a contract (the “ Service Contract ”) for the service, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Supplemental HVAC Unit with a HVAC service and maintenance contracting firm reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Tenant shall follow all reasonable recommendations of said contractor for the maintenance, repair and replacement of the

 

8



 

Supplemental HVAC Unit.  The Service Contract shall provide that the contractor shall perform inspections of the Supplemental HVAC Unit at intervals of not less than six (6) months and that having made such inspections, said contractor shall furnish a complete report of any defective conditions found to be existing with respect to the Supplemental HVAC Unit, together with any recommendations for maintenance, repair and/or replacement thereof.  Said report shall be furnished to Tenant with a copy to Landlord.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, title and ownership of said Supplemental HVAC Unit shall pass to Landlord.

 

9.05.  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, subject to reimbursement from the Allowance, may install and maintain additional security systems to limit/monitor access to the Premises (“ Tenant’s Security System ”).  Landlord shall not be obligated to provide janitorial services for any limited access areas unless it is provided access thereto.  Prior to installation, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Security System, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s Security System shall be compatible with the Building’s access systems and comply with all Laws.  In the event that there are subsequent changes to the Building’s access control systems, Landlord shall not be responsible for altering Tenant’s Security System to be compatible therewith.

 

10.           Entry by Landlord.

 

Landlord may enter the Premises to inspect, show or clean the Premises or to perform or facilitate the performance of repairs, alterations or additions to the Premises or any portion of the Building.  Except in emergencies that threaten injury to property or persons or to provide recurring Building services, Landlord shall provide Tenant with no less than 24 hours prior written notice of entry and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except in emergency situations as determined by Landlord, Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts to perform any entry into the Premises in a manner that is reasonably designed to minimize interference with the operation of Tenant’s business in, or Tenant’s access to, the Premises, and if Landlord performs any work in the Premises during Building Service Hours, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to schedule such work to minimize interference with the operation of Tenant’s business in, or Tenant’s access to, the Premises, provided that Tenant reasonably cooperates with Landlord’s scheduling efforts. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant may require that Landlord be accompanied by an employee of Tenant during any such entry into the Premises by Landlord; provided, however, that in no event shall the unavailability of such escort at the time that Landlord is permitted to enter the Premises delay Landlord’s entry into the Premises as permitted hereunder. If reasonably necessary for the protection and safety of Tenant and its employees, Landlord may temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions.  However, except in emergencies, Landlord will not close the Premises if the work can reasonably be completed on weekends and after Building Service Hours.  Except as expressly provided in this Lease, entry by Landlord shall not constitute a constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent.

 

11.           Assignment and Subletting.

 

11.01  Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section 11.04), Tenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease or allow any third party to use any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, a “ Transfer ”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned if Landlord does not exercise its recapture rights under Section 11.02.  Landlord shall grant or deny its consent to a proposed Transfer within 10 Business Days following Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval as set forth herein.  If Landlord fails to timely respond to Tenant within such 10 Business Day period, then Tenant shall deliver a second notice requesting Landlord’s response to its consent request and stating that Landlord’s failure to respond shall be deemed an approval. If Landlord thereafter fails to respond to such second notice within 5 Business Days, Landlord’s consent shall be deemed granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will not withhold its consent solely because the proposed subtenant or assignee is an occupant of the Building if Landlord does not have space available for lease in the Building that is comparable to the space Tenant desires to sublet or assign. Landlord shall be deemed to have comparable space if it has, or will have, space available on any floor of the Building that is approximately the same size as the space Tenant desires to sublet or assign within 6 months of the proposed commencement of the proposed sublease or assignment. Except as provided below with respect to a Permitted Transfer, if the control of any entity which controls the voting shares/rights of Tenant changes at any time (i.e., more than 50% of the voting shares), such change of ownership or control shall constitute a Transfer unless (i) Tenant is an entity whose outstanding stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange or if at least 80% of its voting stock is owned by another entity, the voting stock of which is so listed or (ii) the stock of any entity which controls the voting shares/rights of Tenant is listed on a recognized securities exchange.  Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws, now or hereinafter in effect, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable Laws, on behalf of the proposed transferee.  Any attempted Transfer in violation of this Section is

 

9


 

voidable by Landlord. In no event shall any Transfer, including a Permitted Transfer, release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.

 

11.02  Tenant shall provide Landlord with financial statements for the proposed transferee which are prepared in the ordinary course of its business, a fully executed copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other Transfer documentation and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request, provided that Landlord shall have no right to review any documents relating to the sale of Tenant’s business so long as such documents do not contain any terms applicable to the assignment or sublease. Within 10 Business Days after receipt of the required information and documentation, Landlord shall either: (a) consent to the Transfer by execution of a consent agreement in a form reasonably designated by Landlord; (b) reasonably refuse to consent to the Transfer in writing in accordance with this Section 11, including the reasons for such refusal; or (c) except in connection with a Permitted Transfer or a Pre-Approved Transfer or in the event of an assignment of this Lease or subletting of more than 51% of the Rentable Area of the Premises for more than 50% of the remaining Term (excluding unexercised options), recapture the portion of the Premises that Tenant is proposing to Transfer in accordance with this Section 11.02 below.  Tenant shall pay Landlord a review fee equal to the actual out-of-pocket costs, expenses and attorney fees incurred for Landlord’s review of any Permitted Transfer or requested Transfer, including the preparation and negotiation of any consent required of Landlord related to a Transfer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that neither the Tenant nor the proposed transferee requests any changes to this Lease or any material changes to Landlord’s commercially reasonable standard form of consent in connection with the proposed Transfer, such costs and expenses shall not exceed $1,500.00.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 (but not with respect to a Permitted Transfer or a Pre-Approved Transfer), in the event Tenant contemplates an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of more than 51% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises for more than 50% of the remaining Term (excluding unexercised options), Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the Intention to Transfer Notice ”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined).  The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “ Contemplated Transfer Space ”), the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 11.02 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space.  Such recapture shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date, provided that Landlord shall separately demise the Contemplated Transfer Space, at Landlord’s cost, if Tenant would have entered into the Transfer without separately demising the Contemplated Transfer Space.  In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same.  If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture such Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 11.02, then, subject to the other terms of this Section 11, for a period of 9 months (the “ Nine Month Period ”) commencing on the last day of such ten (10) Business Day period, then Tenant shall deliver a second notice requesting Landlord’s election and if Landlord thereafter fails to respond within five (5) Business Days, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any applicable Transfer made during the Nine Month Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Section 11.  If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Nine Month Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Nine Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer, as provided above in this Section 11.02.

 

11.03  Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer or a Pre-Approved Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord 50% of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 11.03, actually received by Tenant from such transferee.  “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration which Tenant receives in connection with the Transfer, to the extent such rent and other consideration is attributable to a Transfer of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises (as opposed proceeds payable to Tenant in connection with the sale of Tenant’s business), in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to pay to Landlord any Transfer Premium until such time as Tenant has recovered all applicable “Subleasing Costs,” as that term is defined in this Section 11.03, it being understood that if in any year the gross revenues, less the deductions set forth and included in Subleasing Costs, are less than any and all costs actually paid in assigning or subletting the affected space (collectively “ Transaction Costs ”), the amount of the excess Transaction Costs shall be carried over to the next year and then deducted from net revenues with the procedure repeated until a Transfer Premium is achieved.  There shall be deducted from

 

10



 

the Transfer Premium the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent reasonably provided to the transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, (iv) any lease takeover incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer; (v) out-of-pocket costs of advertising the space subject to the Transfer, (vi) any improvement allowance or other economic concessions paid by Tenant to the transferee in connection with the Transfer; and (vii) reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer (collectively, “ Subleasing Costs ”).  “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to transferee in connection with such Transfer (but excluding any proceeds payable to Tenant in connection with a sale of its business).  Tenant shall pay Landlord for Landlord’s share of any Transfer Premium within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of the same.  If Tenant is in Monetary Default (as defined in Section 18), Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made directly to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit against Rent in the amount of Tenant’s share of payments received by Landlord.

 

11.04 Tenant may assign this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization (an “ Ownership Change ”) or assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate without the consent of Landlord and without the payment of any Transfer Premium, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a “ Permitted Transfer ”):  (a) Tenant is not in Monetary Default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease; (b) in the event of an Ownership Change, Tenant’s successor shall own substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant and satisfy the Credit Requirement (defined below); (c) the Permitted Use does not allow the Premises to be used for retail purposes (i.e., sales to the public where the  public comes to the Premises); and (d) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least 15 days prior to the effective date of the Permitted Transfer (provided that, if prohibited by confidentiality in connection with a proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization, then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice within 10 days after the effective date of the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization). Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation evidencing the Permitted Transfer and showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied.  If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement. As used herein, “ Affiliate ” shall mean (i) an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant; (ii) a purchaser or transferee of the assets or a majority of stock or membership interests of Tenant through a purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization of Tenant by or with another entity (whether such acquisition takes the form of an asset sale, a stock sale or a combination thereof).  “ Control ,” as used in this Section 11.04, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least 51% of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least 51% of the voting interest in, any person or entity.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.04, “ Permitted Transfer ” shall also include (w) the issuance of stock in Tenant pursuant to an initial public offering, or (x) Tenant’s acquisition of other entities so long as Tenant’s financial strength immediately following such acquisition(s) is not less than that of Tenant as of the day prior to such acquisition(s).   The “ Credit Requirement ” shall be deemed satisfied if, as of the date immediately following the date of the Transfer, the financial strength of the entity with which Tenant is to merge or consolidate is not less than that of Tenant as of the day prior to the proposed Ownership Change, as determined (x) based on credit ratings of such entity and Tenant by both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s (or by either such agency alone, if applicable ratings by the other agency do not exist), or (y) if such credit ratings do not exist, then in accordance with Moody’s KMV RiskCalc (i.e., the on-line software tool offered by Moody’s for analyzing credit risk) based on CFO-certified financial statements for such entity and Tenant covering their last two fiscal years ending before the Transfer.

 

11.05  Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 11, Tenant shall have the right without the payment of a Transfer Premium and without the receipt of Landlord’s consent and without being subject to Landlord’s recapture right, but upon a minimum of 10 Business Days prior written notice to Landlord, to sublease up to 4,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (the “ Pre-Approved Transfer ”) to Helio LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Pre-Approved Transferee ”), on and subject to the following conditions: (i) such Pre-Approved Transferee shall not be permitted to occupy a separately demised portion of the Premises which contains an entrance to such portion of the Premises other than the primary entrance to the Premises; and (ii) such Pre-Approved Transfer shall not be a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or the restrictions on Transfers pursuant to this Section 11.  Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding any such Pre-Approved Transfer.  Any Pre-Approved Transfer permitted under this Section 11.05 shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Section 11.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Pre-Approved Transfer shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease.

 

12.          Liens.

 

Tenant shall not permit mechanics’ or other liens to be placed upon the Property, Premises or Tenant’s leasehold interest in connection with any work or service done or purportedly done by or for the benefit of Tenant or its transferees (and not by Landlord).  Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least 10

 

11



 

days prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises to afford Landlord the opportunity, where applicable, to post and record notices of non-responsibility. Tenant, within 10 Business Days of notice from Landlord, shall fully discharge any lien by settlement, by bonding or by insuring over the lien in the manner prescribed by the applicable lien Law. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may bond, insure over or otherwise discharge the lien.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amount paid by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees within 30 days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord.

 

13.          Indemnity and Waiver of Claims.

 

13.01  Except to the extent caused by negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Related Parties or a breach of this Lease by Landlord, and subject to the terms of Section 15, Tenant hereby waives all claims against and releases Landlord and its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagees (defined in Section 23) and agents (the “ Landlord Related Parties ”) from all claims for any injury to or death of persons, damage to property or business loss in any manner related to (a) Force Majeure, (b) acts of third parties, (c) the bursting or leaking of any tank, water closet, drain or other pipe, (d) the inadequacy or failure of any security services, personnel or equipment, or (e) any matter not within the reasonable control of Landlord. Nothing herein shall be construed as to diminish the repair and maintenance obligations of Landlord contained elsewhere in this Lease. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties or a breach of this Lease by Landlord, and subject to the terms of Section 15, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord Related Parties harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law) (collectively referred to as “ Losses ”), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties by any third party and arising out of or in connection with (i) any damage or injury occurring in the Premises, (ii) any negligent acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of Tenant, the Tenant Related Parties or any of Tenant’s transferees, contractors or licensees in connection with such parties’ activities in the Premises or the Building or on the Property, (iii) the use by Tenant of the Premises for the Permitted Use, or (iv) the breach by Tenant of the terms and conditions of this Lease.  Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties or a breach of this Lease by Tenant, and subject to the terms of Section 15, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees and agents (“ Tenant Related Parties ”) harmless against and from all Losses which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Tenant or any of the Tenant Related Parties by any third party and arising out of or in connection with the negligent acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of Landlord or the Landlord Related Parties or any of Landlord’s contractors or licensees in connection with such parties’ activities in the Building or on the Property or a breach of this Lease by Landlord, and subject to the terms of Section 15.

 

13.02  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligations on Tenant or Landlord to be responsible or liable for, and each hereby releases the other from all liability for, consequential damages other than those consequential damages incurred by Landlord in connection with a holdover of the Premises by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or incurred by Landlord in connection with any repair, physical construction or improvement work performed by or on behalf of Tenant at the Building.

 

14.          Insurance.

 

Tenant shall maintain the following insurance (“ Tenant’s Insurance ”):  (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance/Excess Liability Insurance applicable to the Premises and its appurtenances providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of $2,000,000.00; (b)  Property/Extra Expense Insurance written on an All Risk or Special Perils form, with coverage for broad form water damage including earthquake sprinkler leakage, at replacement cost value and with a replacement cost endorsement covering all of Tenant’s business and trade fixtures, equipment, movable partitions, furniture, merchandise and other personal property within the Premises (“ Tenant’s Property ”) and any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant; (c) Workers’ Compensation Insurance in amounts required by Law; and (d) Employers Liability Coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 per occurrence.  Any company writing Tenant’s Insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII.  All Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall name as additional insureds Landlord (or its successors and assignees), the managing agent for the Building (or any successor), EOP Operating Limited Partnership, Equity Office Properties Trust and their respective members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and other designees of Landlord and its successors. In addition, Landlord shall be named as a loss payee with respect to Property Insurance on the Leasehold Improvements (but not with respect to Tenant’s Property). All policies of Tenant’s Insurance shall contain endorsements that the insurer(s) shall endeavor to give Landlord and its designees at least 30 days’ advance written notice of any cancellation, termination, material change in coverage which causes such coverage to be less than that required by this Lease or lapse of insurance.

 

12



 

Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance evidencing Tenant’s Insurance prior to the earlier to occur of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant is provided with possession of the Premises, and thereafter as necessary to assure that Landlord always has current certificates evidencing Tenant’s Insurance. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 14, Tenant may fulfill its insurance obligations under this Section 14 through a “blanket” insurance policy so long as such blanket insurance policy complies with the terms and conditions of this Section 14. Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Building during the Term, and shall further insure the Building during the Term (for the full replacement value to the extent consistent with the practices of landlords of the Comparable Buildings) against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage and special extended coverage.  Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine.  Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risks of earthquakes and/or flood damage, terrorist acts and additional hazards, a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Building or the ground or underlying lessors of the  Building, or any portion thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14, the coverage and amounts of insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Building shall, at a minimum, be comparable to the coverage and amounts of insurance which are carried by reasonably prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings (provided that in no event shall Landlord be required to carry earthquake insurance), and Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability coverage as required by Law.  Except as specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, the limits of either party’s insurance shall not limit such party’s liability under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event of any termination of this Lease pursuant to Sections 16 or 17 below: (i) Tenant shall assign and deliver to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance on Leasehold Improvements required under Section 14 of this Lease for the lesser of (a) the unamortized value of the Initial Alterations (“ Landlord’s TI Proceeds ”), which such amortization to be calculated on a straight-line basis throughout the initial Term and (b)  $30.00 per rentable square feet of the Premises; and (ii) the remainder of any insurance proceeds received by Tenant under Section 14 shall be retained by Tenant.

 

15.          Subrogation.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action against the other for any loss or damage with respect to Tenant’s Property, Leasehold Improvements, the Building, the Premises, the Property, any additions or improvements to the Building or the Property, or any contents thereof, including rights, claims, actions and causes of action based on negligence, which loss or damage is (or would have been, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried) covered by insurance.

 

16.          Casualty Damage.

 

16.01  If all or any portion of the Premises becomes untenantable by fire or other casualty to the Premises (collectively a “ Casualty ”), or if all or any portion of the Building, including the Parking Facility, shall be made untenantable by fire or other casualty and Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises is materially interfered with as a result thereof, then Landlord shall, within 90 days following the date of the Casualty cause a licensed general contractor selected by Landlord to provide Landlord and Tenant with a written estimate of the amount of time required using standard working methods to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises, any Common Areas  necessary to provide access to the Premises and the Parking Facility (but only to the extent it materially impacts Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises) (“ Completion Estimate ”).  If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises, any Common Areas necessary to provide access to the Premises or Parking Facility (but only to the extent it materially impacts Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises) cannot be made tenantable within 270 days from the date the repair is started, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other within 20 days after receipt of the Completion Estimate, in which event this Lease shall terminate 30 days thereafter. Further notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 16.01, in the event that the Premises, Common Areas (but only to the extent it materially impacts Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises) or Parking Facility (but only to the extent it materially impacts Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises) have been materially damaged and there is less than 1 year of the Term remaining on the date of the Casualty, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by notifying Landlord in writing within 60 days after the date of the Casualty.  In addition, Landlord, by notice to Tenant within 90 days after the date of the Casualty, shall have the right to terminate this Lease if:  (1) the Premises, the Common Areas and the Parking Facility have been materially damaged and there is less than 1 year of the Term remaining on the date of the Casualty and Tenant has not exercised its option to extend hereunder; (2) any Mortgagee requires that the insurance proceeds in excess of the “Landlord Contribution,” as that term is defined below, be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (3) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies (or by the insurance Landlord is required to carry hereunder), the amount of such shortfall (including deductibles) exceeds 5% of the replacement cost

 

13



 

of the Building (“ Landlord Contribution ”), but with respect to this item 3, Landlord must also terminate all leases for space similarly affected by such loss. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant was entitled to but elected not to exercise its right to terminate the Lease and Landlord does not substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises, Building or Parking Facility, as the case may be (but in connection with the repair and restoration of the Building, only to the extent required so that Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises is no longer materially interfered with), within 2 months after the expiration of the estimated period of time set forth in the Completion Estimate, which period shall be extended to the extent of any Reconstruction Delays, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within 30 days after the expiration of such period, as the same may be extended.  For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Reconstruction Delays ” shall mean:  (i) any delays caused by the insurance adjustment process (not to exceed 60 days in total); and (ii) any delays caused by Tenant.

 

16.02  If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, restore the Premises, Base Building and Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by Law or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord which are consistent with the character of the Property, provided that access to and use of the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon notice from Landlord, subject to the provisions of Section 14 above, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s Insurance with respect to any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant.  Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience to Tenant, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from the Casualty or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, Landlord shall allow Tenant an abatement of Rent pursuant to the terms of Section 7.03 of this Lease (but the Eligibility Period shall not apply), provided that Tenant’s right to Rent abatement pursuant to the terms of this Section 16 shall terminate as of the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith (provided that in no event shall such Rent re-commence until such time as Landlord has restored the Base Building to a commercially reasonable condition and Landlord has obtained whatever occupancy permits that are required to allow the Building to be open and operating and to allow the Tenant to conduct business operations from its Premises (assuming that Tenant has received a certificate of occupancy, temporary certificate of occupancy, or its legal equivalent, for its Premises, which shall remain Tenant’s obligation)) .

 

16.03  The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 16, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises or the Property, and any Laws, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other Laws now or hereinafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or the Property.

 

17.          Condemnation.

 

Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises, or if all or a any portion of the Building which would materially interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises, is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”).  Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building, but Landlord may only terminate this Lease pursuant to this sentence to the extent that Landlord terminates the leases of all tenants similarly affected by the Taking.  The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within 45 days after it first receives notice of the Taking.  The termination shall be effective on the date the physical taking occurs.  If this Lease is not terminated, Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Building or Premises. All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s Property, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim is payable separate to Tenant or is otherwise separately identifiable.    Subject to the foregoing, the right to receive compensation or proceeds are expressly waived by Tenant. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition immediately prior to the Taking.  Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or any similar or successor Laws.

 

18.          Events of Default.

 

Each of the following occurrences shall be a “ Default ”: (a) Tenant’s failure to pay any portion of Rent

 

14



 

when due, if the failure continues for five (5) Business Days after written notice to Tenant (“ Monetary Default ”); (b) Tenant’s failure (other than a Monetary Default) to comply with any term, provision, condition or covenant of this Lease, if the failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to Tenant provided, however, if Tenant’s failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, Tenant shall be allowed additional time as is reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as Tenant begins the cure within thirty (30) days and diligently pursues the cure to completion; (c) Tenant or any Guarantor becomes insolvent, makes a transfer in fraud of creditors, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts when due or forfeits or loses its right to conduct business; (d) the leasehold estate is taken by process or operation of Law; (e) Tenant’s failure to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 11 and 23 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than an additional five (5) Business Days after notice from Landlord; provided, however, if Tenant’s failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within such five (5) Business Day period, Tenant shall be allowed additional time as is reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as Tenant begins the cure within five (5) Business Days and diligently pursues the cure to completion; or (f) Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure period under any other lease or agreement with Landlord affecting the Building or Property, including, without limitation, any lease or agreement for parking. All notices sent under this Section 18 shall be in satisfaction of, and not in addition to, notice required by Law.

 

19.          Remedies.

 

19.01  Upon the occurrence of any Default under this Lease, whether enumerated in Section 18 or not, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice (except as expressly prescribed herein) or demand whatsoever (and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant hereby specifically waives notice and demand for payment of Rent or other obligations, except for those notices specifically required pursuant to the terms of Section 18 or this Section 19 or elsewhere in this Lease and waives any and all other notices or demand requirements imposed by applicable law):

 

(a)                                  Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and recover from Tenant an award of damages equal to the sum of the following:

 

(i)                                      The Worth at the Time of Award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

 

(ii)                                   The Worth at the Time of Award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant affirmatively proves could have been reasonably avoided;

 

(iii)                                The Worth at the Time of Award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant affirmatively proves could be reasonably avoided;

 

(iv)                               Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment either proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

 

(v)                                  All such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time under applicable law.

 

The “ Worth at the Time of Award ” of the amounts referred to in parts (i) and (ii) above, shall be computed by allowing interest at the lesser of a per annum rate equal to: (A) the greatest per annum rate of interest permitted from time to time under applicable law, or (B) the Prime Rate plus 2%.  For purposes hereof, the “ Prime Rate ” shall be the per annum interest rate publicly announced as its prime or base rate by a federally insured bank selected by Landlord in the State of California.  The “ Worth at the Time of Award ” of the amount referred to in part (iii), above, shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%;

 

(b)                                  Employ the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations); or

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding Landlord’s exercise of the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 in respect of an event or events of default, at such time thereafter as Landlord

 

15



may elect in writing, to terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and recover an award of damages as provided above in Paragraph 19.01(a).

 

19.02  The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent.  No waiver by Landlord of any breach hereof shall be effective unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord.

 

19.03  TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS CONFERRED BY SECTION 3275 OF THE CIVIL CODE OF CALIFORNIA AND BY SECTIONS 1174 (c) AND 1179 OF THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OF CALIFORNIA AND ANY AND ALL OTHER LAWS AND RULES OF LAW FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT DURING THE LEASE TERM OR THEREAFTER PROVIDING THAT TENANT SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT TO REDEEM, REINSTATE OR RESTORE THIS LEASE FOLLOWING ITS TERMINATION BY REASON OF TENANT’S BREACH.

 

THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE.  IF THE JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 19.03 ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THEN THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS SHALL APPLY.  It is the desire and intention of the parties to agree upon a mechanism and procedure under which controversies and disputes arising out of this Lease or related to the Premises will be resolved in a prompt and expeditious manner.  Accordingly, except with respect to actions for unlawful or forcible detainer or with respect to the prejudgment remedy of attachment, any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party hereto against the other (and/or against its officers, directors, employees, agents or subsidiaries or affiliated entities) on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be heard and resolved by a referee under the provisions of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 638 — 645.1, inclusive (as same may be amended, or any successor statute(s) thereto) (the “ Referee Sections ”).  Any fee to initiate the judicial reference proceedings and all fees charged and costs incurred by the referee shall be paid by the party initiating such procedure (except that if a reporter is requested by either party, then a reporter shall be present at all proceedings where requested and the fees of such reporter — except for copies ordered by the other parties — shall be borne by the party requesting the reporter); provided however, that allocation of the costs and fees, including any initiation fee, of such proceeding shall be ultimately determined in accordance with Section 26.02 below.  The venue of the proceedings shall be in the county in which the Premises are located. Within 10 days of receipt by any party of a written request to resolve any dispute or controversy pursuant to this Section 19.03, the parties shall agree upon a single referee who shall try all issues, whether of fact or law, and report a finding and judgment on such issues as required by the Referee Sections.  If the parties are unable to agree upon a referee within such 10 day period, then any party may thereafter file a lawsuit in the county in which the Premises are located for the purpose of appointment of a referee under the Referee Sections.  If the referee is appointed by the court, the referee shall be a neutral and impartial retired judge with substantial experience in the relevant matters to be determined, from Jams/Endispute, Inc., the American Arbitration Association or similar mediation/arbitration entity. The proposed referee may be challenged by any party for any of the grounds listed in the Referee Sections.  The referee shall have the power to decide all issues of fact and law and report his or her decision on such issues, and to issue all recognized remedies available at Law or in equity for any cause of action that is before the referee, including an award of attorneys’ fees and costs in accordance with this Lease.  The referee shall not, however, have the power to award punitive damages, nor any other damages which are not permitted by the express provisions of this Lease, and the parties hereby waive any right to recover any such damages.  The parties shall be entitled to conduct all discovery as provided in the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the referee shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery orders in the same manner as any trial court judge, with rights to regulate discovery and to issue and enforce subpoenas, protective orders and other limitations on discovery available under California law. The reference proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with California law (including the rules of evidence), and in all regards, the referee shall follow California law applicable at the time of the reference proceeding.  The parties shall promptly and diligently cooperate with one another and the referee, and shall perform such acts as may be necessary to obtain a prompt and expeditious resolution of the dispute or controversy in accordance with the terms of this Section 19.03.  In this regard, the parties agree that the parties and the referee shall use best efforts to ensure that (a) discovery be conducted for a period no longer than 6 months from the date the referee is appointed, excluding motions regarding discovery, and (b) a trial date be set within 9 months of the date the referee is appointed.   In accordance with Section 644 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, the decision of the referee upon the whole issue must stand as the decision of the court, and upon the filing of the statement of decision with the clerk of the court, or with the judge if there is no clerk, judgment may be entered thereon in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the court.   Any decision of the referee and/or judgment or other order entered thereon shall be appealable to the same extent and in the same manner that such decision, judgment, or order would be appealable if rendered by a judge of the superior court in which venue is proper hereunder.  The referee shall in his/her statement of decision set forth his/her findings of fact and conclusions of law. The parties intend this general reference agreement to be specifically enforceable in

 

16



 

accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure. Nothing in this Section 19.03 shall prejudice the right of any party to obtain provisional relief or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction as shall otherwise be available under the Code of Civil Procedure and/or applicable court rules.

 

19.04  No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord or Tenant is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing by agreement, applicable law or in equity.  In addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to injunctive relief, or to a decree compelling performance of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to any other remedy allowed to Landlord or Tenant at law or in equity.  Forbearance by Landlord or Tenant to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default.

 

19.05 This Section 19 shall be enforceable to the maximum extent such enforcement is not prohibited by applicable law, and the unenforceability of any portion thereof shall not thereby render unenforceable any other portion.

 

20.          Limitation of Liability.

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD (AND OF ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD) SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PROPERTY.  TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR AWARD AGAINST LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY SHALL BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY LOST PROFIT, DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF BUSINESS OR ANY FORM OF SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE. BEFORE FILING SUIT TO TERMINATE THIS LEASE FOR AN ALLEGED DEFAULT BY LANDLORD, TENANT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND THE MORTGAGEE(S) WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES (DEFINED IN SECTION 23 BELOW), NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE THE ALLEGED DEFAULT. FOR PURPOSES HEREOF, “ INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PROPERTY ” SHALL INCLUDE RENTS DUE FROM TENANTS, INSURANCE PROCEEDS, SALES PROCEEDS AND PROCEEDS FROM CONDEMNATION OR EMINENT DOMAIN PROCEEDINGS (PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION OF SAME TO ANY PARTNER OR SHAREHOLDER OF LANDLORD OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY).

 

21.          Relocation.

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED .

 

22.          Holding Over.

 

Except for any permitted occupancy by Tenant under Section 8 above, if Tenant fails to surrender all or any part of the Premises at the termination of this Lease, occupancy of the Premises after termination shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance.  Tenant’s occupancy shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease, and Tenant shall pay an amount equal to, (i) for the first thirty (30) days of such holdover, 125% of the sum of the Base Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover, and (ii) thereafter, 150% of the sum of the Base Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover. No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to a new tenant or to perform improvements for a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s holdover and Tenant fails to vacate the Premises within 30 days after notice from Landlord, Tenant shall be liable for all damages that Landlord suffers from the holdover.

 

23.          Subordination to Mortgages; Estoppel Certificate.

 

23.01  Subject to Tenant’s receipt of the NDA (as defined in Section 23.03 below), Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “ Mortgage ”). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage shall be referred to as a “ Mortgagee ”. This clause shall be self-operative, but upon request from a Mortgagee, Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable subordination agreement in favor of the Mortgagee. As an alternative, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease.  Upon request, Tenant, without charge, shall attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease.  Landlord and Tenant shall each, within 10 Business Days after receipt of a written request from the other, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate to those parties as are reasonably requested by the other (including a

 

17



 

Mortgagee or prospective purchaser). Without limitation, such estoppel certificate may include a certification as to the status of this Lease to the representing party’s actual knowledge as of the existence of any defaults and the amount of Rent that is due and payable.

 

23.02     Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon written request by Tenant, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to obtain a non-disturbance, subordination and attornment agreement from Landlord’s then current Mortgagee (other than the Mortgagee existing on the date of this Lease) on such Mortgagee’s then current standard form of agreement.  “Reasonable efforts” of Landlord shall not require Landlord to incur any cost, expense or liability to obtain such agreement, it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for any fee or review costs charged by the Mortgagee. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant will execute the Mortgagee’s form of non-disturbance, subordination and attornment agreement and return the same to Landlord for execution by the Mortgagee. Landlord’s failure to obtain a non-disturbance, subordination and attornment agreement for Tenant shall have no effect on the rights, obligations and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant or be considered to be a default by Landlord hereunder.

 

23.03  Landlord hereby represents that there is, as of the date hereof other than a leasehold as created by that certain lease, executed by Pacific Lighting Properties, Inc., as Lessor and Tishman Westwood Corporation, as Lessee, as referenced in the document entitled “Memorandum of Lease”, which was recorded March 25, 1968 as Instrument No. 2898 in Book M-2809 Page 475, for the term and upon and subject to all the provisions contained in said document, in said lease, and in all amendments thereto, as Parcel 2, there are no ground or underlying leases covering the whole or any portion of the Property. Within five (5) Business Days following the full execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall cause the fee owner of the Property to provide a commercially reasonable recognition, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in favor of Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M attached hereto (the “ NDA ”) and deliver the same to Tenant.

 

24.          Notice.

 

All demands, approvals, consents or notices (collectively referred to as a “ notice ”) shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested or sent by overnight or same day courier service at the party’s respective Notice Address(es) set forth in Section 1. Each notice shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier to occur of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant has vacated the Premises or any other Notice Address of Tenant without providing a new Notice Address, 3 days after notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service in the manner described above. If Landlord has vacated its Notice Address without providing Tenant a new Notice Address, Tenant may serve notice in any manner described in this Section or in any other manner permitted by Law.  Either party may, at any time, change its Notice Address (other than to a post office box address) by giving the other party written notice of the new address.

 

25.          Surrender of Premises.

 

At the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises, and quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, and in good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage which Landlord is obligated to repair hereunder excepted. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Property within 2 days after termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be entitled (but not obligated) to remove and store Tenant’s Property.  Landlord shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Tenant’s Property, except to the extent required by applicable Law.  Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the expenses and storage charges incurred. If Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises or storage, within 30 days after notice, Landlord may deem all or any part of Tenant’s Property to be abandoned and title to Tenant’s Property shall vest in Landlord.

 

26.          Miscellaneous.

 

26.01  This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California and Landlord and Tenant hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and proper venue of such state or commonwealth.  If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any extent be void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected. If there is more than one Tenant or if Tenant is comprised of more than one party or entity, the obligations imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of all the parties and entities, and requests or demands from any one person or entity comprising Tenant shall be deemed to have been made by all such persons or entities.  Notices to any one person or entity shall be deemed to have been given to all persons and entities. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so on behalf of Tenant and that Tenant is not, and the entities or individuals constituting Tenant or which may own or control Tenant or which may be owned or controlled by Tenant are not, among the individuals or entities identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists.

 

18



 

26.02  If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any covenant, term or condition of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.  Either party’s failure to declare a default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking action for a default, shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel.

 

26.03  Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant (other than the payment of the Security Deposit or Rent or other sums payable by either party), the period of time for the performance of such action shall be extended by the number of days that the performance is actually delayed due to strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, terrorist acts, civil disturbances and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the performing party (“ Force Majeure ”).

 

26.04  Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building and Property which thereafter arise, so long as such obligations are assumed in writing by Landlord’s successor in interest.  Upon transfer Landlord shall be released from any further obligations thereafter arising hereunder and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations, provided that, any successor pursuant to a voluntary, third party transfer (but not as part of an involuntary transfer resulting from a foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof) shall have assumed Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and further provided that Landlord and its successors, as the case may be, shall remain liable after their respective periods of ownership with respect to any sums due in connection with a breach or default by such party that arose during such period of ownership by such party.

 

26.05  Landlord has delivered a copy of this Lease to Tenant for Tenant’s review only and the delivery of it does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. Tenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with the Broker as a broker in connection with this Lease.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant and the Tenant Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease.  Equity Office Properties Management Corp. (“ EOPMC ”) is an affiliate of Landlord and represents only the Landlord in this transaction.  Any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of EOPMC in connection with this Lease or any subsequent amendment or modification hereto has been or will be made as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.

 

26.06 Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise of any expansion, renewal or extension rights granted to Tenant. The expiration of the Term, whether by lapse of time, termination or otherwise, shall not relieve either party of any obligations which accrued prior to or which may continue to accrue after the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

26.07  Tenant may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the terms of this Lease without interference by Landlord or any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord, provided Tenant pays the Rent and fully performs all of its covenants and agreements within the applicable cure periods in this Lease.  This covenant shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building. Landlord shall take commercially reasonable steps to provide for such quiet enjoyment, including without limitation, enforcing leases of adjacent tenants of the Building to the extent that such leases are being breached and such breach impacts on the quiet enjoyment of Tenant; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not have any obligation to commence litigation against such adjacent tenants unless and to the extent that, given the nature and scope of such breach and the cost associated with the commencement and pursuit of such litigation, the same would be deemed commercially reasonable by a majority of landlords of Comparable Buildings.

 

26.08  This Lease does not grant any rights to light or air over or about the Building. Landlord excepts and reserves exclusively to itself any and all rights not specifically granted to Tenant under this Lease. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings related to the Premises, including all lease proposals, letters of intent and other documents.  Neither party is relying upon any warranty, statement or representation not contained in this Lease.  This Lease may be modified only by a written agreement signed by an authorized representative of Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 9.03 above, Tenant shall have the right to use the telephone, electrical and janitorial closets, and to access the space above the ceiling, under the floor and within the walls of the Premises.

 

26.09 Landlord Default .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in Default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within 30 days after the receipt of notice from Tenant

 

19


 

specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in Default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion; provided, further, however, if Landlord’s failure to perform an obligation results in a failure of essential services to the Premises or Building, the terms of Section 7.03 shall apply and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy such obligation as soon as thereafter as reasonably practicable. Upon any such Default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.  No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Tenant is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing by agreement, applicable law or in equity.  In addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to injunctive relief, or to a decree compelling performance of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to any other remedy allowed to Tenant at law or in equity. Forbearance by Tenant to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default.

 

26.10 Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s expense, to 5 lines on the directory board in the main lobby of the Building, to display Tenant’s name or the name of any transferee permitted or approved pursuant to the terms of Section 11 above and the names of their principal employees.

 

26.11 Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s expense subject to the Allowance, to signage in the elevator lobby on the 8 th  floor of the Building.  Tenant shall submit detailed drawings of its proposed signage to Landlord for its review and approval, which Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition. Such signage shall be available to any transferee permitted or approved pursuant to the terms of Section 11 above.

 

{SIGNATURE BLOCKS FOR LANDLORD AND TENANT ARE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE}

 

20



 

Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

EOP Owner GP L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frank Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Frank Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David W. Hagan

 

 

 

 

Name:

David W. Hagan

 

 

 

 

Title:

Pres. & CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Hovenier

 

 

 

 

Name:

Peter Hovenier

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP Finance & Administration

 

 

 

95-4856877

 

Tenant’s Tax ID Number (SSN or FEIN)

 

21



 

EXHIBIT A

 

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES

 

1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

EXPENSES AND TAXES

 

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

 

1.                                        Payments .

 

1.01  Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the amount, if any, by which Expenses (defined below) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Expenses for the Base Year (the “ Expense Excess ”) and also the amount, if any, by which Taxes (defined below) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Taxes for the Base Year (the “ Tax Excess ”).  If Expenses or Taxes in any calendar year decrease below the amount of Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses or Taxes, as the case may be, for that calendar year shall be $0.  Landlord shall provide Tenant with a statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall, on a line-item by line-item basis, set forth Landlord’s reasonable, good faith estimate of the Expense Excess and of the Tax Excess for each calendar year during the Term.  Landlord shall endeavor to provide such Estimate Statement to Tenant on or before April 1 of each then-current calendar year, provided that Landlord’s failure to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any calendar year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Expense Excess or Tax Excess under this Exhibit B .  On or before the first day of each month, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly installment equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s estimate of both the Expense Excess and Tax Excess. After its receipt of a revised Estimate Statement, Tenant’s monthly payments shall be based upon the revised Estimate Statement.  If Landlord does not provide Tenant with an Estimate Statement of the Expense Excess or the Tax Excess by January 1 of a calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly installments based on the previous year’s Estimate Statement until Landlord provides Tenant with the new Estimate Statement.  Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days, a fraction of the new Estimate Statement for the then-current calendar year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 1.01).  Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current calendar year, including the month of such payment, and 12 as its denominator.  Any overpayment shall be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of such new Estimate Statement or credited against the next due future installment(s) of Rent.

 

1.02  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, within one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of each calendar year, to furnish Tenant with a statement (the “ Statement ”) of the actual Expenses and Expense Excess and the actual Taxes and Tax Excess for the prior calendar year.  If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year is more than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess, as the case may be, for the prior calendar year, Landlord shall either provide Tenant with a refund or apply any overpayment by Tenant against Rent due or next becoming due, provided if the Term expires before the determination of the overpayment, Landlord shall refund any overpayment to Tenant after first deducting the amount of any Rent then due and payable by Tenant.  If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year is less than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess, as the case may be, for such prior year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Statement of Expenses or Taxes, any underpayment for the prior calendar year.  Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant and Landlord which shall survive the expiration of the Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent and the obligations of Landlord to refund any excess payments of Additional Rent, as provided for in this Section 1.02. shall survive the expiration of the Term to the extent such amounts are attributable to the Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any Expenses or Taxes attributable to any calendar year which are first billed to Tenant more than two (2) calendar years after the earlier of the expiration of the applicable calendar year or the Termination Date, provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies at any time following the Termination Date which are attributable to any calendar year (provided that Landlord delivers Tenant a bill (a “ Supplemental Statement ”) for such amounts within two (2) years following Landlord’s receipt of the bill therefor).

 

2.                                        Expenses .

 

2.01  “ Expenses ” means all costs and expenses incurred in each calendar year in connection with operating, maintaining, repairing, and managing the Building and the Property which are calculated pursuant to sound real estate management principles, consistently applied.  Expenses include, without limitation: (a) all labor and labor related costs, including wages, salaries, bonuses, taxes, insurance, uniforms, training, retirement plans, pension plans for all persons at or below the level of portfolio manager or portfolio engineer who are engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security

 

1



 

of the Building and/or the Property; provided, that if any employees of Landlord provide services for more than one building of Landlord, then a prorated portion of such employee’s wages, benefits and taxes shall be included in Expenses based on the portion of their working time devoted to the Building; (b) management fees (provided, however, in no event shall management fees for the exceed 3.5% of gross receipts for the Building); (c) the cost of equipping, staffing and operating an on-site and/or off-site management office for the Building, provided if the management office services one or more other buildings or properties, the shared costs and expenses of equipping, staffing and operating such management office(s) shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Building and the other buildings or properties; (d) accounting costs; (e) the cost of services (except as otherwise expressly excluded pursuant to Section 2.02 below); (f) rental and purchase cost of parts, supplies, tools and equipment, provided however, if any such parts, supplies, tools or equipment would be deemed a capital expenditure under sound real estate management and accounting principles consistently applied, then the determination of whether the rental or purchase cost of such item may be properly included in Expenses shall be governed by the terms of item (i) of this Section 2.01 below; (g) insurance premiums and deductibles, provided, however, that any insurance deductible paid by Landlord may only be included as an Expense to the extent (1) that the deductible is used for non-capital expenditures for the Building or Property or (2) such expenditures constitute a permitted capital expenditures pursuant to sound real estate management and accounting principles, consistently applied, and the same may be included in Expenses pursuant to Section 2.01(i) below; (h) electricity, gas and other utility costs to the Common Areas, except as expressly excluded in Section 2.02 below; and (i) the amortized cost of capital improvements, capital expenditures or other capital costs incurred in connection with the Building or the Property (the “ Capital Items ”) (as distinguished from replacement parts or components installed in the ordinary course of business which do not constitute capital expenditures, under sound real estate management and accounting principles, consistently applied) made to the Property which are: (1) performed primarily to reduce current or future operating expense costs, or to otherwise improve the operating efficiency of the Property, but only to the extent of the cost savings reasonably anticipated by Landlord at the time of such expenditure to be incurred in connection therewith based on sound documentation; or (2) required to comply with any Laws, except to remedy a condition existing prior to the Commencement Date which a federal, state or municipal governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Commencement Date, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to the then-current Laws in their form existing as of the Commencement Date and pursuant to the then-current interpretation of such Laws by the applicable governmental authority as of the Commencement Date.  The cost of the Capital Items shall be amortized by Landlord over the reasonable useful life of the Capital Item.  The amortized cost of Capital Items may, at Landlord’s option, include actual or imputed interest at the Interest Rate.  Landlord, by itself or through an affiliate, shall have the right to directly perform, provide and be compensated for any services under this Lease. If Landlord incurs Expenses for the Building or Property together with one or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or otherwise, the shared costs and expenses shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Building and Property and the other buildings or properties.

 

2.02  Expenses shall not include:

 

a)               the cost of capital improvements, alterations, equipment and repairs (except as set forth in Section 2.01   (i) above);

 

b)              depreciation;

 

c)               principal payments of mortgage and other non-operating debts of Landlord;

 

d)              the cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds;

 

e)               costs in connection with leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions, marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, and advertising and promotional expenses incurred in connection with the original development, subsequent improvement, or original or future leasing of the Property;

 

f)                 lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants;

 

g)              costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building;

 

h)              fines, late charges, liquidated damages, interest (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Taxes or Expenses;

 

i)                  organizational expenses associated with the creation and operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord;

 

2



 

j)                  any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to Tenant under this Lease or to other tenants in the Building under their respective leases;

 

k)               “Taxes”, as that term is defined in Section 3 below;

 

l)                  the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant;

 

m)            costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed, or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had carried the insurance Landlord is required to carry pursuant to this Lease or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had used commercially reasonable efforts to collect such amounts, by any tenant or occupant of the Property or by insurance from its carrier or any tenant’s carrier;

 

n)              costs incurred to comply with Laws with respect to “Hazardous Material” (as defined in Section VII.C of Exhibit F attached hereto), which was in existence in the Building or on the Property prior to the Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Property, would have then required the removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Material (including, without limitation, the abatement, remediation or removal of asbestos or groundwater contamination); and costs incurred with respect to Hazardous Material, which Hazardous Material is brought into the Building or onto the Property after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Property or by anyone other than Tenant or the Tenant Related Parties and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then existed in the Building or on the Property, would have then required the removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Material (including, without limitation, the abatement, remediation or removal of asbestos or groundwater contamination); and costs incurred with regard to the removal, remediation or other action with respect to asbestos containing materials or ground water contamination to the extent the same were not brought into the Project, onto the Property, or otherwise caused by Tenant or the Tenant Related Parties;

 

o)              any amount paid by Landlord or to the parent organization or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Landlord for supplies and/or services in the Property to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such supplies and/or services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

p)              costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Property, including partnership accounting and legal matters, general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses, advertising and promotional expenditures, and costs of signs in or on the Property identifying the owner of the Property or other tenants’ signs; costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Property, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Property management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;

 

q)              legal fees and costs, settlements, judgments or awards paid or incurred because of disputes between Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and other tenants or prospective occupants or prospective tenants/occupants or providers of goods and services to the Property and/or Landlord’s violation of Laws;

 

r)                 legal fees and costs concerning the negotiation and preparation of this Lease or any litigation between Landlord and Tenant;;

 

s)               any reserves retained by Landlord;

 

t)                 costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

 

u)              amount paid as ground rental or as rental for the Property by the Landlord;

 

v)              all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Property reimburses Landlord, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect such reimbursable amounts, or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

 

3



 

w)            costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;

 

x)                fees and reimbursements payable to Landlord (including its parent organization, subsidiaries and/or affiliates) or by Landlord for management of the Property which exceed the management fee described in Section 2.01(b) above;

 

y)              rent for any office space occupied by property management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the Comparable Buildings, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable property;

 

z)                all assessments and premiums which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted by law (except to the extent inconsistent with the general practice of landlords of the Comparable Buildings) and shall be included as Expenses in the year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid;

 

aa)         costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Related Parties;

 

bb)       any finders fees, brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertising cost, other than, but no more than once per year, with respect to a receptionist or secretary in the Property office, once per year;

 

cc)         any above Building standard cleaning, including, but not limited to construction cleanup or special cleanings associated with parties/events;

 

dd)       the cost of any training or incentive programs, other than for tenant life safety information services;

 

ee)         in-house legal and/or accounting (as opposed to office building bookkeeping) fees;

 

ff)             any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by or on behalf of the Landlord;

 

gg)       any entertainment, dining or travel expenses for any purpose;

 

hh) costs of magazine and newspaper subscriptions, except to the extent related to the operation or management of the Building; and

 

ii) costs of specialty clubs and services not provided or offered to Tenant without charge.

 

Landlord agrees that any the cost of any tenant relations parties, events or promotions, or of any flowers, gifts, balloons, etc., provided to any parties by Landlord, shall be included in Expenses only to the extent such costs are reasonable and customary in the Comparable Buildings, and are provided to tenants in the Property on a non-discriminatory basis.

 

Subject to Landlord’s right to adjust the variable components of Expenses as set forth below in this Section, Landlord shall not collect Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants in the Building in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurred for the items included in Expenses.

 

2.03 If at any time during the Base Year or any subsequent calendar year during the Term, the Building is not at least 95% occupied or Landlord is not supplying services to at least 95% of the total Rentable Square Footage of the Building, then the variable components of Expenses for the Base Year or any such calendar year which vary based on occupancy levels of the Building shall be determined as if the Building had been 95% occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to 95% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Building.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may calculate the extrapolation of Expenses under this Section based on 100% occupancy and service so long as such percentage is used consistently for each calendar year of the Term (including the Base Year). The extrapolation of Expenses under this Section shall be performed in accordance with the methodology specified by the Building Owners and Managers Association.

 

3.  “ Taxes ” shall mean:  (a) all real property taxes and other assessments on the Building and/or Property, including, but not limited to, gross receipts taxes, assessments for special improvement districts and building improvement districts, governmental charges, fees and assessments for police, fire, traffic mitigation or other governmental service of purported benefit to the Property, taxes and assessments levied in substitution or supplementation in whole or in part of any such taxes and

 

4



 

assessments and the Property’s share of any real estate taxes and assessments under any reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or similar agreement as to the Property; (b) all personal property taxes for property that is owned by Landlord and used in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; and (c) all reasonable costs and fees incurred in connection with seeking reductions in any tax liabilities described in (a) and (b), including, without limitation, any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord for compliance, review and appeal of tax liabilities (but specifically excluding (A) any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any Proposition 8 reduction pursued by Landlord and (B) any assessments on improvements in other tenants’ premises at the Property to the extent that the assessed valuation of such improvements exceeds $30.00 per rentable square foot of the applicable tenant’s premises). Without limitation, Taxes shall not include any excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, succession taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Property), or any capital levy, transfer, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance tax, or any items included as Expenses.  All assessments and premiums which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted by Law (except to the extent inconsistent with the general practice of the “Comparable Buildings” (as defined in Section 1.17 of the Lease) and shall be included in Taxes in the year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid.  If a change in Taxes is obtained for any calendar year of the Term during which Tenant paid Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any Tax Excess, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively adjusted and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment.  Likewise, if a change is obtained for Taxes for the Base Year, Taxes for the Base Year shall be restated and the Tax Excess for all subsequent years shall be recomputed; provided, however, to the extent Taxes are reassessed as a result of the sale of Equity Office Properties Trust and its affiliates to Blackstone and its affiliates in February 2007), Taxes for the Base Year shall be grossed up to assume that such sale occurred on January 1, 2007.  Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any such increase in the Tax Excess within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of a statement from Landlord.  Any overpayment by Tenant shall be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days or credited against the next due future installment(s) of Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant and Landlord which shall survive the expiration of the Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any such increase in the Tax Excess and the obligations of Landlord to refund to Tenant any overpayment by Tenant, as provided in Section 3, shall survive the expiration of the Term to the extent such amounts are attributable to the Term.  For purposes of this Lease, Taxes shall be calculated as if the tenant improvements in the Building were fully constructed and the Property, the Building, and all tenant improvements in the Building were fully assessed for real estate tax purposes in every calendar year (including the Base Year) and the Taxes shall be deemed to be increased accordingly.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Exhibit B , the amount of Taxes for the Base Year and any subsequent calendar year shall be calculated without taking into account any decreases in real estate taxes obtained in connection with Proposition 8, and, therefore, the Taxes in the Base Year and/or a subsequent calendar year may be greater than those actually incurred by Landlord, but shall, nonetheless, be the Taxes due under this Lease; provided that (i) any reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in securing any Proposition 8 reduction shall not be included in or deducted from Taxes nor included in Expenses for purposes of this Lease, and (ii) tax refunds under Proposition 8 shall not be deducted from Taxes nor refunded to Tenant, but rather shall be the sole property of Landlord.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that this Section 3.01 is not intended to in any way affect (A) the inclusion in Taxes of the statutory 2.0% annual increase in Taxes (as such statutory increase may be modified by subsequent legislation), or (B) the inclusion or exclusion of Taxes pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13, which shall be governed pursuant to the terms of this Section 3. above.

 

4.                Audit Rights .  Within two (2) years after receipt of a Statement (including a Statement relating to the Base Year) by Tenant, if Tenant disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in the Statement, an employee of Tenant who is an accountant employed by Tenant on a full-time, non-contingency fee basis, or an independent certified public accountant (which accountant is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm and is not working on a contingency fee basis), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s pertinent accounting books and records with respect to the Statement and such supporting documentation that are reasonably related to Tenant’s review of the applicable Expenses and Taxes at Landlord’s offices in California, provided that Tenant is not then in Monetary Default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable cure period and Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Statement.  In connection with such inspection, Tenant and Tenant’s agents must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Landlord’s records, which rules and procedures shall be consistent with the rules and procedures employed by institutional owners in the high rise office buildings industry, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection.  Tenant’s failure to dispute the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any Statement within 2 years of Tenant’s receipt of such Statement shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement, except for claims involving fraud or similar claims to the extent allowable under applicable Laws.  If after such inspection, Tenant

 

5



 

still disputes such Additional Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall meet in order to resolve the dispute.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve the dispute, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant not previously engaged by either Landlord or Tenant (the “ Accountant ”), who shall be mutually and reasonably selected by Landlord and Tenant; provided that if such determination by the Accountant proves that Expenses and Taxes were, in the aggregate, overstated by more than 5%, then the cost of the Accountant, the cost of Tenant’s accountant, and the cost of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. If such audit or review by the Accountant reveals that Landlord has overcharged or undercharged Tenant, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount of the overcharge or Tenant shall pay the amount of the undercharge, as applicable.  Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to inspect Landlord’s books and records and to contest the amount of Expenses and Taxes payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4 , and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable Law to inspect such books and records and/or to contest the amount of Expenses and Taxes payable by Tenant, except for claims involving fraud or similar claims to the extent allowable under applicable Laws.

 

6



 

EXHIBIT C

 

WORK LETTER

 

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

 

A.                                    Tenant, following the delivery of the Premises by Landlord and the full and final execution and delivery of the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached and all prepaid rental,  letter of credit and security deposits required under such agreement, shall have the right to perform alterations and improvements in the Premises (the “ Initial Alterations ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant and its contractors shall not have the right to perform Initial Alterations in the Premises unless and until Tenant (and its contractors) has delivered to Landlord evidence of insurance as required under the Lease and this Work Letter, and has received Landlord’s approval of the plans for the Initial Alterations, or a portion thereof, to be performed and the contractors to be retained by Tenant to perform such Initial Alterations in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter.  Landlord acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, Tenant shall be entitled to submit all plans for the Initial Alterations, including demolition and preliminary construction work, Final Space Plans and Final Working Drawings, in increments and the terms herein for approval of plans shall apply independently to each such increment.  This Work Letter and not Article 9 of the Lease shall govern and control the initial design and construction of the Initial Alterations. Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design of Tenant’s plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the Premises and the placement of Tenant’s furniture, appliances and equipment), and Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans shall in no event relieve Tenant of the responsibility for such design. Landlord’s review of Tenant’s plans shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, compliance with law, or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any of Tenant’s plans are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in any of Tenant’s plans, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in Article 13 of the Lease shall specifically apply to the Tenant’s plans, except to the extent that, despite Tenant’s objection thereto based upon identified omissions or errors, Landlord has required a modification to the plans as a condition to Landlord’s approval thereof.  Landlord’s approval of the contractors to perform, and the architect and engineers to design, the Initial Alterations shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be granted or denied within five (5) Business Days of submission by Tenant, provided that Landlord hereby pre-approves Howard Building Corporation as Tenant’s general contractor, H.O.K. as the architect, and CRESA as Tenant’s project manager, as well as the architects, engineers and other consultants identified on Schedule 1 annexed hereto and made a part hereof.  Landlord shall have the right to reasonably approve of any subcontractors used in connection with the Initial Alterations, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require a particular subcontractor to perform fire life-safety work in connection with the tie-in of Tenant’s systems to the Base Building Systems at the point of connection therefor (provided that such subcontractor required by Landlord to be used shall be competitively priced taking into account the quality of work, experience, and reputation of such required subcontractor). Any subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers retained to perform drywall and/or acoustical ceiling work shall all be union labor in compliance with the then existing master labor agreements.  The parties agree that Landlord’s approval of the general contractor or any subcontractor to perform the Initial Alterations shall not be considered to be unreasonably withheld if any such general contractor or subcontractor, as the case may be, (i) does not have trade references reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) does not maintain insurance (or name Landlord as an additional insured on such insurance) in amounts and with such coverage as may be reasonably required by Landlord, including, without limitation, (a) worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and (b) public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in Section 14 of the Lease to the extent such limits of liability and such insurance companies are generally required by landlords of Comparable Buildings and customary for such respective contractors and subcontractors employed by tenants constructing improvements in such Comparable Buildings), (iii) does not provide current financial statements reasonably acceptable to Landlord, or (iv) is not licensed as a contractor in the state/municipality in which the Premises is located.  Tenant acknowledges the foregoing is not intended to be an exclusive list of the reasons why Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to a general contractor. To the extent reasonably required by Landlord, Tenant or Tenant’s general contractor shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount not to exceed the amount of the contract for the Initial Installations covering the

 

7


 

construction of the Initial Alterations, it being understood and agreed that the Initial Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 14 of the Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Landlord agrees that its approval of any plans shall not be withheld unless such plans or the Initial Alterations create an “Initial Alterations Design Problem” (as that term is defined below).  An “ Initial Alterations Design Problem ” is defined as, and will be deemed to exist if Tenant’s plans or any Initial Alterations may (a) affect the exterior appearance of the Premises or Building; (b) adversely affect the Building Structure; (c) adversely affect the Base Building Systems; (d) unreasonably interfere with any other occupant’s normal and customary office operation, (e) adversely affect the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building, or (f) fail to comply with applicable Law.

 

B.                                  Landlord’s Approval .  Landlord’s approval of any Tenant plans (including, without limitation, Tenant’s engineering and construction drawings relating to the Initial Alterations) and any other items submitted for Landlord approval hereunder (unless a lesser time is specified) shall be granted or denied by Landlord within five (5) Business Days following Tenant’s request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall only disapprove Tenant’s other plans for an Initial Alterations Design Problem.  Any resubmittal of any other Tenant plans to Landlord following Landlord’s disapproval thereof shall be reviewed by Landlord with approval thereof being granted or denied within three (3) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of the revised other Tenant plans or such resubmittal shall be deemed approved.  In the event that Landlord disapproves of any other Tenant plans pursuant to this Section B, then Tenant shall have such Tenant plans revised and resubmitted to Landlord.

 

C.                                  Final Working Drawings .  Tenant, Tenant’s architect and Tenant’s engineers shall complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Initial Alterations, and the final architectural working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain the Required Permits (collectively, the “ Final Working Drawings ”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Landlord shall, within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings, either (i) approve the Final Working Drawings, (ii) approve the Final Working Drawings subject to specified conditions (which conditions must be stated in a reasonably clear manner) to be satisfied by Tenant prior to submitting the Final Working Drawings for the Required Permits, to the extent the Final Working Drawings contain an Initial Alterations Design Problem, or (iii) disapprove the Final Working Drawings for an Initial Alterations Design Problem and return the same to Tenant with requested revisions; provided, however, that Landlord shall only disapprove the Final Working Drawings if they contain an Initial Alterations Design Problem.  If Landlord disapproves the Final Working Drawings, Tenant shall resubmit the Final Working Drawings to Landlord, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the resubmitted Final Working Drawings, based upon the criteria set forth in this Section C, within five (5) Business Days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Final Working Drawings.  Such procedure shall be repeated until the Final Working Drawings are approved by Landlord.  If Landlord fails to timely respond to Tenant within any applicable response period referenced herein for Landlord’s approval of the Final Working Drawings, then Tenant shall deliver a second notice requesting Landlord’s response to such Final Working Drawings and if Landlord thereafter fails to respond within three (3) Business Days, Landlord’s approval shall be deemed granted.

 

D.                                  Required Permits .  The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord pursuant to Section C. above, (as approved, the “ Approved Working Drawings ”) prior to the commencement of the construction of the Initial Alterations.  Tenant shall cause Tenant’s space planner to promptly submit the Approved Working Drawings to the appropriate municipal authorities to obtain the required permits for construction of the Initial Alterations (the “ Required Permits ”).  At the time of Landlord’s approval of the Final Working Drawings, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to which portions of the Initial Alterations, if any, constitute additional Required Removables (in addition to those expressly identified in Section 8 of the Lease) which shall be removed by Tenant prior to the Termination Date pursuant to the terms of Section 8 of the Lease; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord require Tenant to remove any Initial Alterations that constitute typical general office improvements or do not cost more than general office improvements to demolish. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section D, Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and that the obtaining of the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall, in any event, cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy; provided further, however, any third party costs actually and reasonably incurred by Landlord in so cooperating shall be promptly reimbursed by Tenant; provided, further, that Landlord shall be responsible for any Property and Building violations or applicable Laws to the extent required by applicable laws governing general office use (as opposed to Tenant’s contemplated specific use of the Premises) and to the extent required by the City of Los Angeles as a condition to the issuance of the Required Permits and/or any certificate of occupancy. No material changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made

 

8



 

without the prior written consent of Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section E below.

 

E.                                      Change Orders .  In the event Tenant desires to change the Approved Working Drawings, Tenant shall deliver written notice (the “ Drawing Change Notice ”) of the same to Landlord, setting forth in detail the changes (the “ Tenant Change ”) Tenant desires to make to the Approved Working Drawings.  Landlord shall, no later than (A) five (5) Business Days after receipt of a Drawing Change Notice to the extent the modification would reasonably require material engineering or architectural review (e.g., any change which could reasonable cause an Initial Alteration Design Problem), or (B) five (5) Business Days after receipt of any other Drawing Change Notice, either (i) approve the Tenant Change, or (ii) disapprove the Tenant Change and deliver written notice to Tenant specifying in reasonably sufficient detail the reasons for Landlord’s disapproval; provided, however, that Landlord may only disapprove of the Tenant Change if the Tenant Change creates an Initial Alterations Design Problem.  If Landlord fails to timely respond to Tenant within any applicable response period referenced herein for Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Change, then Tenant shall deliver a second notice requesting Landlord’s response to such Tenant Change and if Landlord thereafter fails to respond within three (3) Business Days, Landlord’s approval shall be deemed granted.  Any additional costs which arise in connection with such Tenant Change shall be paid by Tenant; provided, however, that to the extent the “Allowance” (defined in Section E below) has not been depleted, such payment shall be made out of the Allowance, subject to the terms of this Work Letter for the disbursement of the Allowance.

 

F.                                    Allowance .  Landlord agrees to contribute the Allowance toward the cost of design and construction of the Initial Alterations.  The Allowance may only be used for the cost of preparing design and construction documents and mechanical and electrical plans for the Initial Alterations and for demolition and costs in connection with the Initial Alterations including, without limitation, cabling and conduiting, the payment of plan check, permit and license fees, consultants fees, signage, testing and inspection costs, after-hours HVAC usage, Title 24 fees, and contractors’ fees and general conditions and as otherwise provided in Section G below.  The Allowance shall be paid to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the order of the general contractor that performs the Initial Alterations, in periodic disbursements within thirty (30) days after receipt of the following documentation: (i) an application for payment and sworn statement of contractor substantially in the form of AIA Document G-702 covering all work for which disbursement is to be made to a date specified therein; (ii) a certification from an AIA architect substantially in the form of the Architect’s Certificate for Payment which is located on AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate of Payment; (iii) Contractor’s, subcontractor’s and material supplier’s waivers of liens which shall cover all Initial Alterations for which disbursement is being requested and all other statements and forms required for compliance with the mechanics’ lien laws of the state in which the Premises is located, together with all such invoices, contracts, or other supporting data as Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee may reasonably require; (iv) a request to disburse from Tenant in a form reasonably approved by Landlord containing an approval by Tenant of the work done (vis-à-vis Landlord) and showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Initial Alterations in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; and (v) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord.  Upon completion of the Initial Alterations, and prior to final disbursement of the Allowance, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with:  (1) general contractor and architect’s completion affidavits, (2) full and final waivers of lien, (3) receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used, (4) record set plans of the Initial Alterations marked with all changes from approved drafts, and (5) the certification of Tenant and its architect that the Initial Alterations have been installed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, and in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances.  In no event shall Landlord be required to disburse the Allowance more than one time per month.  If the Initial Alterations exceed the Allowance, Tenant shall be entitled to the Allowance in accordance with the terms hereof, but each individual disbursement of the Allowance shall be disbursed in the proportion that the Allowance bears to the total cost for the Initial Alterations.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to disburse any portion of the Allowance during the continuance of an uncured Monetary Default under the Lease, and Landlord’s obligation to disburse shall only resume when and if such default is cured. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, in the event that any of the Allowance required to be paid by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter are not paid when due (provided that all applicable conditions for the payment of any such amounts set forth herein have been fully satisfied, including, but not limited to, the expiration of any time period set forth herein for Landlord to pay any such amounts), Tenant shall have the right, following thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord, to offset such amounts, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date such payments were due, against the next payments of Base Rent, on a monthly basis, until such amounts are fully exhausted; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right, in good faith, to notify Tenant in writing within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice that the amounts described in Tenant’s notice have been previously paid by Landlord, and upon Landlord providing evidence thereof to Tenant, Tenant shall not be entitled to offset such amount against monthly Base Rent.

 

9



 

G.                                     Outside Date .  In no event shall the Allowance be used for the purchase of equipment, furniture or other items of personal property of Tenant except as set forth herein.  If Tenant does not submit a request for payment of the entire Allowance to Landlord in accordance with the provisions contained in this Exhibit by December 31, 2008 (subject to extension for any Commencement Date Delays in accordance with Section K below), any unused amount shall accrue to the sole benefit of Landlord, it being understood that Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, abatement or other concession in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained therein, Tenant shall be entitled to: (i) receive a credit against Base Rent coming due under the Lease, and/or (ii) purchase furniture, fixtures and equipment for use within the Premises in an amount, at Tenant’s election, of up to $251,030.00 (i.e., $10.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises).  In the event Tenant elects to apply all or a portion of the Allowance as a credit against Base Rent such credit may be applied against Base Rent for the 8th full calendar month of the Term and thereafter but for periods prior to December 31, 2008.  In the event Tenant elects to use any portion of the Allowance for the purchase of furniture, fixtures and equipment for use within the Premises, subject to the maximum set forth above, Landlord shall disburse the Allowance, or applicable portion thereof, to Tenant within 30 days after the later to occur of: (x) receipt of invoices from Tenant with respect to Tenant’s actual costs of the furniture, fixtures and equipment as described above, and (y) the date Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant.  Tenant shall be responsible for all applicable state sales or use taxes, if any, payable in connection with the Initial Alterations, and/or Allowance.  Landlord shall be entitled to deduct from the Allowance a construction management fee for Landlord’s oversight of the Initial Alterations in an amount equal to 3% of the total cost of the Initial Alterations but not including any portion of the Allowance used for items (i) and/or (ii) above.

 

H.                                    INTENTIONALLY OMITTED .

 

I.                                         AS-IS CONDITION . Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its “as-is” condition and configuration, it being agreed that Landlord shall not be required to perform any work or, except as provided above with respect to the Allowance, incur any costs in connection with the construction or demolition of any improvements in the Premises; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way limit or alter Landlord’s ongoing obligations under Sections 5 and/or 9.02 of this Lease. In connection with Tenant’s construction of the Initial Alterations, Landlord shall comply with all Laws relating to Base Building, provided that compliance with such Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy (or its legal equivalent) for the Premises.  Landlord shall be permitted to include in Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under Paragraph I to the extent consistent with the terms of Exhibit B, attached hereto. Further, Landlord agrees that the Base Building electrical, HVAC (i.e., heating, ventilation and air conditioning) and plumbing systems shall be, on the date the Premises are delivered to Tenant, in good working order.

 

J.                                         Inapplicability to Other Premises .  This Exhibit C shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease.

 

K.                                    Commencement Date Delays .  The Commencement Date shall occur as provided in Section 1.06 of this Lease; provided that the “ Build-Out Period ” shall be extended on a day-for-day basis by the number of actual days of delay of the “Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations,” as that term is defined in Section K.2 below beyond November 1, 2007, to the extent actually and directly caused by a “Commencement Date Delay,” as that term is defined below.  As used herein, the term “ Commencement Date Delay ” shall mean only a “Force Majeure Delay” or a “Landlord Caused Delay,” as those terms are defined below in this Section K.  Solely for purposes of this Work Letter and in determining a Commencement Date Delay, the term “ Force Majeure Delay ” shall mean only an actual delay resulting from fire, wind, damage or destruction to the Buildings, explosion, casualty, flood, hurricane, tornado, the elements, acts of God or the public enemy, strikes, sabotage, war, invasion, insurrection, rebellion, civil unrest, riots, or earthquakes, failure of utilities, inability to secure labor or materials or reasonable substitutions therefor or inability to secure permits and governmental inspections beyond the time period that would normally be required to secure such permits and inspections on an objective basis by any other person or entity constructing improvements comparable to the Initial Alterations; provided, however, in no event shall a “ Force Majeure Delay ” include any delay to the extent caused by the non-general office nature of the build-out of the Initial Alterations.  A “ Landlord Caused Delay ” shall mean actual delays to the extent resulting from the acts or omissions of Landlord or the Landlord Related Parties, including, without limitation, (i) except to

 

10



 

the extent Landlord’s approval under this Work Letter is deemed granted pursuant to the terms of this Work Letter, failure of Landlord to timely approve or disapprove the Final Space Plan, Final Working Drawings, any Tenant Change, or any other plans or specifications for the Initial Alterations within the time periods set forth in this Work Letter or the Lease, as applicable, or otherwise within a reasonable period of time; (ii) material and unreasonable interference by Landlord, its agents, or the Landlord Related Parties (except as otherwise allowed under this Work Letter) with the Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations and which objectively preclude or delay the construction of tenant improvements in the Building or any portion thereof, which interference relates to access by Tenant, or Tenant’s agents to the Building or any reasonably necessary Building facilities (including loading docks and freight elevators) or service and utilities (including temporary power and parking areas as provided herein) on a twenty-four (24) hour per day, seven (7) days per week, basis; (iii) a material breach by Landlord of a provision of this Work Letter or as specifically provided in this Work Letter; (iv) Landlord’s failure to maintain a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy or its alternative for the Building by the date of execution of this Lease; (v) Landlord’s failure to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in accordance with Section 3.02 of the Lease; and (vi) delays due to the acts or failures to act of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors.

 

1.                                       Determination of a Commencement Date Delay .  If Tenant contends that a Landlord Caused Delay has occurred, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the event that constitutes such Landlord Caused Delay (the “ Delay Notice ”).  If such actions, inaction or circumstance described in the Delay Notice are not cured by Landlord within one (1) Business Day of Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Notice and if such action, inaction or circumstance otherwise qualify as a Landlord Caused Delay, then a Landlord Caused Delay shall be deemed to have occurred commencing as of the date of Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Notice and ending as of the date such delay ends. If Tenant contends that a Force Majeure Delay has occurred, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of the event that constitutes such Force Majeure Delay (also a “ Delay Notice ”).

 

2.                                       Definition of Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations .  For purposes of this Section K, “ Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations ” shall mean the issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy for the subject space (or its legal equivalent allowing occupancy of such space) (the “ C of O ”) and completion of construction of the Initial Alterations in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, including any furniture, fixtures, work stations, built-in furniture or equipment necessary to obtain the C of O, with the exception of (i) any punch list items, (ii) any furniture, fixtures, work stations, built-in furniture or equipment not required to obtain the C of O (even if the same requires installation or electrification by Tenant’s agents) and (iii) any tenant improvement finish items and materials which are selected by Tenant but which are not available within a reasonable time (given the Commencement Date).

 

L.                                         Parking and Other Services .  During the period of design and construction of the Initial Alterations, installlation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment, and move into the Premises, Tenant shall not be required to pay for, and Landlord shall not deduct from the Allowance, any charges for (1) contractor, subcontractor, consultants, and architect parking (subject, however, to commercially reasonable availability), or (2) the use of freight elevator (subject to scheduling with Landlord), restrooms, loading docks, security (except to the extent additional security personnel are required in connection therewith, in which event Tenant shall be responsible for the actual cost of such additional security personnel), or utilities (except to the extent Tenant requires HVAC outside of Normal Construction Hours [which are from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Mondays through Fridays, and from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m., Saturdays] and on Holidays, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord at the prevailing hourly rate for such after hours HVAC service).

 

M.                                     Common Areas .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Work Letter, Tenant shall not be required to pay (and there shall be no deduction from the Allowance) for any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any construction in the Common Areas of the Building which is required for such Common Areas to comply with the building code of the City of Los Angeles, unless such work is required as a result of any non-general office improvements which are being installed or constructed in the Premises as a part of the Initial Alterations.

 

N.                                       No Bond .  No bond shall be required in connection with the Initial Alterations.

 

O.                                     Freight Elevator.   Landlord shall cause at least one freight elevator to be reasonably available to Tenant during the construction of the Initial Alterations and Tenant’s move into the Premises.

 

P.                                       Hazardous Materials .  In the event that any Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section VII.C of

 

11



 

Exhibit F of the Lease to which this Exhibit C is attached) exist in the Premises as of the date of this Lease, following notice thereof from Tenant, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, remove, abate or otherwise treat such Hazardous Material to the extent required to comply with applicable Laws and any actual delays encountered in the completion of the Initial Alterations as a direct result of the presence of such Hazardous Material shall be treated as a Landlord Caused Delay.

 

12



 

SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT C

 

LIST OF ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS & OTHER CONSULTANTS

 

HOK — Architect

Syska Hennessey — MEP

Saiful Bouquet — Structure

PlanNet — Technical Consultant

Cresa Partners, LLC —PM

Modern Communications-Cable Vendor

 

13


 

EXHIBIT D

 

COMMENCEMENT LETTER

(EXAMPLE)

 

Tenant

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.

Address

10960 Wilshire Boulevard

 

Suite 800

 

Los Angeles, CA

 

Attn:

 

Re:                                Commencement Letter with respect to that certain Lease dated as of the     day of            , 2007, by and between CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership , a Delaware limited partnership , as Landlord, and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation , as Tenant, for 25,103 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) on the 8th floor of the Building located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

 

Dear                                                    :

 

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the above referenced Lease, Tenant accepts possession of the Premises and agrees:

 

1.                                        The Commencement Date of the Lease is                                        ;

 

2.                                        The Termination Date of the Lease is                                              ;

 

3.                                        Letter of Credit Reduction Dates are as follows:

 

(a)           $480,000.00 on                                        ;

(b)          $360,000.00 on                                        ; and

(c)           $240,000.00 on                                        .

 

Please acknowledge your acceptance of possession and agreement to the terms set forth above by signing all 3 counterparts of this Commencement Letter in the space provided and returning 2 fully executed counterparts to my attention.

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 3.01 OF YOUR LEASE, YOU ARE REQUIRED TO RETURN AN EXECUTED COPY OF THIS NOTICE TO LANDLORD WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING YOUR RECEIPT HEREOF, AND THEREAFTER THE STATEMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON YOU. YOUR FAILURE TO TIMELY EXECUTE AND RETURN THIS NOTICE SHALL CONSTITUTE YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THAT THE STATEMENTS INCLUDED HEREIN ARE TRUE AND CORRECT, WITHOUT EXCEPTION.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:                               EOP Owner GP L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

Tenant:

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

cc:                                  EOP Lease Administration

EOP Leasing AA

EOP Legal

 

1



 

EXHIBIT E

 

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

The following rules and regulations shall apply, where applicable, to the Premises, the Building, the Parking Facilities, the Property and the appurtenances.  In the event of a conflict between the following rules and regulations and the remainder of the terms of the Lease, the remainder of the terms of the Lease shall control.  Capitalized terms have the same meaning as defined in the Lease.

 

1.                                        Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.  No rubbish, litter, trash, or material shall be placed, emptied, or thrown in those areas.  At no time shall Tenant permit Tenant’s employees to loiter in Common Areas or elsewhere about the Building or Property.

 

2.                                        Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed in the fixtures or appliances. Damage resulting to fixtures or appliances by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees shall be paid for by Tenant and Landlord shall not be responsible for the damage.

 

3.                                        No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed to windows, doors or other parts of the Building, except those of such color, size, style and in such places as are first approved in writing by Landlord.

 

4.                                        Landlord may provide and maintain in the first floor (main lobby) of the Building an alphabetical directory board or other directory device listing tenants and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

 

5.                                        Except for “Secured Areas” (defined in Section IV of Exhibit F to the Lease), Tenant shall not place any lock(s) on any door in the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and Landlord shall have the right at all times to retain and use keys or other access codes or devices to all locks within and into the Premises.  A reasonable number of keys to the locks on the entry doors in the Premises shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant at Tenant’s cost and Tenant shall not make any duplicate keys.  All keys in Tenant’s possession shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or early termination of the Lease.

 

6.                                        All contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians performing work in the Building shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall be required to comply with Landlord’s standard reasonable rules, regulations, policies and procedures, which may be revised from time to time, provided that such rules, regulations, policies and procedures shall not be enforced in a discriminatory manner vis-à-vis Tenant.

 

7.                                        Movement in or out of the Building of bulky furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of merchandise or materials requiring the use of elevators, stairways, lobby areas or loading dock areas, shall be restricted to hours reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior approval by providing a detailed listing of the activity, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  If approved by Landlord, the activity shall be under the supervision of Landlord and performed in the manner reasonably required by Landlord.  Tenant shall assume all risk for damage to articles moved and injury to any persons resulting from the activity.  Subject to Section 15 of the Lease, if equipment, property, or personnel of Landlord or of any other party is damaged or injured as a result of or in connection with the activity, Tenant shall be solely liable for any resulting damage, loss or injury.

 

8.                                        Landlord shall have the right to approve the bulk weight, bulk size, or location of heavy equipment or articles in and about the Premises, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Damage to the Building by the installation, maintenance, operation, existence or removal of Tenant’s Property shall be repaired at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

9.                                        Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

 

10.                                  Tenant shall not:  (1) make or permit any unreasonably objectionable noises or odors in the Building, or otherwise unreasonably interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them; (2) solicit business or distribute or cause to be distributed, in any portion of the Building, handbills, promotional materials or other advertising; or (3) conduct or permit other activities in the Building that might, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, constitute a nuisance.

 

1



 

11.                                  No animals, except those assisting handicapped persons, shall be brought into the Building or kept in or about the Premises.

 

12.                                  No inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluids or substances shall be used or kept by Tenant in the Premises, Building or about the Property, except for those substances as are typically found in similar premises used for general office purposes and are being used by Tenant in a safe manner and in accordance with all applicable Laws.  Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use, store, install, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Property, any asbestos-containing materials or any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. or any other applicable environmental Law which may now or later be in effect.  Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and governing the use of these materials by Tenant and shall remain solely liable for the costs of abatement and removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges, that Tenant will maintain products in the Premises which are incidental to the operation of its offices, such as photocopy supplies, secretarial supplies and limited janitorial supplies, which products contain chemicals which are categorized by Law as hazardous materials.  Landlord agrees that the use of such products in the Premises in compliance with all applicable Laws and in the manner in which such products are designed to be used shall not be a violation by Tenant of this Section 12.

 

13.                                  Tenant shall not use, or permit any part of the Premises to be used for lodging, sleeping or for any illegal purpose.

 

14.                                  Tenant shall not knowingly take any action which would violate Landlord’s labor contracts or which would cause a work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute or interfere with Landlord’s or any other tenant’s or occupant’s business or with the rights and privileges of any person lawfully in the Building (“ Labor Disruption ”). Tenant shall take all reasonable actions necessary to resolve the Labor Disruption, and shall have pickets removed and, at the request of Landlord, immediately terminate any work in the Premises that gave rise to the Labor Disruption, until Landlord gives its written consent for the work to resume.  Tenant shall have no claim for damages against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties nor shall the Commencement Date of the Term be extended as a result of the above actions.

 

15.                                  Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or in any other area of the Building, electrical equipment that would overload the electrical system beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined solely by Landlord.  Tenant shall not furnish cooling or heating to the Premises by means of gas heating devices, without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not use more than its proportionate share of telephone lines and other telecommunication facilities available to service the Building. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s use of the telephone lines and other telecommunications facilities in the Building as of the date of this Lease are within Tenant’s proportionate share.

 

16.                                  Tenant shall not operate or permit to be operated a coin or token operated vending machine or similar device (including, without limitation, telephones, lockers, toilets, scales, amusement devices and machines for sale of beverages, foods, candy, cigarettes and other goods), except for machines for the exclusive use of Tenant’s employees and invitees.

 

17.                                  Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside the Building or on the walkways outside the Building, except in areas designated by Landlord.

 

18.                                  Landlord may from time to time adopt systems and procedures for the security and safety of the Building and the Property, its occupants, entry, use and contents, provided that such systems and procedures shall not be enforced in a discriminatory manner vis-à-vis Tenant.  Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, guests and invitees shall comply with Landlord’s systems and procedures.

 

19.                                  Landlord shall have the right to prohibit the use of the name of the Building in a manner that in Landlord’s sole opinion may impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability.  Upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such publicity immediately.

 

20.                                  Neither Tenant nor its agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees shall smoke or permit smoking in the Common Areas, unless a portion of the Common Areas have been declared a designated smoking area by Landlord, nor shall the above parties allow smoke from the Premises to emanate into the Common Areas or any other part of the Building.  Landlord shall have the right to designate the Building (including the Premises) as a non-smoking building.

 

21.                                  Landlord shall have the right to designate and approve standard window coverings for the Premises and to establish rules to assure that the Building presents a uniform exterior

 

2



 

appearance. Tenant shall ensure, to the extent reasonably practicable, that window coverings are closed on windows in the Premises while they are exposed to the direct rays of the sun.

 

22.                                  Deliveries to and from the Premises shall be made only at the times in the areas and through the entrances and exits reasonably designated by Landlord.  Tenant shall not make deliveries to or from the Premises in a manner that might interfere with the use by any other tenant of its premises or of the Common Areas, any pedestrian use, or any use which is inconsistent with good business practice.

 

23.                                  The work of cleaning personnel shall not be hindered by Tenant after 5:30 P.M., and cleaning work may be done at any time when the offices are vacant. Windows, doors and fixtures may be cleaned at any time. Tenant shall provide adequate waste and rubbish receptacles to prevent unreasonable hardship to the cleaning service.

 

3



 

EXHIBIT F

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

 

 

I.                                          ASBESTOS NOTIFICATION .  Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has received the asbestos notification letter attached to this Lease as Exhibit H hereto, disclosing the existence of asbestos in the Building. As part of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant agrees to comply with the California “Connelly Act” and other applicable Laws, including providing copies of Landlord’s asbestos notification letter to all of Tenant’s “employees” and “owners”, as those terms are defined in the Connelly Act and other applicable Laws.

 

II.                                      LETTER OF CREDIT .

 

A.                                    General Provisions .   Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of Tenant’s Default of the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Lease) , including, but not limited to, any post lease termination damages under section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, a standby, unconditional, irrevocable, transferable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”) in the form of Exhibit J hereto (or otherwise in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord that complies with the terms required herein), in the face original face amount of $609,305.00 (the “ Letter of Credit Amount ”) (subject to decrease from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Section II below), naming Landlord as beneficiary, issued (or confirmed) by a financial institution acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (the “ Bank ”), permitting multiple and partial draws thereon, and otherwise in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby pre-approves of Silicon Valley Bank.  Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through replacement, amendment, renewal or extension) in the Letter of Credit Amount (subject to decrease from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Section II below) through the date (the “ Final LC Expiration Date ”) that is thirty (30) days after the scheduled expiration date of the Term.  If the Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires earlier than the Final LC Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing bank), Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit, or certificate of renewal or extension, or an amendment of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord extending the same to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord.  Any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit, or certificate of renewal or extension, or an amendment of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord extending the same shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section II, shall be irrevocable, transferable and shall remain in effect (or be automatically renewable) through the Final LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have the right, from time to time throughout the Term, to post a substitute letter of credit for the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, provided that such substitute letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section II, shall be irrevocable, transferable and shall remain in effect (or be automatically renewable) through the Final LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord or such other terms as may be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Landlord agrees to deliver the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord to Tenant on or before the Final LC Expiration Date.

 

B.                                      Drawings under Letter of Credit .  In addition to the requirements for the Letter of Credit set forth in Section II.A above, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit shall provide, among other things, in effect that Landlord, or its assignee or mortgagee, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit upon the presentation to the Bank of Landlord’s or its assignee’s or mortgagee’s written certification signed by an authorized officer or representative of Landlord, its assignee or mortgagee (followed by his/her name and designated title) stating that (1) such amount is due to Landlord, or its assignee, under the terms and conditions of the Lease, (2) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be extended beyond the current expiration date of the Letter of Credit; (3) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition

 

1



 

under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, (4) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or (5) Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or other similar liquidation proceeding or windup proceeding.  Upon Tenant’s Default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period set forth in the Lease, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy provided in this Lease or by Law, draw on the Letter of Credit and use all or part of the proceeds to (i) satisfy any amounts due to Landlord from Tenant, and (ii) satisfy any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused by Tenant’s Default under the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period set forth in the Lease).  In addition, if Tenant fails to furnish a new Letter of Credit, or certificate of renewal or extension, or an amendment of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord extending the same at least thirty (30) days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, Landlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) in accordance with the terms of this Section II (the “ LC Proceeds Account ”).

 

C.                                      Use of Proceeds by Landlord .  Any unused proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall constitute Landlord’s sole and separate property (and not Tenant’s property or the property of Tenant’s bankruptcy estate); provided, however, Landlord agrees to pay any unapplied proceeds to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.  Landlord may immediately, upon any draw on the Letter of Credit in accordance with this Section II (and without notice to Tenant) apply or offset the proceeds of the Letter of Credit: (i)  against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due; (ii) against all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer as a result of any Default by Tenant under the Lease, including any damages arising under section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code following termination of the Lease; (iii) against any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any Default by Tenant under the Lease (including attorneys’ fees); and (iv) against any other amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s Default under the Lease.  Provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Final LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied as allowed above; provided, that if prior to the Final LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant or any Guarantor, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant or any Guarantor by any of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s creditors, under the Federal Bankruptcy Code and amounts remain due under the Lease, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until the earlier of the date either (i) all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or (ii) such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed, in each case pursuant to a final court order not subject to appeal or any stay pending appeal.

 

D.                                     Additional Covenants of Tenant .   If, as result of any application or use by Landlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord notifies Tenant that it has drawn down upon the Letter of Credit and the amount of such draw, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Letter of Credit Amount), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section II, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the same shall constitute a Default by Tenant. If Landlord draws upon the Letter of Credit for a non-monetary default under the Lease, Tenant shall have the right to replace any proceeds of the Letter of Credit so drawn upon by Landlord and not yet applied by Landlord to cure such default and/or to compensate Landlord for the damages suffered by Landlord as a result thereof with an additional Letter of Credit up to the then required Letter of Credit Amount which complies with all of the provisions of this Section II, and Landlord shall return such unapplied proceeds to Tenant within five (5) Business Days after the later of the date Landlord receives such additional Letter of Credit and Tenant has cured such default. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

 

E.                                       Nature of Letter of Credit .   Landlord and Tenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof (including the LC Proceeds Account) be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any Law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context including Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such section

 

2



 

now exist or as may be hereafter amended or succeeded (“Security Deposit Laws ), (2) acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of Law, now or hereafter in effect, which (i) establish the time frame by which Landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Section II above and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease or the acts or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Related Parties, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of the Lease.

 

F.                                       Reduction in Letter of Credit Amount .

 

1.                                        Provided that Tenant has met Landlord’s “ LC Reduction Conditions ” as defined in Section II.F.2 below, Tenant shall be entitled to reduce the Letter of Credit Amount to the amounts set forth below on the dates set forth below (“ Target Reduction Date ”) so that the reduced Letter of Credit Amounts will be as follows: (a)  $480,000.00 on the first day of the 24 th  full calendar month of the Term ; (b)  $360,000.00 on the first day of the 36 th  full calendar month of the Term ; and (c)  $240,000.00 on the first day of the 48 th  full calendar month of the Term . If Tenant is not entitled to reduce the Letter of Credit Amount as of a particular Target Reduction Date due to Tenant’s failure to satisfy the LC Reduction Conditions described below, then upon satisfying the LC Reduction Conditions, the Letter of Credit Amount shall be reduced by the amount of the reduction Tenant would have been entitled to had Tenant satisfied the LC Reduction Conditions necessary for such reduction. Any reduction in the Letter of Credit Amount shall be accomplished by Tenant providing Landlord with a substitute letter of credit in the reduced amount or an amendment to the existing Letter of Credit reflecting the reduced amount. If Tenant is entitled to reduce the Letter of Credit, Landlord agrees to provide any authorizations required by the Bank to accomplish such reduction upon the Bank’s written request to Landlord. In the event Landlord fails to take the required action to provide any such authorizations required by the Bank within ten (10) Business Days from receipt of Tenant’s written notice requesting Landlord’s required action, Tenant shall deliver a second written notice to Landlord requesting Landlord’s required action which notice shall conspicuously state that Landlord’s failure to act will result in a further reduction of the Letter of Credit.

 

2.                                        Definitions .

 

(i)                                      For purposes hereof, the “ LC Reduction Conditions ” shall be deemed to have been satisfied as of any Target Reduction Date if and only if no Monetary Default exists under the Lease as of such Target Reduction Date.

 

III.                                  TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROVIDERS Tenant shall be permitted, at its sole cost and expense, to contract with any telecommunications provider of its choice; provided, however, such telecommunications provider shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, further, subject to the terms of this Lease, including Article 5 and subject to the reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations of Landlord, Landlord shall provide Tenant’s telecommunications provider(s) access to the Building’s risers and rooftop, when accompanied and supervised by an authorized representative of Landlord (unless such representative is not reasonably available), for the purpose of installing any necessary cabling, wiring and conduit (but not any other equipment, such as equipment racks, or telephone switches) in accordance with plans and specifications approved in writing, in advance, by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned and shall be granted or denied within ten (10) Business Days.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall remove any such cabling or wiring installed by Tenant within any conduit installed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term and repair any damage caused by such removal at its sole cost and expense, provided that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove such conduit.

 

IV.                                  SECURED AREAS Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, Tenant may

 

3



 

designate certain areas of the Premises as “ Secured Areas ” should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information.  In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall not enter such Secured Areas except in the event of an emergency.  Landlord need not clean any area designated by Tenant as a Secured Area and shall only maintain or repair such secured areas to the extent (i) such repair or maintenance is required in order to maintain and repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems, or (ii) is required by Law.

 

V.                                      PROPERTY MANAGER ACCESS .  Landlord shall provide a commercially reasonable system pursuant to which Tenant, in the event of an emergency, may promptly contact the Property manager and Property engineer or their equivalent twenty-four (24) hours a day seven (7) days a week (whether or not within normal business hours).

 

VI.                                  TENANT’S SPECIAL OFFSET RIGHT .  In the event Tenant obtains a final non-appealable monetary judgment from a court of competent jurisdiction against Landlord resulting from Landlord’s default under this Lease, and Landlord fails to pay the amount of such monetary judgment to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such judgment is entered against Landlord, and such failure continues for an additional thirty (30) days after notice from Tenant that Tenant intends to exercise its rights under this Section VI, then Tenant may offset against the Rent next due and payable under this Lease, the amount of such monetary judgment so entered against Landlord.

 

VII.                              ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATION .

 

A.                                    Landlord represents, to its knowledge based solely upon (i) that certain Phase I Environmental Site Assessment by Earth Tech, Inc. dated September 4, 1996, (ii) that certain Asbestos Survey Report by RGA Environmental, Inc., dated May 27, 2004 and (iii) the current actual knowledge of Mr. David Hitzel, Building Leasing Representative, and Ms. Katrina Jones, Building General Manager, that the Premises are free of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) in amounts and conditions which are in violation of applicable environmental laws.

 

B.                                      Tenant shall not use, generate, manufacture, store or dispose of, on or about the Premises or Property, or transport to or from the Premises, Building or Property, any Hazardous Materials.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section VII, Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to use, generate and store on the Premises and the Building, and transport to and from the Premises and the Building, those Hazardous Materials which are generally used in the ordinary course in first class office buildings; provided, however, that Tenant’s and Landlord’s use, generation, storage and transport thereof is in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances.

 

C.                                      As used in this Lease, “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any material or substance that is now or hereafter defined or regulated by any statute, regulation, ordinance, or governmental authority thereunder, as radioactive, toxic, hazardous, or waste, or a chemical known to the state of California to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, including but not limited to (i) petroleum and any of its constituents or byproducts, (ii) radioactive materials, (iii) asbestos in any form or condition, and (iv) substances or materials regulated by any of the following, as amended from time to time, and any rules promulgated thereunder:  the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601, et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; The California Health and Safety Code; The California Water Code; The California Labor Code; The California Public Resources Code; The California Fish and Game Code.

 

VIII.                          ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease:

 

A.                                    Permitted Use.   No portion of the Premises shall be used for any of the following uses:  any pornographic or obscene purposes, any commercial sex establishment, any pornographic, obscene, nude or semi-nude performances, modeling, materials, activities, or sexual conduct or any other use that, as of the time of the execution hereof, has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Property or its use, operation or value.

 

B.                                      Attornment.   In the event of the enforcement by any Mortgagee of any remedy under any Mortgage or Mortgage loan document, Tenant shall, at the option of the Mortgagee or of any other person or entity succeeding to the interest of the Mortgagee as a result of such enforcement, attorn to the Mortgagee or to such person or entity and shall recognize the

 

4


 

Mortgagee or such successor in the interest as lessor under the Lease without change in the provisions thereof; provided, however, the Mortgagee or such successor in interest shall not be liable for or bound by (i) any payment of an installment of Rent or Additional Rent which may have been made more than 30 days before the due date of such installment, (ii) any act or omission of or default by Landlord under the Lease (but the Mortgagee, or such successor, shall be subject to the continuing obligations of Landlord to the extent arising from and after such succession to the extent of the Mortgagee’s, or such successor’s, interest in the Property), (iii) any credits, claims, setoffs or defenses which any Tenant may have against Landlord, or (iv) any obligation under the Lease to maintain a fitness facility at the Property.  Tenant, upon the reasonable request by the Mortgagee or such successor in interest, shall execute and deliver a commercially reasonable instrument or instruments confirming such attornment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Mortgagee shall have entered into a separate subordination, attornment and non-disturbance agreement directly with Tenant governing Tenant’s obligation to attorn to the Mortgagee or such successor in interest as lessor, the terms and provisions of such agreement shall supersede the provisions of this Subsection.

 

C.                                      Proceeds.

 

1.                                        Nothing in the Lease shall be deemed to prevent Proceeds (defined below) from being held and disbursed by any Mortgagee in accordance with the terms of the applicable Mortgage loan documents. However, if, in the event of any Casualty or partial Taking, any obligation of Landlord under the Lease to restore the Premises or the Building is materially diminished by the operation of the preceding sentence, then Landlord, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of such Casualty or partial Taking, shall provide written notice to Tenant describing such diminution with reasonably specificity, whereupon Tenant, by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, shall have the right to terminate the Lease effective 10 days after the date of such termination notice.

 

2.                                        Nothing in the Lease shall be deemed to entitle Tenant to receive and retain Proceeds except those that may be specifically awarded to it in condemnation proceedings because of the Taking of its trade fixtures and its leasehold improvements which have not become part of the Property and such business loss as Tenant may specifically and separately establish. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to expand any right Tenant may have under the Lease to receive or retain any Proceeds.

 

3.                                        As used herein, “ Proceeds ” means any compensation, awards, proceeds, damages, claims, insurance recoveries, causes or rights of action (whenever accrued) or payments which Landlord may receive or to which Landlord may become entitled with respect to the Property or any part thereof (other than payments received in connection with any liability or loss of rental value or business interruption insurance) in connection with any Taking of or any Casualty or other damage or injury to the Property or any part thereof.

 

IX.                                 PREMISES FURNITURE Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the prior tenant in the Premises surrendered or will surrender the Premises with certain items of furniture remaining in the Premises, which furniture is listed on Exhibit F-1 hereto,  (the “ Premises Furniture ”).  Landlord consents to Tenant’s use of the Premises Furniture free of charge during the Term, as extended.  Tenant accepts such Premises Furniture for use during the Term in as-is, where-is condition with no representations or warranties from Landlord as to title, quality, condition, merchantability or fitness for use; any such warranties being specifically excluded.  Tenant shall maintain the Premises Furniture in good condition and repair during the Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and upon expiration of the Term shall surrender the Premises Furniture to Landlord in as good a condition as at the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be entitled to modify, reconfigure, and/or replace the Premises Furniture during the Term and if Tenant does not desire to continue to use any of the Premises Furniture during the Term, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord and Landlord may either promptly take possession of such Premises Furniture or instruct Tenant to dispose of or store the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (including, but not limited to, shipping, storage or disposal fees).

 

X.                                     RENEWAL OPTION .

 

A.                                       Subject to the terms herein, Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term (the “ Renewal Option ”) for one additional period of 5 years commencing on the day following the

 

5



 

Termination Date of the initial Term and ending on the 5 th  anniversary of the Termination Date (the “ Renewal Term ”).

 

It is agreed that Tenant may exercise a Renewal Option only if:

 

1.                                            Landlord receives notice of exercise (“ Renewal Notice ”) not less than 9 full calendar months prior to the expiration of the initial Term and not more than 12 full calendar months prior to the expiration of the initial Term; and

 

2.                                            Tenant is not in Monetary Default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods at the time that Tenant delivers its Renewal Notice or at the time Tenant delivers its Binding Notice (hereinafter defined); and

 

3.                                            more than 30% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises is sublet at the time that Tenant delivers its Renewal Notice or at the time Tenant delivers its Binding Notice, other than to an Affiliate of Tenant under Section 11 of the Lease; and

 

4.                                        The Lease has not been assigned (other than to its Affiliate) prior to the date that Tenant delivers its Renewal Notice or prior to the date Tenant delivers its Binding Notice.

 

B.                                         The Rent rate per rentable square foot for the Premises during the Renewal Term (the “ Renewal Rent ”) shall equal the “ Prevailing Market ” (hereinafter defined) rate per rentable square foot for the Premises.

 

C.                                         Subject to the Prevailing Market determination (which shall include a determination of any new “base year” or “expense stop”), Tenant shall pay Additional Rent (i.e. Expenses and Taxes) for the Premises during the Renewal Term in accordance with Section 4 and Exhibit B of the Lease, and the manner and method in which Tenant reimburses Landlord for Tenant’s share of Taxes and Expenses and the Base Year, if any, applicable during the Renewal Term, shall be some of the factors considered in determining the Prevailing Market rate for the Renewal Term.

 

D.                                     Initial Procedure for Determining Prevailing Market .  Within 30 days after receipt of Tenant’s Renewal Notice, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing (the “ Rent Notice ”) of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rent for the Premises for the Renewal Term. Tenant, within 30 days after the date on which Landlord advises Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rent for the Renewal Term, shall either (i) give Landlord final binding written notice (the “ Binding Notice ”) of Tenant’s exercise of its Renewal Option, or (ii) give Landlord notice that Tenant is not exercising the Renewal Option (the “ Rejection Notice ”).  If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with either a Binding Notice or Rejection Notice within such 30 day period, Tenant’s Renewal Option shall be null and void and of no further force and effect.  If Tenant provides Landlord with a Binding Notice, Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rent as set forth in the Rent Notice shall be conclusive and binding, and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into the Renewal Amendment (as defined below) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, unless upon and concurrent with such exercise, Tenant objects to the Renewal Rent contained in Landlord’s Rent Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Renewal Rent shall be determined, as set forth below. If Tenant provides Landlord with a Binding Notice, but Tenant objects to Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to agree upon the Prevailing Market rate for the Premises during the Renewal Term. Upon agreement (or, if applicable, following the determination of the Renewal Rent in accordance with Section X.E of this Exhibit F ), Landlord and Tenant shall enter into the Renewal Amendment in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon the Prevailing Market rate within 30 days after the date Tenant provides Landlord with the Binding Notice (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then the parties shall each make a separate determination of the Prevailing Market rate and shall submit the same to the arbitrators pursuant to the terms of Section X.E of this Exhibit F .  The submittals shall be made concurrently with the selection of the arbitrators pursuant to Section X.E of this Exhibit F and shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections X.E.1 through X.E.7 of this Exhibit F , but subject to the terms, when appropriate, of Section X.G of this Exhibit F .

 

E.                                       Arbitration Procedure .

 

1.                                        Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or lawyer who shall have been active over the 5 year period

 

6



 

ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of first class office properties in the area commonly known as “Westwood”.  The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Prevailing Market rate is the closest to the actual Prevailing Market rate as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section X.G of this Exhibit F . Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within 15 days after the Outside Agreement Date.  Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions (including an arbitrator who has previously represented Landlord and/or Tenant, as applicable).  The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “ Advocate Arbitrators .”

 

2.                                        The two Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within 10 days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“ Neutral Arbitrator ”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators except that (i) neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance, and (ii) the Neutral Arbitrator cannot be someone who has represented Landlord and/or Tenant during the 5 year period prior to such appointment.  The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

 

3.                                        The three arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator reach a decision as to Prevailing Market rate and determine whether the Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of Prevailing Market rate as submitted pursuant to this Section X.E of this Exhibit F is closest to Prevailing Market rate as determined by the arbitrators and simultaneously publish a ruling (“ Award ”) indicating whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Prevailing Market rate is closest to the Prevailing Market rate as determined by the arbitrators. Following notification of the Award, the Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Prevailing Market rate determination, whichever is selected by the arbitrators as being closest to Prevailing Market rate, shall become the then applicable Prevailing Market rate.

 

4.                                        The Award issued by the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

5.                                        If either Landlord or Tenant fail to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator within 15 days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Los Angeles County to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator subject to the criteria in this Section X.E of this Exhibit F , or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator.

 

6.                                        If the two Advocate Arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Los Angeles County to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, subject to criteria in this Section X.E of this Exhibit F , or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such arbitrator.

 

7.                                        The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

F.               Renewal Amendment .  If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its Renewal Option, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the “ Renewal Amendment ”) to reflect changes in the Base Rent, Term, Termination Date and other appropriate terms.  The Renewal Amendment shall be sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after receipt of the Binding Notice (or, if the Binding Notice is timely delivered to Landlord and Tenant concurrently objects to Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rent, following mutual agreement of the Renewal Rent or following the determination of the Renewal Rent in accordance with Section X.E of this Exhibit F , as the case may be) and Tenant shall execute and return an accurate Renewal Amendment to Landlord within 15 Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of same; provided, however, an otherwise valid exercise of the Renewal Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Renewal Amendment is executed.

 

G.              Prevailing Market .  For purposes hereof, “ Prevailing Market ” shall mean the rent (including additional rent and considering any “base year’ or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the applicable Renewal Term, are leasing “Comparable Space” (defined below) for a term of 5 years in an arm’s-length

 

7



 

transaction, which Comparable Space is located in the Building and “Comparable Buildings” (as defined in Section 1.17 of the Lease), and which comparable transactions (collectively, the “ Comparable Transactions ”) are entered into within the 6 month period immediately preceding Landlord’s delivery of the Rent Notice, taking into consideration the following concessions (the “ Concessions ”): (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such Comparable Space; (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such Comparable Space; and (c) other reasonable monetary concessions being granted such tenants in connection with such Comparable Space; provided, however, that in calculating the Prevailing Market rate, no consideration shall be given to (i) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to lease the Premises during the Renewal Term or in connection with the Comparable Transactions or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such Comparable Space, and (ii) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such Comparable Space.  “ Comparable Space ” shall mean non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity, non-renewal (unless the tenant was represented by a broker), non-expansion space comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises space comparable to the Premises.

 

XI.                                 ROOF SPACE FOR DISH/ANTENNA .

 

A.                                    During the Term of this Lease, as may be extended, Tenant shall have the right subject to availability as determined by Landlord, in consideration for payments (the “ Dish/Antenna Payments ”) of the prevailing monthly charges established from time to time for space on the roof of the Building for the purpose of installing (in accordance with Section 9.03 of the Lease), operating up to 2 dish/antennas with 1 dish/antenna being no more 24 inches and 1 dish/antenna being no more than 36 inches (the “ Dish/Antenna ”) together with all reasonably necessary conduits and riser space to connect the Dish/Antenna with the Premises.  The exact location of the space on the roof to be leased by Tenant shall be reasonably designated by Landlord and shall not exceed 25 square feet (the “ Roof Space ”). Landlord reserves the right to reasonably relocate the Roof Space, at Landlord sole cost and expense, as reasonably necessary during the Term so long as Tenant’s use of the Dish/Antenna, including reception and/or transmission therefrom is not adversely affected. Landlord’s designation shall take into account Tenant’s use of the Dish/Antenna. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s right to install the Dish/Antenna shall be subject to the reasonable approval rights (which shall not be unreasonably conditioned or delayed) of Landlord and Landlord’s architect and/or engineer with respect to the plans and specifications of the Dish/Antenna, the manner in which the Dish/Antenna is attached to the roof of the Building and the manner in which any cables are run to and from the Dish/Antenna to the Premises. The Dish/Antenna must be tagged with weatherproof labels showing manufacturer, model, frequency range, and name of Tenant.  In addition, the cable between the Dish/Antenna and Tenant’s suite must be tagged in the telecom closet on each floor with a label showing Tenant’s name, phone number and suite number.  The precise specifications and a general description of the Dish/Antenna along with all documents Landlord reasonably requires to review the installation of the Dish/Antenna (the “ Plans and Specifications ”) shall be submitted to Landlord for Landlord’s written approval no later than 20 days before Tenant commences to install the Dish/Antenna. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining all necessary governmental and regulatory approvals and for the cost of installing, operating, maintaining and removing the Dish/Antenna. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the installation of the Dish/Antenna. If Landlord determines that the Dish/Antenna equipment does not comply with the approved Plans and Specifications, that the Building has been damaged during installation of the Dish/Antenna or that the installation was defective, Landlord shall notify Tenant of any noncompliance or detected problems and Tenant immediately shall cure the defects. If the Tenant fails to immediately cure the defects, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the actual out-of-pocket cost, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of correcting any defects and repairing any damage to the Building caused by such installation.  If at any time Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems it necessary, Tenant shall provide and install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, appropriate aesthetic screening, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for the Dish/Antenna (the “ Aesthetic Screening ”).

 

B.                                      Landlord agrees that Tenant, upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord, shall have access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space for the purpose of installing, maintaining, repairing and removing the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, all of which shall be performed by Tenant or Tenant’s authorized representative or contractors, which shall be reasonably approved by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and risk. It is agreed, however, that only authorized

 

8



 

engineers, employees or properly authorized contractors of Tenant, FCC (defined below) inspectors, or persons under their direct supervision will be permitted to have access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space.  Tenant further agrees to exercise firm control over the people requiring access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space in order to keep to a minimum the number of people having access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space and the frequency of their visits.

 

C.                                      It is further understood and agreed that the installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, is not permitted to damage the Building or the roof thereof, or interfere with the use of the Building and roof by Landlord. Tenant agrees to be responsible for any damage caused to the roof or any other part of the Building, to the extent caused by Tenant or any of its agents or representatives.

 

D.                                     Tenant agrees to install only equipment of types and frequencies which will not cause unreasonable interference to Landlord or existing tenants of the Building.  In the event Tenant’s equipment causes such unreasonable interference, Tenant will change the frequency on which it transmits and/or receives and take any other steps necessary to eliminate the interference.  If said interference cannot be eliminated within a reasonable period of time, in the judgment of Landlord, then Tenant agrees to remove the Dish/Antenna from the Roof Space.  Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause other users of the roof to likewise eliminate any unreasonable interference to Tenant’s Dish/Antenna.

 

E.                                       Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, and at its sole risk, install, operate and maintain the Dish/Antenna in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all Building, electric, communication, and safety codes, ordinances, standards, regulations and requirements, now in effect or hereafter promulgated, of the Federal Government, including, without limitation, the Federal Communications Commission (the “ FCC ”), the Federal Aviation Administration (“ FAA ”) or any successor agency of either the FCC or FAA having jurisdiction over radio or telecommunications, and of the state, city and county in which the Building is located.  Under this Lease, the Landlord and its agents assume no responsibility for the licensing, operation and/or maintenance of Tenant’s equipment. Tenant has the responsibility of carrying out the terms of its FCC license in all respects.  The Dish/Antenna shall be connected to Landlord’s power supply in strict compliance with all applicable Building, electrical, fire and safety codes.  Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable to Tenant for any stoppages or shortages of electrical power furnished to the Dish/Antenna or the Roof Space because of any act, omission or requirement of the public utility serving the Building, or the act or omission of any other tenant, invitee or licensee or their respective agents, employees or contractors, or for any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any rental abatement for any such stoppage or shortage of electrical power. Except as provided in the Lease, neither Landlord nor its agents shall have any responsibility or liability for the conduct or safety of any of Tenant’s representatives, repair, maintenance and engineering personnel while in or on any part of the Building or the Roof Space.

 

F.                                       The Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, shall remain the personal property of Tenant, and shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession hereunder.  Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal, including the patching of any holes to match, as closely as possible, the color surrounding the area where the equipment and appurtenances were attached. Tenant agrees to maintain all of the Tenant’s equipment placed on or about the roof or in any other part of the Building in proper operating condition and maintain same in satisfactory condition as to appearance and safety in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such maintenance and operation shall be performed in a manner to avoid any interference with any other tenants or Landlord.  Tenant agrees that at all times during the Term, it will keep the roof of the Building and the Roof Space free of all trash or waste materials produced by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors.

 

G.                                      In light of the specialized nature of the Dish/Antenna, Tenant shall be permitted to utilize the services of its choice for installation, operation, removal and repair of the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant must provide Landlord with prior written notice of any such installation, removal or repair and coordinate such work with Landlord in order to avoid voiding or otherwise adversely affecting any warranties granted to Landlord with respect to the roof.  If necessary, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall retain any contractor (who shall be competitively priced) having a then existing warranty in effect on the roof to perform such work (to the extent that it

 

9



 

involves the roof), or, at Tenant’s option, to perform such work in conjunction with Tenant’s contractor.  In the event the Landlord contemplates roof repairs that could affect Tenant’s Dish/Antenna, or which may result in an interruption of the Tenant’s telecommunication service, Landlord shall formally notify Tenant at least 30 days in advance (except in cases of an emergency) prior to the commencement of such contemplated work in order to allow Tenant to make other arrangements for such service.

 

H.                                     Tenant shall not allow any provider of telecommunication, video, data or related services (“ Communication Services ”) to locate any equipment on the roof of the Building or in the Roof Space for any purpose whatsoever, nor may Tenant use the Roof Space and/or Dish/Antenna to provide Communication Services to an unaffiliated tenant, occupant or licensee of another building, or to facilitate the provision of Communication Services on behalf of another Communication Services provider to an unaffiliated tenant, occupant or licensee of the Building or any other building.

 

I.                                          Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may at some time establish a standard license agreement (the “ License Agreement ”) with respect to the use of roof space by tenants of the Building.  Tenant, upon request of Landlord, shall enter into a commercially reasonable version of such License Agreement with Landlord provided that such agreement is consistent with this Section VI and does not materially alter the rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to the Roof Space.

 

J.                                         Landlord and Tenant specifically acknowledge and agree that the terms and conditions of Section 13 and 15 of the Lease (Indemnity and Waiver of Claims; Subrogation) shall apply with full force and effect to the Roof Space and any other portions of the roof accessed or utilized by Tenant, its representatives, agents, employees or contractors.

 

K.                                     If Tenant Defaults under any of the terms and conditions of this Section or the Lease, and Tenant fails to cure said Default within the time allowed by Section 18 of the Lease and Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord shall be permitted to exercise all remedies provided under the terms of the Lease, including removing the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, and restoring the Building and the Roof Space to the condition that existed prior to the installation of the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any. If Landlord removes the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, as a result of an uncured default and a termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be liable for all costs and expenses Landlord incurs in removing the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, and repairing any damage to the Building, the roof of the Building and the Roof Space caused by the installation, operation or maintenance of the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances, and the Aesthetic Screening, if any.

 

10


 

EXHIBIT F-1

 

PREMISES FURNITURE

 

The following items of furniture remain in the Premises for use by Tenant:

 

·                   Workstations:  122 6x6 Trendway workstations

 

·                   Chairs: 122 task chairs

 

·                   Conference and Side Tables:

 

Magna Design Act Conference Tables

·                   3— Located in conference rooms Kokomo, Penny Lane and Viva Las Vegas

·                   1— Located in Hotel California

 

Erg Brandon Tables

·                   4  (3 in storage), one in office 834, one in office 818

·                   3 Located in offices 803, 814, 819

·                   6 Located in Margaritaville

 

·                   Executive Furniture:

·                   3 — 8’ Large Desks

·                   3 — 8’ Large Credenzas

·                   3 — 4’ Returns

·                   3 — 4’ Round Tables

 

·                   Reception Seating Chairs: 3- Loewenstein Marco Seating Chairs

 

·                   Kitchen Furniture: Round table and two chairs

 

·                   Break room: 1- couch

 

·                   Conference/Guest Chairs

 

·                   21—leather conference room chairs

·                   12- green fabric chairs (various locations)

 

11



 

EXHIBIT G

 

PARKING AGREEMENT

 

This Exhibit (the “ Parking Agreement ”) is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

 

1.                                        The capitalized terms used in this Parking Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Parking Agreement.  In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this Parking Agreement, the latter shall control.  Landlord hereby represents and warrants that (i) Landlord has the power and authority to enter into, and to enforce, the provisions of this Parking Agreement, and (ii) notwithstanding any parking management agreement Landlord may have entered into (with regard to the day to day operation of the Parking Facility or otherwise), Landlord retains control over the Parking Facility and its operation.

 

2.                                        During the Term, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to lease from Landlord up to 80 non-reserved parking spaces (the “ Non-Reserved Parking Spaces ”) located in the parking facility servicing the Building (“ Parking Facility ”). The Non-Reserved Parking Spaces are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ parking spaces ”.  Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the number of Non-Reserved Parking Spaces which Tenant initially elects to use during the Term, but in no event in excess of the maximum number of Non-Reserved Parking Spaces set forth in this Section 2.  Thereafter, Tenant may increase or decrease the number of Non-Reserved Parking Spaces to be used by Tenant pursuant to this Section 2 upon a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Landlord, provided that in no event may Tenant elect to use in excess of the maximum number of Non-Reserved Parking Spaces set forth in this Section 2.   During the initial Term, Tenant shall pay in advance, concurrent with Tenant’s payment of monthly Base Rent, the prevailing monthly charges established from time to time for parking in the Parking Facility.  Such charges shall be payable to Landlord or such other entity as designated by Landlord, and shall be sent to the address Landlord designates from time to time. The initial charge for such parking spaces is $150.00 (including tax) per Non-Reserved parking pass, per month. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, during the period commencing on the date that Tenant takes possession of the Premises for the construction of the Initial Alterations and ending on the last day of the 7 th  full calendar month of the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $75.00 (including tax) per Non-Reserved parking pass, per month.  No deductions from the monthly charge shall be made for days on which the Parking Facility is not used by Tenant. Tenant may, from time to time request additional parking spaces, and if Landlord shall provide the same, such parking spaces shall be provided and used on a month-to-month basis, and otherwise on the foregoing terms and provisions, and at such prevailing monthly parking charges as shall be established from time to time.

 

3.                                        Tenant shall at all times comply with all applicable ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, laws, statutes and requirements of all federal, state, county and municipal governmental bodies or their subdivisions respecting Tenant’s use of the Parking Facility.  Landlord reserves the right to adopt, modify and enforce reasonable, non-discriminatory rules (“ Rules ”) governing the use of the Parking Facility from time to time including any key-card, sticker or other identification or entrance system and hours of operation, to the extent such Rules are not inconsistent with the express terms and conditions set forth in this Parking Agreement.  The Rules set forth herein are currently in effect.  Landlord may refuse to permit any person who habitually or repeatedly violates such Rules to park in the Parking Facility, and any violation of the Rules shall subject the car to removal from the Parking Facility.

 

4.                                        Unless specified to the contrary above, the parking spaces hereunder shall be provided on a non-designated “first-come, first-served” basis. Subject to Section 13 of the Lease, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of any independent operator of the Parking Facility.  Subject to Section 13 of the Lease, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for any damage to items located in the Parking Facility, nor for any personal injuries or death arising out of any matter relating to the Parking Facility, and in all events, Tenant agrees to look first to its insurance carrier and to require that Tenant’s employees look first to their respective insurance carriers for payment of any losses sustained in connection with the use of the Parking Facility; provided, however, that subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 15 of the Lease, the foregoing shall not eliminate or reduce any liability Landlord may have pursuant to applicable Laws for personal injury and/or property damage which results from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct; provided further, however, that except to the extent of such negligence or willful misconduct by Landlord, Landlord shall not be liable for the acts of third parties (e.g., theft, vandalism, accidents and the like).Tenant hereby waives on behalf of its insurance carriers all rights of subrogation against Landlord or Landlord’s agents.  Landlord

 

1



 

reserves the right to assign specific parking spaces, and to reserve parking spaces for visitors, small cars, handicapped persons and for other tenants, guests of tenants or other parties, which assignment and reservation or spaces may be relocated as reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time, and Tenant and persons designated by Tenant hereunder shall not park in any location designated for such assigned or reserved parking spaces.  Tenant acknowledges that the Parking Facility may be closed entirely or in part in order to make repairs or perform maintenance services, or to alter, modify, re-stripe or renovate the Parking Facility, or if required by casualty, strike, condemnation, act of God, governmental law or requirement or other reason beyond the operator’s reasonable control.  In such event, Landlord shall refund any prepaid parking rent hereunder, prorated on a per diem basis, and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations and to provide reasonable alternative parking for Tenant.

 

5.                                        If Tenant shall default under this Parking Agreement (following reasonable notice to Tenant, except in an emergency and in connection with repeated failures, where no notice shall be required), the operator shall have the right to remove from the Parking Facility any vehicles hereunder which shall have been involved or shall have been owned or driven by parties involved in causing such default, without liability therefor whatsoever except to the extent provided for in Section 13 of the Lease.  Any default by Tenant under the Lease shall be a default under this Parking Agreement, and any default under this Parking Agreement shall be a default under the Lease.

 

RULES

 

(i)                                      Parking Facility hours shall be the same hours as the Business Service Hours, although, Tenant shall have access to the Parking Facility on a 24-hour basis, 7 days a week, subject to the other terms of this Parking Agreement . Tenant shall not store or permit its employees to store any automobiles in the Parking Facility without the prior written consent of the operator.  Except for emergency repairs, Tenant and its employees shall not perform any work on any automobiles while located in the Parking Facility, or on the Property.  If it is necessary for Tenant or its employees to leave an automobile in the Parking Facility overnight for an extended period of time, Tenant shall provide the operator with prior notice thereof designating the license plate number and model of such automobile.

 

(ii)                                   Cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor, and only small cars may be parked in areas reserved for small cars.

 

(iii)                                All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

 

(iv)                               The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

 

(v)                                  Parking spaces reserved for handicapped persons must be used only by vehicles properly designated.

 

(vi)                               Parking is prohibited in all areas not expressly designated for parking, including without limitation:

 

(a)                                   Areas not striped for parking

(b)                                  aisles

(c)                                   where “no parking” signs are posted

(d)                                  ramps

(e)                                   loading zones

 

(vii)                            Parking stickers, key cards or any other devices or forms of identification or entry supplied by the operator shall remain the property of the operator.  Such device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated.  Parking spaces and devices are not transferable and any pass or device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void.

 

(viii)                         Monthly fees shall be payable in advance prior to the first day of each month.  Failure to do so will automatically cancel parking privileges and a charge at the prevailing daily parking rate will be due.  No deductions or allowances from the monthly rate will be made for days on which the Parking Facility is not used by Tenant or its designees.

 

(ix)                                 Parking Facility managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules.

 

(x)                                    Except to the extent using a valet parking service, every parker is required to park and lock his/her own car.

 

2



 

(xi)                                 Loss or theft of parking pass, identification, key cards or other such devices must be reported to Landlord and to the Parking Facility manager immediately.  Any parking devices reported lost or stolen found on any authorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution.  Lost or stolen spaces and devices found by Tenant or its employees must be reported to the office of the Parking Facility immediately.

 

(xii)                              Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle by the customer and/or his agents is prohibited.  Parking spaces may be used only for parking automobiles.

 

(xiii)                           By signing this Parking Agreement, Tenant agrees to acquaint all persons to whom Tenant assigns a parking passes with these Rules.

 

6.                                        TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT OR TENANT’S PROPERTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATIONS, ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT’S AUTOMOBILE OR THE CONTENTS THEREOF DUE TO THEFT, VANDALISM OR ACCIDENT) ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO TENANT’S USE OF THE PARKING FACILITY OR EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS PARKING AGREEMENT, PROVIDED THAT, SUBJECT TO THE WAIVER OF SUBROGATION SET FORTH IN SECTION 15 OF THE LEASE, THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT ELIMINATE OR REDUCE ANY LIABILITY LANDLORD MAY HAVE PURSUANT TO APPLICABLE LAWS FOR PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR PROPERTY DAMAGE WHICH RESULTS FROM LANDLORD’S NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT; PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, THAT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OF SUCH NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT BY LANDLORD, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE ACTS OF THIRD PARTIES (E.G., THEFT, VANDALISM, ACCIDENTS AND THE LIKE).

 

7.                                        Without limiting the provisions of Paragraph 6 above, but subject to Section 13 of the Lease, Tenant hereby voluntarily releases, discharges, waives and relinquishes any and all actions or causes of action for personal injury or property damage occurring to Tenant arising as a result of parking in the Parking Facility, or any activities incidental thereto, wherever or however the same may occur, and further agrees that Tenant will not prosecute any claim for personal injury or property damage against Landlord or any of its officers, agents, servants or employees for any said causes of action.

 

8.                                        The provisions of Section 20 of the Lease are hereby incorporated by reference as if fully recited.

 

Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has read the provisions of this Parking Agreement, has been fully and completely advised of the potential dangers incidental to parking in the Parking Facility and is fully aware of the legal consequences of agreeing to this instrument.

 

3



 

EXHIBIT H

 

ASBESTOS NOTIFICATION

 

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

 

Asbestos-containing materials (“ ACMs ”) were historically commonly used in the construction of commercial buildings across the country.  ACMs were commonly used because of their beneficial qualities; ACMs are fire-resistant and provide good noise and temperature insulation.

 

Some common types of ACMs include surfacing materials (such as spray-on fireproofing, stucco, plaster and textured paint), flooring materials (such as vinyl floor tile and vinyl floor sheeting) and their associated mastics, carpet mastic, thermal system insulation (such as pipe or duct wrap, boiler wrap and cooling tower insulation), roofing materials, drywall, drywall joint tape and drywall joint compound, acoustic ceiling tiles, transite board, base cove and associated mastic, caulking, window glazing and fire doors.  These materials are not required under law to be removed from any building (except prior to demolition and certain renovation projects).  Moreover, ACMs generally are not thought to present a threat to human health unless they cause a release of asbestos fibers into the air, which does not typically occur unless (1) the ACMs are in a deteriorated condition, or (2) the ACMs have been significantly disturbed (such as through abrasive cleaning, or maintenance or renovation activities).

 

It is possible that some of the various types of ACMs noted above (or other types) are present at various locations in the Building.  Anyone who finds any such materials in the Building should assume them to contain asbestos unless those materials are properly tested and found to be otherwise. In addition, under applicable Law, certain of these materials are required to be presumed to contain asbestos in the Building because the Building was built prior to 1981 (these materials are typically referred to as “ Presumed Asbestos Containing Materials ” or “ PACM ”).  PACM consists of thermal system insulation and surfacing material found in buildings constructed prior to 1981, and asphalt or vinyl flooring installed prior to 1981.  If any thermal system insulation, asphalt or vinyl flooring or surfacing materials are found to be present in the Building, such materials must be considered PACM unless properly tested and found otherwise.  In addition, Landlord has identified the presence of certain ACMs in the Building.  For information about the specific types and locations of these identified ACMs, please contact the Property Manager.  The Property Manager maintains records of the Building’s asbestos information including any Building asbestos surveys, sampling and abatement reports.  This information is maintained as part of Landlord’s asbestos Operations and Maintenance Plan (“ O&M Plan ”).

 

The O&M Plan is designed to minimize the potential of any harmful asbestos exposure to any person in the Building. Because Landlord is not a physician, scientist or industrial hygienist, Landlord has no special knowledge of the health impact of exposure to asbestos.  Therefore, Landlord hired an independent environmental consulting firm to prepare the Building’s O&M Plan.  The O&M Plan includes a schedule of actions to be taken in order to (1) maintain any building ACMs in good condition, and (2) to prevent any significant disturbance of such ACMs.  Appropriate Landlord personnel receive regular periodic training on how to properly administer the O&M Plan.

 

The O&M Plan describes the risks associated with asbestos exposure and how to prevent such exposure.  The O&M Plan describes those risks, in general, as follows: asbestos is not a significant health concern unless asbestos fibers are released and inhaled.  If inhaled, asbestos fibers can accumulate in the lungs and, as exposure increases, the risk of disease (such as asbestosis and cancer) increases.  However, measures to minimize exposure and consequently minimize the accumulation of fibers, reduce the risk of adverse health effects.

 

The O&M Plan also describes a number of activities which should be avoided in order to prevent a release of asbestos fibers. In particular, some of the activities which may present a health risk (because those activities may cause an airborne release of asbestos fibers) include moving, drilling, boring or otherwise disturbing ACMs.  Consequently, such activities should not be attempted by any person not qualified to handle ACMs.  In other words, the approval of Building management must be obtained prior to engaging in any such activities.   Please contact the Property Manager for more information in this regard.  A copy of the written O&M Plan for the Building is located in the Building Management Office and, upon your request, will be made available to tenants for you to review and copy during Building Service Hours.

 

Because of the presence of ACM in the Building, Landlord is also providing the following warning, which is commonly known as a California Proposition 65 warning:

 

1



 

WARNING:  This Building contains asbestos, a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer.

 

Please contact the Property Manager with any questions regarding the contents of this Exhibit.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT I

 

CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

 

OFFICE AREAS (All Floors)

 

Empty all waste receptacles.  Clean, and reline when needed.  Remove material to designated areas.

Remove recycling material when container is full

Vacuum all carpeted main traffic and use areas, including conference rooms, reception areas, interior stairwells, hallways and corridors with the exception of individual offices. Spot vacuum/clean all others areas as needed.

Wash and sanitize all drinking fountains.

Damp mop spillage in uncarpeted office areas.

Spot clean carpets to remove light spillage. Report large spills and stains to supervisor.

Assure all designated locked doors are closed after area has been cleaned.

Activate all alarm systems as instructed by occupant (if applicable).

Arrange chairs at desk and conference room tables and turn off lights upon exiting.

Clean conference room tables and remove any remaining food items.

Clean and sweep all lunchroom/eating areas.  Wash and wipe tables and counter tops and clean sinks.

Remove scuff marks on floor as needed.

Remove recycling material when container is full.

Vacuum all carpeted areas completely, private offices and cubicle interiors, desk knee area spaces and under waste containers.

Dust and wipe clean with damp or treated cloth all office furniture, files, and cubicle partition tops, ( DO NOT MOVE PAPERS ).

Remove all finger marks and smudges from all vertical surfaces, including doors, door frames, around light switches, private entrance glass, and partitions.

Damp wipe and polish all glass furniture tops.

Damp mop hard surfaced floors and/or uncarpeted surface floors.

Sweep uncarpeted floors employing dust control techniques with exception of lunchroom

Dust and wipe clean chair bases and arms, telephones, cubicle shelves, window sills, relite ledges and all other horizontal surfaces as needed to maintain clean appearance.

Edge vacuum all carpeted areas, as needed.

 

RESTROOMS

 

Clean and sanitize all mirrors, brightwork, countertops and enameled surfaces.

Wash and disinfect all basins, urinals, bowls (cleaning underside of rim) and fixtures using scouring powder to remove stains.

Wash both sides of all toilet seats with soap and/or disinfectant.

Clean flushometers, piping, toilet seat hinges, and other metal.

Empty, clean, and damp wipe all waste receptacles.

Sweep, wet mop, and sanitize entire floor, including around toilet seats and under urinals.

Damp wipe all walls, partitions, doors, and outside surfaces of all dispensers, as needed.

Fill toilet paper, soap, towels, and sanitary napkin dispensers (if applicable).

Wash and disinfect all showers including shower walls, floors, brightwork and doors (if applicable).

Replace trash liner.

Flush water through P-trap to ensure elimination of odor.

Machine scrub floors.

 

LOBBY, ELEVATOR, CORRIDOR, INTERIOR STAIRWAYS (EXCLUDING EMERGENCY EXIT STAIRWAYS) AND ENTRANCE AREAS

 

Sweep and spot mop all stone, vinyl or composition lobby floors.

Vacuum and spot clean all carpeted floor and mats.

Dust and polish all brightwork, including mirrors and elevator call buttons.

Dust and polish all metal surfaces in elevators, including tracks, and elevator doors.

Vacuum and spot clean all carpet in elevators.

Clean and polish all trash receptacles

Dust all fire extinguisher cabinets and/or units.

Spot clean all doors.

All furniture should be cleaned as necessary (including directories)

 

3



 

Wash, disinfect and dry polish water coolers (if applicable).

Clean glass entrance doors, adjacent glass panels and tracks (i.e. relites) (if applicable).

Spot sweep and/or spot vacuum all interior stairways (excluding emergency exit stairways) and landings (if applicable).

Maintain lobby floor as recommended by manufacturer.

Wet mop all stone, vinyl or composition lobby floors

Sweep and/or vacuum all interior stairways (excluding emergency exit stairways) and landings (if applicable).

 

JANITORIAL ITEMS/AREAS

 

Keep janitorial rooms in a clean, neat and orderly condition.

Maintain all janitorial carts and equipment in safe and clean condition.

 

LOADING DOCK, VAN PARKING AREAS, TRASH RECYCLING AREAS

 

Empty and reline all waste receptacles.

Sweep ramps, loading bays and parking areas for trash and cigarette butts.

 

GENERAL BUILDING COMMON AREA SERVICES

 

Spot clean and restock, as needed, all janitorial service closets.

Pick up and compact all recycle trash, including boxes in accordance with tenants recycle specifications.

Vacuum all garage lobbies and elevator carpets

 


*Frequency of performance of each particular item described in this Exhibit I shall be as reasonably determined by Landlord.

 

4



 

EXHIBIT J

 

BENEFICIARY:

CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

C/O EQUITY OFFICE

3200 OCEAN PARK BOULEVARD, SUITE 100

SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405

 

ATTENTION:  PROPERTY MANAGER

 

APPLICANT:

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

1601 CLOVERFIELD BLVD., SUITE 570

SANTA MONICA, CA 90404

 

AMOUNT:                                                                                     US$609,305.00 (SIX HUNDRED NINE THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FIVE AND NO/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

 

EXPIRATION DATE:                        , 20      I

 

LOCATION:                                                                              AT OUR COUNTERS IN SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

 

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

 

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF         IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

1.                THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2.                A DATED CERTIFICATION FROM THE BENEFICIARY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OR AGENT, FOLLOWED BY HIS/HER PRINTED NAME AND DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING THE FOLLOWING WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN BRACKETS THEREIN COMPLIED WITH:

“THIS DRAW IN THE AMOUNT OF US$[INSERT AMOUNT IN NUMERALS] ([INSERT AMOUNT IN WORDS] AND         /100 U.S. DOLLARS) UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF         REPRESENTS FUNDS DUE AND OWING TO US PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN LEASE BY AND BETWEEN CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, AS LANDLORD, AND BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION, AS TENANT, AND/OR ANY AMENDMENT TO THE LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH PARTIES RELATED TO THE LEASE.”

 

PARTIAL DRAWS ARE ALLOWED.  THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

 

THE AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY DECREASED WITHOUT AMENDMENT(S) TO THE NEW AGGREGATE AMOUNT(S) ON THE EFFECTIVE DATES BELOW, PROVIDED THAT THE AVAILABLE AMOUNT EXCEEDS THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT(S) LISTED BELOW AND ISSUING BANK HAS NOT RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BENEFICIARY BY OVERNIGHT COURIER AT LEAST TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO ANY SCHEDULED REDUCTION DATE, ADVISING ISSUING BANK THAT APPLICANT IS IN DEFAULT AND ANY SCHEDULED DECREASE IN THE AGGREGATE AVAILABLE AMOUNT SHOULD NOT BE EFFECTED:

 

EFFECTIVE DATES

 

NEW AGGREGATE AMOUNTS

 

[INSERT DATE]

 

US$

480,000.00

 

[INSERT DATE]

 

US$

360,000.00

 

[INSERT DATE]

 

US$

240,000.00

 

 

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT WILL BE CONSIDERED AUTOMATICALLY RENEWED FOR A ONE YEAR PERIOD UPON THE EXPIRATION DATE SET FORTH ABOVE AND UPON EACH ANNIVERSARY OF SUCH DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR TO SUCH EXPIRATION DATE OR APPLICABLE ANNIVERSARY THEREOF, WE NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY REGISTERED MAIL RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED OR BY A RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, THAT WE ELECT NOT TO SO RENEW THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT. A COPY OF ANY SUCH NOTICE SHALL ALSO BE SENT, IN THE SAME MANNER, TO : EQUITY OFFICE , 2 NORTH RIVERSIDE PLAZA, SUITE 2100, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606, ATTENTION: TREASURY DEPARTMENT .  BUT IN ANY

 

5



 

EVENT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND                        , 20    ,, WHICH SHALL BE THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.  THE DATE THIS LETTER OF CREDIT EXPIRES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ABOVE PROVISION IS THE “FINAL EXPIRTION DATE”.  UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL FULLY AND FINALLY EXPIRE AND NO PRESENTATIONS MADE UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER SUCH DATE WILL BE HONORED.  IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, WE UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU SHALL BE ENTITLED TO DRAW UPON THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FIRST PARAGRAPH ABOVE (INCLUDING ITEM 1 AND 2 THEREOF) IN THE EVENT THAT WE ELECT NOT TO RENEW THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND, IN ADDITION, YOU MUST PROVIDE US WITH A DATED CERTIFICATION SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OR AGENT, FOLLOWED BY HIS/HER PRINTED NAME AND DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING THE FOLLOWING:

 

“WE ARE IN RECEIPT OF YOUR NOTICE THAT YOU HAVE ELECTED NOT TO RENEW YOUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF        AND THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT the Applicant has failed to provide US, THE BENEFICIARY, with an acceptable substitute irrevocable standby letter of credit in accordance with the terms of THAT CERTAIN lease by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership, as landlord, and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a DELAWARE corporation , as tenant.”

 

WE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT:  (A) UPON RECEIPT OF THE DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED HEREIN, WE WILL HONOR YOUR DRAWS AGAINST THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WITHOUT INQUIRY INTO THE ACCURACY OF BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER APPLICANT DISPUTES THE CONTENT OF SUCH STATEMENT; (B) THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL PERMIT PARTIAL DRAWS AND, IN THE EVENT YOU ELECT TO DRAW UPON LESS THAN THE FULL STATED AMOUNT HEREOF, THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT OF SUCH PARTIAL DRAW.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY ONLY BE TRANSFERRED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY US, THE ISSUING BANK, BUT MAY BE TRANSFERRED FROM TIME TO TIME AND MORE THAN ONE TIME BY THE ISSUING BANK, ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, UPON OUR RECEIPT OF THE ATTACHED EXHIBIT “B” DULY COMPLETED AND EXECUTED BY THE BENEFICIARY AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, TOGETHER WITH THE PAYMENT OF OUR TRANSFER FEE OF ¼ OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT APPLICANT SHALL PAY ANY FEE CHARGED HEREUNDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE INITIAL TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BY BENEFICIARY AND BENEFICIARY SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO PAY ANY FEE CHARGED BY US IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER BY BENEFICIARY OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.  THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK.  ANY REQUEST FOR TRANSFER WILL BE EFFECTED BY US SUBJECT TO THE ABOVE CONDITIONS. HOWEVER, THE FIRST REQUEST FOR TRANSFER IS NOT CONTINGENT UPON APPLICANT’S ABILITY TO PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE.

 

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

DOCUMENTS MUST BE FORWARDED TO US BY PERSONAL DELIVERY OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY SERVICE TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTN: GLLOBAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DEPT..

 

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT DRAFT(S) DRAWN AND/OR DOCUMENTS PRESENTED UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO SILICON VALLEY BANK, IF PRESENTED ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT.

 

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

 

6



 

THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICE 1998 (“ISP98”), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

7


 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

SIGHT DRAFT/BILL OF EXCHANGE

 

DATE:

 

REF. NO.

 

 

 

A T SIGHT OF THIS BILL OF EXCHANGE

 

 

 

P AY TO THE ORDER OF

 

US$

 

U.S.

DOLLARS

 

 

 

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK , SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO. SVBSF             DATED                        , 20      ”

 

T O:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

[INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY]

 

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE:

 

1.                DATE             INSERT ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE.

2.                REF. NO.        INSERT YOUR REFERENCE NUMBER IF ANY.

3.                PAY TO THE ORDER OF:           INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY

4.                US$                 INSERT AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN NUMERALS/FIGURES.

5.                U.S. DOLLARS             INSERT AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

6.                LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                INSERT THE LAST DIGITS OF OUR STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

7.                DATED          INSERT THE ISSUANCE DATE OF OUR STANDBY L/C.

 

NOTE:             BENEFICIARY SHOULD ENDORSE THE BACK OF THE SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE AS YOU WOULD A CHECK.

 

IF YOU NEED FURTHER ASSISTANCE IN COMPLETING THIS SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE, PLEASE CALL OUR L/C PAYMENT SECTION AND ASK FOR:  EFRAIN TUVILLA AT (408) 654-6349 OR ALICE DALUZ AT (408) 654-7120.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

DATE:

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

 

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

 

 

 

ATTN:

GLOBAL FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

 

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

RE:

SILICON VALLEY BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

 

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

 

 

 

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

 

 

 

 

 

(ADDRESS)

 

 

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

 

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

 

9



 

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

SINCERELY,

 

 

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

 

 

 

(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)

 

 

 

 

 

(PRINTED NAME AND TITLE)

 

 

SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED

 

THE NAME(S) TITLE(S), AND SIGNATURE(S) CONFORM TO THAT/THOSE ON FILE WITH US FOR THE COMPANY AND THE SIGNATURE(S) IS/ARE AUTHORIZED TO EXECUTE THIS INSTRUMENT.

 

WE FURTHER CONFIRM THAT THE COMPANY HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED APPLYING THE APPROPRIATE DUE DILIGENCE AND ENHANCED DUE DILIGENCE AS REQUIRED BY THE BANK SECRECY ACT AND ALL ITS SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS.

 

 

 

 

 

(NAME OF BANK)

 

 

 

 

 

(ADDRESS OF BANK)

 

 

 

 

 

(CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE)

 

 

 

 

 

(AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)

 

 

 

 

 

(PRINTED NAME AND TITLE)

 

 

 

 

 

(TELEPHONE NUMBER)

 

 

10



 

EXHIBIT A

 

DRAWN UNDER [Name of Issuing Bank ]

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

NO.

 

 

DATE

 

 

AT SIGHT

 

 

Pay to the order of

{ Name of Payee/Beneficiary }

U.S. $

 

 

 

 

 

{ Amount in Words }

 

U.S. Dollars

 

 

TO: { Name of Issuing Bank }

NAME OF COMPANY {Beneficiary}

  { Address }

By:

 

 

 

{ Signature of Drawer/Beneficiary & Title }

 

11


 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TO:

 

 

 

 

 

BANK,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTENTION

 

.

 

 

RE:

LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISSUED BY:

 

BANK

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

 

NAME OF TRANSFEREE

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT IN ITS ENTIRETY.

 

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE AND THE TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

 

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

 

 

SINCERELY,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAME OF BENEFICIARY

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED NAME & TITLE

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

TELEPHONE NUMBER

 

 

THE ABOVE SIGNATURE, WITH TITLE AS STATED, CONFORMS WITH THAT ON FILE WITH US AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR EXECUTION OF SUCH INSTRUMENTS.

 

NAME & ADDRESS OF BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED NAME & TITLE

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

TELEPHONE NO.

 

 

 

 

THIS FORM MUST BE EXECUTED IN DUPLICATE.

 

 

12



 

EXHIBIT K

 

HVAC DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS

 

Landlord shall furnish heating and air conditioning to produce the following results effective under normal business operations and in the absence of the use of equipment atypical of general office use which affects the temperature which would otherwise be maintained in the Premises:

 

Landlord shall supply HVAC with a temperature of 56 F at the Base Building shaft and air at 1.75 CFM/USF with 20 CFM of outside air per person and a relative humidity of 40 to 55%.  The heating and cooling system shall maintain 72 F +/- 2 based on the lowest typical winter temperatures and highest typical summer temperatures in the area.

 

The foregoing is based upon occupancy density in the Premises of not more than one (1) person per each one hundred (100) square feet of floor area and a maximum diversified electric lighting and office machine load of 5 watts per square foot of floor area of the Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any failure to achieve or maintain the results set forth above to the extent that such failure is caused by Tenant’s use of heat generating machines, equipment or lighting any of which is atypical for a modern office and/or to the extent such failure is caused by an occupancy density or a maximum diversified electric lighting and office machine load beyond that set forth in this paragraph.

 

13



 

EXHIBIT L

 

FORM OF LANDLORD’S LIEN RELEASE
(REGARDING THIRD PARTY EQUIPMENT LEASES)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of                   ,         , by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) and                                                           , a(n)                                                (“Lender”), with reference to the following facts:

 

A.                                    Landlord and Tenant have entered into a written lease dated April     , 2007, as same may be amended from time to time (the “Lease”) for certain premises (the “Premises”) more fully described in the Lease located in that certain office building known as 10960 Wilshire (the “Building”) and located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

 

B.                                      Tenant desires to borrow certain funds or obtain equipment financing or other financing from Lender (the “Loan”), and Lender desires to obtain a security interest in the Tenant’s personal property located within the Premises described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Collateral”) until such Loan is repaid.

 

C.                                      Landlord is willing to subordinate its rights in the Collateral to the rights of Lender’s security interest upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        The only property affected by this Agreement is that Collateral specifically listed on Exhibit A attached hereto.  Any property not described in Exhibit A shall not be subject to the terms of this Agreement and Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent provided by the Lease and by law, to exercise any lien, right or remedy against such other property.

 

2.                                        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, until such time as Tenant repays in full to Lender the Loan which is secured by the Collateral, the Collateral shall remain the personal property of Tenant subject to the security interest of Lender.  Lender shall notify Landlord when the obligations of Tenant to repay the Loan have been satisfied and discharged.

 

3.                                        Landlord does hereby subordinate any and all claims or rights in and to the Collateral to the security interest of Lender in the Collateral; provided, however, that this subordination shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy against Tenant to which Landlord may be entitled under the terms of the Lease or as may be provided by applicable law, nor shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any lien on any property of Tenant, including the Collateral, or enforcing any judgment by levying upon any property of Tenant, including the Collateral, so long as Landlord recognizes Lender’s prior right to the Collateral.

 

4.                                        Landlord hereby agrees that Lender may enter the Premises for the purpose of inspecting or removing the Collateral, but only if:

 

(a)                                   permitted by Tenant. Tenant hereby consents to Lender’s entry into the Premises for purposes of inspecting or removing the Collateral;

 

(b)                                  Lender gives Landlord at least 10 days prior written notice;

 

(c)                                   Lender enters the Premises for purpose of removing the Collateral at such time and in such manner as Landlord reasonably may determine so as to minimize disruption to the operation of the Building, which period may include the sixty (60) day period immediately following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; and

 

(d)                                  There shall be no display nor public nor private sale of the Collateral on the Premises or in the Building.

 

Lender and Tenant agree, jointly and severally, promptly to repair any damage to the Premises or to the Building caused by the removal of the Collateral or, if Landlord, in its sole discretion,

 

1



 

shall elect to make such repairs, to pay to Landlord upon demand the costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

Lender hereby indemnifies Landlord for any claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with Lender’s removal of the Collateral and Lender’s entry and activities upon the Premises and the Building.

 

5.                                        If Landlord shall fail to demand strict compliance with any provision hereof, such failure shall not constitute a waiver of any right or remedy to which Landlord may be entitled.

 

6.                                        If Lender sells the Collateral to satisfy claims against Tenant, all funds derived from the sale of the Collateral, to the extent that such funds are in excess of the amount owed to the Lender, shall belong to Landlord, subject to the terms of the Lease, to satisfy any claim which Landlord may have.

 

7.                                        This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto.  Any modification shall be effective only if in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

8.                                        Any notice desired to be given to any other party hereunder shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, or sent by overnight or same day commercial courier service at the party’s respective notice address(es) below. Each notice shall be deemed to have been received or given on the earlier to occur of (i) actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, if delivered by hand delivery, (ii) 3 days after notice is deposited in the U.S. mail, if delivered via certified mail, or (iii) one business day after deposit with a commercial courier service.  Either party may, at any time, change its notice address (other than to a post office box) by giving the other parties at least 10 days advance written notice of the new address in the manner described in this Section.

 

Landlord’s address for notices is:

 

CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership

c/o Equity Office Properties Trust

3200 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 100

Santa Monica, California 90405

Attention:  Property Manager

 

With a copy to:

 

Equity Office

One Market

Spear Tower

600 Spear Tower

San Francisco, California 94105

Attention:  Los Angeles Regional Counsel

 

2



 

Tenant’s address for notices is:

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

10960 Wilshire Boulevard

Suite 800

Los Angeles, CA

Attn: Vice President-Finance

 

With a copy to:

 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

10960 Wilshire Boulevard

Suite 800

Los Angeles, CA

Attn:  General Counsel

 

Lender’s address for notices is:

 

 

 

Attention:

 

9.                                        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

 

10.                                  Each signatory of this Agreement represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

 

11.                                  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the respective parties hereto.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

 

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

EOP Owner GP L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant’s Tax ID Number (SSN or FEIN)

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

,  a(n)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

4



 

EXHIBIT A to EXHIBIT L

 

LIST OF COLLATERAL

 

[TO BE ATTACHED]

 

Specifically excluded from “Collateral” are cash, cash accounts, and accounts receivables.

 

5


 

EXHIBIT M

 

FORM OF RECOGNITION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Recognition, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                           , 2007, by and between CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Ground Lessor ”), and BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

WHEREAS, under a certain Ground Lease dated as of March 1, 1968 (as subsequently amended, the “ Ground Lease ”), Ground Lessor’s predecessor-in-interest (Pacific Lighting Properties, Inc., a California corporation), did lease, let, and demise the property (hereinafter called the “ Property ”) located at 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California, as described in the Ground Lease, to Tishman Westwood Corp., a California corporation (“ Original Landlord ”), as predecessor-in-interest to CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), for the period of time and upon the covenants, terms, and conditions therein stated; and

 

WHEREAS, under a certain lease dated as of April           , 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease ”), Landlord did lease, let, and demise a portion of Premises (the “ Premises ”) to Tenant for the period of time and upon the covenants, terms, and conditions therein stated; and

 

WHEREAS, Ground Lessor has consented to the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Ground Lessor and Landlord are the same or affiliated entities, Ground Lessor being an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Landlord (as such, “ Affiliates ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Ground Lessor is willing to agree that in the event of a “Recognized Lease Termination,” as that term is defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, Tenant shall be entitled to remain in occupancy of the Premises upon the covenants, terms, and conditions set forth hereinbelow.

 

A G R E E M E N T :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, terms, conditions and agreements herein contained, and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration, each to the other, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree, covenant, and warrant as follows.

 

1.             Upon the occurrence of a “Recognized Lease Termination,” as that term is defined, below, so long as the Lease is then in full force and effect and the original tenant named herein (the “ Original Tenant ”) or an affiliate of Original Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 11.04 of such Lease (an “ Affiliate ”) is not in default thereunder, beyond any applicable notice and cure period set forth therein, Ground Lessor and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (a) subject to the terms of this Agreement and the “Direct Lease,” as that term is defined, below, Ground Lessor shall not disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises, and (b) the Lease shall immediately thereafter automatically be deemed a direct lease between Ground Lessor and Tenant (a “ Direct Lease ”) upon all the terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the rent) set forth in the Lease as if Ground Lessor were the originally named Landlord, provided that, unless the same was assigned or otherwise transferred to Ground Lessor by Landlord (an assignment/transfer which shall be deemed to have occurred to the extent that Ground Lessor and Landlord are, at the time of any Recognized Lease Termination, Affiliates), Tenant shall deliver to Ground Lessor within ten (10) business days following written demand by Ground Lessor a security deposit in an amount equal to any “security deposit” or other security otherwise due under the Lease. In the event of a Recognized Lease Termination, Tenant shall continue to accept the Premises in its then-existing, as-is condition; provided, however, Tenant shall remain entitled to any unpaid tenant improvement allowance in connection with Tenant’s construction of its Initial Improvement pursuant to the terms and conditions of Exhibit C attached to the Lease; provided further, however, that the foregoing shall in no way be deemed to alter or amend Ground Lessor’s ongoing obligations, if any, to repair, maintain and operate the Building pursuant to the terms of the Direct Lease (the “ Ongoing LL Obligations ”).  In the event that Tenant shall be in default under the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) at the time of a Recognized Lease Termination, Ground Lessor may, at its sole option, waive such default as a contingency to the foregoing

 

1



 

terms of this Section 1 .  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Recognized Lease Termination ” shall mean (A) a termination of the Ground Lease due to a default by Landlord, or (B) a voluntary termination of the Ground Lease by mutual agreement of Ground Lessor and Landlord, or (C) the expiration of the existing term of the Ground Lease to the extent Landlord has not extended the term of the Ground Lease pursuant to the express terms and conditions thereof.  The rights contained in this Agreement shall apply to the Original Tenant or its Affiliate only, and not any other assignee, sublessee or transferee of Original Tenant’s interest in the Lease.

 

2.             Except with regard to events of casualty damage or condemnation, for which the express terms and conditions of Sections 16 and 17 of the Lease shall control, Tenant otherwise agrees that in the event of any act or omission by Landlord under the Lease which would give Tenant the right, either immediately or after a period of time, to terminate the Lease, whether or not set forth in the Lease, Tenant will not exercise any such right to terminate until (i) it shall have given written notice of the act or omission to Ground Lessor, and (ii) if the default by Landlord is of a nature which can be cured by the Ground Lessor, and if the Ground Lessor is proceeding with diligence to cure such default, Tenant shall have given the Ground Lessor the time periods set forth in the Lease for Ground Lessor’s cure of such default, in order to cure such default, provided that any such cure period shall not commence to run until Ground Lessor’s receipt of written notice from Tenant of such default.

 

3.             Upon the creation of a Direct Lease in accordance with the terms thereof, Tenant will, subject to the term hereof, immediately thereafter make all payments due under the Lease directly to Ground Lessor.

 

4.             Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon the creation of a Direct Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, Ground Lessor and its respective assignees shall not be:

 

(a)            Liable for any act or omission of Landlord, or its successors or assigns, except to the extent (i) of any Ongoing LL Obligations, (ii) Ground Lessor and Landlord are, as of the date of the Recognized Lease Termination, Affiliates.

 

(b)           Subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have as to Landlord, or its successors or assigns, or to any claims for damages against Landlord, or its successors or assigns; provided, however, (i) Ground Lessor shall satisfy any unpaid tenant improvement allowance obligations in connection with Tenant’s construction of its Initial Improvement pursuant to the terms and conditions of Exhibit C attached to the Lease, (ii) Ground Lessor shall satisfy any Ongoing LL Obligations, and (iii) the restrictions set forth in this item (b), above, shall not apply to the extent Ground Lessor and Landlord are, as of the date of the Recognized Lease Termination, Affiliates.

 

(c)            Required or obligated to credit Tenant with any rent or additional rent paid by Tenant to Landlord, except to the extent actually received by Ground Lessor from Landlord (actual receipt of which shall be deemed to have occurred to the extent that Ground Lessor and Landlord are, at the time of any Recognized Lease Termination, Affiliates).

 

(d)           Unless the same was assigned or otherwise transferred to Ground Lessor by Landlord (an assignment/transfer which shall be deemed to have occurred to the extent that Ground Lessor and Landlord are, at the time of any Recognized Lease Termination, Affiliates), bound to or liable for refund of all or any part of any security deposit deposited by Tenant with Landlord.

 

(e)            Liable to Tenant under the Lease.

 

(f)            Liable to Tenant under the Lease in connection with any event or circumstance occurring prior to the commencement of the Direct Lease, except to the extent of any Ongoing LL Obligations.

 

5.             Tenant covenants and agrees for the benefit and reliance of Ground Lessor that it will not, without the express written consent of Ground Lessor, cancel, terminate, modify, alter, amend or surrender the Lease, except as permitted by law and the express provisions of the Lease.

 

6.             Ground Lessor and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

(a)            Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, that neither this Agreement, nor anything to the contrary in the aforesaid Lease or in any modifications or amendments thereto shall, prior to the creation of a Direct Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, operate to give rise to or create any liability of Ground Lessor to Tenant or give rise to or create direct contractual privity of any kind between Ground Lessor and Tenant.  In connection with the foregoing, Ground Lessor, its

 

2



 

successors and assigns, shall be responsible to Tenant for performance of only those covenants and obligations of the Lease accruing after the creation of a Direct Lease as set forth herein (except to the extent of any Ongoing LL Obligations), and Ground Lessor’s obligations to Tenant shall be further limited as provided in the Lease and this Agreement, provided that the foregoing shall not be a waiver of any of Tenant’s rights under the Lease as to any events which occur prior to the creation of such Direct Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, and give rise to a default by Ground Lessor under the Lease after the creation of such Direct Lease in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(b)           Upon Ground Lessor’s written request of Tenant given at any time after the creation of a Direct Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, Tenant (as tenant) agrees to execute a lease of the Premises with Ground Lessor or its successor (as ground lessor) (the exact wording of which shall be negotiated by the parties in good faith) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

(c)            Ground Lessor shall provide written notice to Tenant promptly upon the occurrence of a Recognized Lease Termination.

 

7.             Any notices to Tenant or Ground Lessor hereunder shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by nationally recognized overnight courier or by personal delivery, addressed as follows:

 

Tenant:

Boingo Wireless, Inc.
10960 Wilshire Boulevard
Suite 800
Los Angeles, CA
Attn: Vice President-Finance and General Counsel

 

 

Ground Lessor:

CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership
c/o Equity Office
3200 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 100
Santa Monica, California 90405
Attention: Property Manager

 

 

With a copy to:

Equity Office
One Market
600 Spear Tower
San Francisco, California 94105
Attention: Los Angeles Regional Counsel

 

or as to each party, to such other address as the party may designate by a notice given in accordance with the requirements contained in this Section 7 .

 

8.             This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto.  No variations, modifications or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

 

9.             This instrument may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of which shall be deemed originals and with the same effect as if all parties hereto had signed the same document.  All of such counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument, but in making proof, it shall only be necessary to produce one such counterpart executed by the party against whom it is being enforced.

 

[continued on following page]

 

3



 

10.           Whenever used herein, the singular number shall include the plural, the plural the singular, and the use of any gender shall include all genders.  The words, “Ground Lessor” and “Tenant” shall include their heirs, executors, administrators, beneficiaries, successors and assigns.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

“Ground Lessor”:

 

 

 

CA-10960 WILSHIRE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

 

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

EOP Owner GP L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Tenant”:

 

 

 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant’s Tax ID Number (SSN or FEIN)

 

4




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 12, 2011 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Boingo Wireless, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/S/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

January 14, 2011